Manual KX6

Manual No.
'09·KX-SM -128
SERVICE MANUAL
INVERTER DRIVEN MULTI-INDOOR UNIT

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Alternative refrigerant R410A use models
(OUTDOOR UNIT)
KX6 series (Heat pump type)
• Single use (Used also for combination)
FDC335KXE6-K, 400KXE6, 450KXE6, 504KXE6, 560KXE6, 560KXE6-K, 615KXE6, 680KXE6
• Combination use
FDC753KXE6, 800KXE6, 850KXE6, 900KXE6, 960KXE6, 1010KXE6, 1065KXE6, 1130KXE6,
1180KXE6, 1235KXE6, 1300KXE6, 1360KXE6
(INDOOR UNIT) -KX6 series-
FDT28KXE6A FDTC22KXE6A FDTW28KXE6 FDTS45KXE6 FDTQ22KXE6 FDU71KXE6
36KXE6A 28KXE6A 45KXE6 71KXE6 28KXE6 90KXE6
45KXE6A 36KXE6A 56KXE6 36KXE6 112KXE6
56KXE6A 45KXE6A 71KXE6 140KXE6
71KXE6A 56KXE6A 90KXE6 224KXE6
90KXE6A 112KXE6 280KXE6
112KXE6A 140KXE6
140KXE6A
160KXE6A
FDUM22KXE6 FDQS22KXE6 FDK22KXE6 FDE36KXE6A FDFL28KXE6 FDFU28KXE6
28KXE6 28KXE6 28KXE6 45KXE6A 45KXE6 45KXE6
36KXE6 36KXE6 36KXE6 56KXE6A 71KXE6 56KXE6
45KXE6 45KXE6 45KXE6 71KXE6A 71KXE6
56KXE6 56KXE6 56KXE6 112KXE6A
71KXE6 71KXE6 140KXE6A
90KXE6
112KXE6
140KXE6
FDUH22KXE6
28KXE6
36KXE6
• Note
Regarding the Duct Connected-High static Pressure-type Outdoor Air Processing
Unit Series (FDU500∼1800FKXE6), refer to the DATA BOOK No.'08 • KX-DB-122
- -
CONTENTS
1 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER...................... 1

1.1 Wired remote controller (Option parts)....................................................... 1
1.2 Operation control function by the indoor controller.................................... 2
1.3 Operation control function by the remote controller................................... 8
1.4 Operation control function by the outdoor controller.................................. 9
2 SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE.............................................. 45
2.1 Basics of troubleshooting......................................................................... 45
2.2 Explanation of troubleshooting................................................................. 46
2.3 Contents of troubleshooting..................................................................... 47
2.4 Outdoor unit control PCB replacement procedure................................. 101
2.5 Inverter PCB replacement procedure..................................................... 103
3 ELECTRICAL WIRING................................................................................... 107
3.1 Indoor unit.............................................................................................. 107
3.2 Outdoor unit........................................................................................... 129
4 PIPING SYSTEM............................................................................................. 130
5 APPLICATION DATA..................................................................................... 131
5.1 Installation of indoor unit............................................................................ 131
(a) Ceiling cassette-4 way type (FDT)...................................................... 132
(b) Ceiling cassette-4 way compact type (FDTC).................................... 137
(c) Ceiling cassette-2 way type (FDTW).................................................. 142
(d) Ceiling cassette-1 way type (FDTS)................................................... 145
(e) Ceiling cassette-1 way compact type (FDTQ).................................... 148
(f) Duct connected-High static pressure type (FDU)............................... 151
(g) Duct connected-Middle static pressure type (FDUM)......................... 157
(h) Duct connected (Ultra thin)-Low static pressure type (FDQS)............ 160
(i) Wall mounted type (FDK)................................................................... 163
(j) Ceiling suspended type (FDE)............................................................ 166
(k) Floor standing (with casing) type (FDFL)............................................ 169
(l) Floor standing (without casing) type (FDFU)...................................... 172
(m) Duct Connected-Compact and Flexible type (FDUH)......................... 175
5.2 Electric wiring work instruction................................................................... 178
5.3 Installation manual of wired remote controller (Option parts).................... 184
5.4 Installation of outdoor unit.......................................................................... 188
5.5 Instructions for installing the branch pipe set............................................. 211
1. OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER
1.1 Wired remote controller (Option parts)
The figure below shows the remote controller with the cover opened. Note that all the items that may be displayed in the liquid crystal
display area are shown in the figure for the sake of explanation.
Characters displayed with dots in the liquid crystal display area are abbreviated.
Pull the cover downward to open it.
The figure below shows the remote control with the cover opened.
Cover
This button is used to fix the setting.

This button is used to set the silent mode.
＊ All displays are described in the liguid crystal display for explanation.
Installation of remote control
DO NOT install it on the following places in order to avoid malfunction.

(1) Places exposed to direct sunlight (4) Hot surface or cold surface enough to generate condensation
(2) Places near heat devices (5) Places exposed to oil mist or steam directly
(3) High humidity places (6) Uneven surface
––
1.2 Operation control function by the indoor controller
(1) Operations of functional items during cooling/heating
Operation Cooling Heating
Thermostat Thermostat Fan Thermostat Thermostat Hot start Dehumidify
Functional item ON OFF ON OFF (Defrost)
Compressor � � � � � � �/�
4-way valve � � � � � �(�) �
Outdoor fan � � � � � �(�) �/�
Indoor fan � � � �/� �/� �/� �/�
Louver motor �/� �/� �/� �/� �/�
Drain pump (4) Thermostat ON: �
(2)
� �
(2)
�
(2)
�/�
Thermostat OFF: �(2)
Note (1) �: Operation �: Stop �/�: Turned ON/OFF by the control other than the room temperature control.
(2) ON during the drain motor delay control
(3) Drain pump ON setting may be selected by the indoor unit function setting of the wired remote controller.
(2) Dehumidifying operation

(a) When the humidity sensor is not provided (Models other than FDT Series)
return air thermistor [ThI-A (by the remote controller when the remote control sensor is enabled)] controls the indoor
temperature environment simultaneously.
1) Operation is started in the cooling mode. When the difference between the return air thermistor and the setting
temperature is 2°C or less, the indoor unit fan tap is brought down by one tap. That tap is retained for 3 minutes
after changing the indoor fan tap.
2) If the suction air temperature exceeds the setting temperature 3°C or more during defrosting operation, the indoor
fan tap is raised by one tap. That tap is retained for 3 minutes after changing the indoor fan tap.
3) If the thermostat OFF is established during the above control, the indoor fan tap at the thermostat ON is retained so
far as the thermostat is turned OFF.
4) After stopping the cooling operation, the indoor unit continues to run at Lo for 15 seconds.
(b) When the humidity sensor is provided (FDT Series only) [Optional]
1) Operation starts in the cooling mode, and the target relative humidity is determined based on the setting temperature.
If the humidity detected by the humidity sensor becomes lower than the target relative humidity, the indoor unit fan
tap is retained.
2) Anything other than 1) above is same as the item (a) above.
(3) Timer operation

(a) Timer
Set the duration of time from the present to the time to turn off the air-conditioner.
It can be selected from 10 steps in the range from “OFF 1 hour later” to “OFF 10 hours later”. After the clock timer
setting, the remaining time is displayed with progress of time in the unit of hour.
(b) OFF timer
Time to turn OFF the air-conditioner can be set in the unit of 10 minutes.
(c) ON timer
Time to turn ON the air-conditioner can be set. Indoor temperature can be set simultaneously.
(d) Weekly timer
Timer operation (ON timer, OFF timer) can be set up to 4 times a day for each weekday.
(e) Timer operations which can be set in combination

Timer OFF timer ON timer Weekly timer
Timer � � �
OFF timer � � �
ON timer � � �
Weekly timer � � �
Note (1) �: Allowed �: Not
––
(4) Remote controller display during the operation stop
(a) “Centralized control ON” is displayed always on the LCD under the “Center/Remote” and “Center” modes during the
operation stop (Power ON). This is not displayed under the “Remote” mode.
(b) If this display is not shown under the “Center/Remote” mode, check if the indoor unit power switch is turned on or not.
(5) Hot start (Prevention of cold draft during heating)
At the startup of heating operation, at resetting the thermostat, during defrosting operation and at returning to heating, the
indoor fan is controlled by the indoor heat exchanger temperature (detected with ThI-R) to prevent the cold draft.
Judgment by heating start thermostat
Thermostat OFF Thermostat ON
Set airflow volume Lo Set airflow volume
Fan Fan
Lo OFF
35 25 35
Indoor heat exchanger temp. (˚C) Indoor heat exchanger temp. (˚C)
Heat exchanger temp. 35˚C or higher, or after 7 minutes Heat exchanger temp. 35˚C or higher, or after 7 minutes
Normal condition/Set airflow volume
Compressor ON Compressor OFF Defrosting start End of defrosting
Set airflow volume

Set airflow volume Lo
Fan
（1） OFF
Fan
Lo
35 45 25 35 45
Indoor heat exchanger temp. (˚C) Indoor heat exchanger temp. (˚C)
Note (1) Heating preparation is displayed during the hot start (when the compressor is operating and the indoor fan does not provide the set airflow volume).
(6) Hot keep

Hot keep control is performed at the start of the defrost control.
(a) Control
1) When the indoor heat exchanger temperature (detected with ThI-R1 or R2) drops to 35°C or lower, indoor fan is
changed to the lower tap at each setting.
2) During the hot keep operation, the louver horizontal control signal is transmitted.
(b) Ending condition
When the indoor fan is at the lower tap at each setting, it returns to the set airflow volume as the indoor heat exchanger
temperature rises to 45°C or higher.
(7) Fan control during the heating thermostat OFF
When the heating thermostat is turned OFF, the setting of the fan control is selectable with using the indoor function of wired
remote controller [Heating fan control].
(a) Low speed (Factory default)
If the indoor heat exchanger temperature drops 35°C or lower with the heating thermostat OFF, the indoor fan operate at
the lower speed tap at each setting.
(b) Set airflow volume
Even if the indoor heat exchanger temperature drops 35°C or lower with the heating thermostat OFF, the indoor fan
continues to run at the set airflow volume.
(c) Intermittent operation
If the indoor heat exchanger temperature drops 35°C or lower with the heating thermostat OFF, the indoor fan operates at
the lower speed tap at each setting and, when the indoor heater exchanger temperature drops 25°C or lower, the indoor fan
stops for 5 minutes. Then the fan runs at the slow speed tap for 2 minutes, and the judgment is made by the thermostat.
(d) Stop
If the indoor heat exchanger temperature drops 35°C or lower with the heating thermostat OFF, the indoor fan is turned
OFF. The same applies also when the remote controller sensor is effective.
––
(8) Filter sign
As the operation time (when ON/OFF switch is at ON) accumulates to 180 hours (1), “Filter cleaning” is displayed on the
remote controller. (This is also displayed when the unit is in trouble and under the centralized control, regardless of ON/OFF)
Note (1) Time setting for the filter sign can be made as shown below using the indoor function of wired remote controller “Filter sign setting”. (It is set at 1 at the
shipping from factory.)
Filter Sign Setting Function
Setting 1 Setting time: 180 hrs (Factory default)
Setting 2 Setting time: 600 hrs
Setting 3 Setting time: 1,000 hrs
Setting 4 Setting time: 1,000 hrs (Unit stop) (2)
(2) After the setting time has elapsed, the “Filter cleaning” is displayed and, after operating for 24 hours further (counted also during the stop), the unit stops.
(9) Auto swing control [Applicable model: FDT, FDTC, FDTW, FDTS, FDTQ (Excepted duct panel model) FDK
and FDE]
(a) Louver control
(i) Press the [Louver] button to operate the swing louver when the air conditioner is operating.
“Auto wind direction” is displayed for 3 seconds and then the swing louver moves up and down continuously.
(ii) To fix the swing louver at a position, press one time the [Louver] button while the swing louver is moving so that
four stop positions are displayed one after another per second.
When a desired stop position is displayed, press the [Louver] button again. The display stops, changes to show the
“Louver stop” for 5 seconds and then the swing louver stops.
(iii) Louver operation at the power on
The louver swings one time automatically (without operating the remote controller) at the power on.
This allows inputting the louver motor (LM) position, which is necessary for the microcomputer to recognize the
louver position.
Note (1) If you press the Louver button, the swing motion is displayed on the louver position LCD for 10 second. The display changes to the “Auto wind
direction” display 3 seconds later.
(b) Automatic louver level setting during heating
While hot start operation and heating thermostat OFF operation, the louver keeps the level position (In order to prevent
the cold draft) whether the auto swing switch is operated or not (auto swing or louver stop), The louver position display
LCD continues to show the display which has been shown before entering this control.
(c) Louver-free stop control
When the louver-free stop has been selected with the indoor function of wired remote controller “Louver control setting”,
the louver motor stops when it receives the stop signal from the remote controller. If the auto swing signal is received
from the remote controller, the auto swing will start from the position where it was before the stop.
Note (1) When the indoor function of wired remote controller “Louver control setting” has been switched, switch also the remote control function “Louver
control setting” in the same way.
(10) Compressor inching prevention control

(a) 3-minutes timer
When the compressor has been stopped by the thermostat, remote controller operation switch or anomalous condition, its
restart will be inhibited for 3 minutes. However, the 3-minute timer is invalidated at the power on.
(b) 3-minutes forced operation timer
• Compressor will not stop for 3 minutes after the compressor ON. However, it stops immediately when the thermostat is
turned OFF by the stop command by means of the ON/OFF switch or the change of operation mode.
• If the thermostat is turned OFF during the forced compressor operation in heating mode, the louver position (with the
auto swing) is returned to the level position.
Note (1) The compressor stops when it has entered the protective control.
––
(11) Drain motor (DM) control [Applicable type: FDT, FDTC, FDTW, FDTS, FDTQ, FDUM, FDQS and FDU90～140]
(a) Drain motor (DM) start operation at the same time when compressor ON at cooling and dehumidifying mode and
keeps operating for 5 minutes after operation stop, the anomalous stop, thermostat OFF and switching from cooling or
dehumidifying operation to fan or heating operation.
Indoor unit operation mode
Stop (1) Cooling Dehumidifying Fan (2) Heating Note (1) Including the stop from cooling, dehumidifying,
fan and heating operation and the anomalous stop.
Compressor ON Control A (2) Including the “Fan” operation according to the
mismatch of operation modes.
Compressor OFF Control B
(i) Control A
1) If the float switch detects any anomalous draining condition, the unit stops with the anomalous stop (displays E9)
and the drain pump starts.
2) The drain motor keeps operating while the float switch is detecting the anomalous condition.
(ii) Control B
If the float switch detects any anomalous drain condition, the drain motor is turned ON for 5 minutes, and at 10 seconds
after the drain motor OFF it checks the float switch. If it is normal, the unit is stopped under the normal condition or, if
there is any anomalous condition, E9 is displayed and the drain motor is turned ON. (The ON condition is maintained
during the drain detection.)
(b) Drain motor (DM) interlock control
(i) Start conditions
Depending on the function setting of the remote controller, the drain motor is turned ON under either one of the
following conditions.
1) During heating operation (Both the thermostat ON/OFF)
2) During heating operation (Both the thermostat ON/OFF) + Fan operation
3) Fan operation
(ii) Stop conditions
The drain motor is turned OFF 5 minutes after the stop of operations 1) to 3) above.
(12) Operation check/drain pump test run operation mode
(a) If the power is turned on when the dip switch (SW7-1) on the indoor PCB is ON state, it enters the mode of operation
check/drain pump test run. It is ineffective (prohibited) to change the switch after turning power on.
(b) When the communication with the remote controller has been established within 60 seconds after turning power on by the
dip switch (SW7-1) ON, it enters the operation check mode. Unless the remote controller communication is established, it
enters the drain pump test run mode.
Note (1) To select the drain pump test run mode, disconnect the remote control connector (CNB) on the indoor PCB to shut down the remote controller
communication.
(c) Operation check mode
There is no communication with the outdoor unit but it allows performing operation in respective modes by operating the
remote controller.
(d) Drain pump test run mode
When the drain pump test run is established, only the drain pump operates, and during operation the protective functions
by the microcomputer of indoor unit become ineffective.
(13) Indoor heat exchanger anti-frost (anti-frost control)
Thermostat OFF control
1) Thermostat is turned OFF depending on the temperature detected with the heat exchanger sensor (ThI-R1, R2)
during “Cooling” and “Dehumidifying” operations.
5-min timer Thermostat ON OK
Temperature drop
Forced thermostat OFF
Temperature rising
Heat exchanger temperature

1.0 10°C
2) For 4 minutes after the thermostat ON, the forced thermostat OFF control for the anti-frost protection is not effective.
a) When temperatures detected by the heat exchanger sensors ThI-R1 and R2 are higher than the anti-frost protection
temperature at 4 minutes after the thermostat ON, the detection starts from the state of thermostat ON.
3) If the temperature detected with the heat exchanger sensor ThI-R1 or R2 has stayed below the anti-frost protection
temperature (-0.5°C) continuously for 5 minutes after 4 minutes of the thermostat ON operation, then the thermostat is
turned OFF forcibly.
The thermostat will be turned ON if temperatures detected by ThI-Ra and R2 picked up in the thermostat ON range.
4) “Anti-frost” signal is sent to the outdoor unit.
––
(14) Anomalous fan motor (FDT and FDK only)
Fan motor will be stopped with displaying “E16”, if it has detected the revolutions of 200 rpm or less continuously for 30
seconds at a rate of 4 times within 60 minutes, after starting the motor.
(15) High ceiling control [Applicable type: FDT, FDTC, FDTW, FDTS and FDE]
When the indoor unit is installed at a high ceiling, the airflow volume mode control can be changed with the indoor function of
wired remote controller “High ceiling setting”.
Setting Standard (Shipping) High Ceiling 1 High Ceiling 2
Remote controller setting Hi Me Lo Hi Me Lo Hi Me Lo
Fan speed Hi Me Lo UHi1 Hi Me UHi2 Hi Me
Note (1) It is set at Standard at the shipping from factory.
(2) At the hot start, heating thermostat OFF, or other, the indoor fan operate at the slow speed tap at each setting.
(16) Hot start
Indoor fan motor control is performed at the start of heating operation.
(a) When the temperature detected with the indoor heat exchanger thermistor (ThI-R1 or ThI-R2) drops 35°C or lower, it
control the fan with AC motor: Lo and DC motor: ULo.
(b) When the heat exchanger thermistor detects 45°C or higher with the fan running at Lo/ULo, it returns to the set airflow
volume.
Set airflow volume
Lo/ULo
35°C 45°C
Heat exchanger thermistor temp. (ThI-R1 or R2)
(c) On the indoor unit of which the thermostat has been turned OFF during heating operation, the fan is turned OFF if the
heat exchanger thermistor temperature (Thi-R1 or Thi-R2) drops 25°C or lower.
(17) Detection room temperature compensation during heating
With the standard specification, the compressor is turned ON/OFF based on the setting temperature of thermostat. However,
when the thermostat OFF is likely to occur earlier because the unit is installed in a condition that warm air tends to accumulate
near the ceiling, the setting can be changed by using the indoor function of wired remote controller “Heating room temperature
compensation”. Since the compressor is turned ON/OF at one of the setting temperature at +3, +2 or +1°C, the feeling of
heating can be improved. However, the upper limit of setting temperature is 30°C.
Operation Operation
Standard Compressor With setting at +3°C Compressor
Stop Stop
–1 +1 +2 +4
Setting temperature Setting temperature
Room temp. (deg) Room temp. (deg)
(18) Return air temperature compensation

This is the function to compensate a difference between the detected temperature of the Return air thermistor and the measured
temperature after installation of unit.
(a) It is adjustable in the unit of 0.5°C by using the indoor function of wired remote controller “Return air thermistor
compensation”.
• +1.0°C, +1.5°C and +2.0°C • −1.0°C, −1.5°C and −2.0°C
(b) Since the compensated temperature is transmitted to the remote controller and the outdoor unit, it is controlled with the
compensated temperature.
Note (1) Compensation of detection temperature is effective for the indoor unit sensor only.
(19) External control (Remote display)/Remote operation
Always connect the wired remote controller. Otherwise, you cannot perform the remote operation.
(a) Output for external control (remote display) (Optional remote RUN/STOP monitor kit can be utilized.)
Following output connectors (CNT) are provided on the indoor control PCB. Connect the remote RUN/STOP monitor kit
and pick up respective dry contact signal.
• Operation output: Outputs DC12V relay drive signal during operation.
––
• Heating output: Outputs DC12V relay drive signal during heating operation.
• Compressor ON output: Outputs DC12V relay drive signal when the compressor is operating.
• Error output: When any anomalous condition occurs, it outputs DC12V relay drive signal.
(b) Remote operation input
Remote operation inputs (switch input, timer input) connectors (CnT) are provided on the indoor control PCB.
However, the remote operation by the CnT is not effective when “Center mode” is selected with the air-conditioner.
(i) At the shipping from factory [Indoor function of wired remote controller “External input selector” is
set at the level input.]
• Startup at the input signal to CnT OFF  ON [Edge input] … Air-conditioner ON
• Stop at the input signal to CnT ON  OFF [Edge input] … Air-conditioner OFF
ON ON
CnT input OFF OFF OFF
Note (1) ON marked with * means ON by a remote
ON ON *ON controller switch or other.
Air-conditioner A OFF OFF OFF
*ON ON ON
Air-conditioner B
OFF OFF
(ii) When the setting is changed to the pulse input at site using the indoor unit function of wired
remote controller “External input selector”
It becomes effective only when the input signal to CnT is changed OFF➝ON and the air-conditioner operation [ON/
OFF] is inverted.
ON ON
CnT input OFF OFF OFF
ON
Air-conditioner A OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF
Air-conditioner B
(c) Processing of emergency stop signal

This emergency stop signal is used to stop all indoor unis connected to the same outdoor unit in emergency.
1) The emergency stop control becomes effective if the emergency stop control setting is changed to “Valid” from the
wired controller.
2) If the emergency stop [E-63] signal is received from outdoor unit, it is transmitted to the remote controller and
makes stop.
(d) Fresh air processing operation input
1) If indoor unit controller receive fresh air processing operation signal (*1) or fresh air processing stop signal from
remote controller, it output ON signal or OFF signal from CnD connector respectively.
*1. Operation switch ON at interlock setting and ventilation switch ON at non-interlock setting.
2) Output relay is DC12V option and maximum relay load is LY2F (OMRON).
3) In case of interlock setting, if either of indoor units connected to one remote controller is in the state of anomalous stop,
the fresh air processing unit connected to that indoor unit cannot be operated. Other processing units connected to the
indoor units operating normally can be operate.
In case of non-interlock setting, processing unit can start ventilation even though the connected indoor unit is in
anomalous stop.
4) In case of interlock setting if indoor unit stops, processing unit also stop.
5) In case of interlock setting if indoor unit stops with anomalous stop, processing unit also stop.
6) If indoor unit is started or stopped from center console, processing unit can start or stop in case of interlock setting,
but it keep stopping in case of non-interlock setting.
7) Interlock or non-interlock can be set only on the remote controller.
(20) Dip switch function
Model capacity selection with SW6 0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Model P22 P28 P36 P45 P56 P71 P80 P90 P112 P140 P160 P224 P280
SW6-1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
SW6-2 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
SW6-3 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
SW6-4 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
––
1.3 Operation control function by the remote controller
(1) Switching sequence of the operation mode switches of remote controller
Dehumidifying Cooling Fan Heating
(2) [CPU reset]

When the “CHECK” and “GRILL” buttons on the remote controller are pressed at the same time, this function is activated.
This function is same as power supply reset.
(3) [Power failure compensation function]
• This function becomes effective when “POWER FAILURE COMPENSATION SET” is valid by setting the remote controller
functions.
• The remote controller's status is always stored in memory, and after recovery of power, operation is resumed according to
the memory contents. However the auto swing stop position and timer mode are cancelled, but the weekly timer setting is
restored with the holiday setting through all weekdays.
By resetting the clock and cancelling the holiday setting for each weekday after recovery of power, weekly timer setting
becomes effective.
• Contents stored in memory for power failure compenstion are as follows.
Note (1) Item ➅➆ and ➇ are stored in memory regardless of whether the power failure compensation setting is valid or invalid, and silent mode setting is
cancelled regardless of whether the power failure compensation setting is valid or invalid.
➀ Running or Stopping status just before power failure
If it had been operating under OFF timer mode or simple timer mode, memorzed status is as stopping (At the
recovery of power, the timer mode is cancelled but weekly timer setting is changed to the holiday setting through all
weekdays
➁ Operation mode
➂ Fan speed mode
➃ Room temperature setting
➄ Louver auto swing/stop
However, the stop position (position 4) is cancelled and is becomes the level position (position 1).
➅ “Remote control function items”, set with the remote controller function setting (“Indoor unit function items” are
stored in the inoor unit's memory.)
➆ Upper limit value and lower limit value set by temperature setting control.
➇ Clock timer setting and weekly timer setting (Other timer settings are not sotred in memory).
[Parts layout on remote controller PCB]
SW2 SW2
A
B
親
M
SW1 S
SW1子
X Y
 Control selector switch (SW1)

Switch Function
M Master remote controller
SW1
S Slave remote controller
Note (1) SW2 is not normally used, so do not change the selection.
––
1.4 Operation control function by the outdoor controller
(A) Normal control
(1) Operation of major functional components under each operation mode
Operation Cooling Heating
mode Fan Dehumidify
Functional
Components Thermostat ON Thermostat OFF Thermostat ON Thermostat OFF Defrost
Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Intermittent →� /�
Indoor unit fan command command command command operation
Indoor unit electronic Overheating Model-specific
Outlet temperature Slight opening aperture opening Overheating
expansion valve control response Fully open Fully closed control response control angle Control Response
Compressor [CM1] � � � /�
Magnetic contactor CM1
�/
[52X1]
Compressor [CM2] /� � � /� � /�
Magnetic contactor CM2
�
[52X2]
Outdoor unit fan [FMo-1] /� � �/ /� � →� /�
Outdoor unit fan [FMo-2] � �/ � →� /�

Inverter cooling fan
[FMC1, 2] /� /� � /� /� /� /�
4 way valve [20S] � � � →� �

Electronic expansion valve ※3 Overheating※4 Fully closed ※3
for heating [EEVH1, 2] Fully open ※1 ※2 ※2 Fully open
control response / Fully open
Electronic expansion valve Opening angle Fully closed Fully closed Fully closed Fully closed Fully closed Opening angle
for sub-cooling [EEVSC] control control
Solenoid valve [SV1] /� � � /� � /� /�
Solenoid valve [SV2] /� � � /� � /� /�
Solenoid valve [SV6] [SV7] /� � � /� � /� /�
Solenoid valve [SV13] /� � � /� � � �
Crankcase heater [CH1,2] /� /� /� /� /� /� /�
Notes(1) � : ON, � : OFF, �/�, �/�: ON or OFF

(2) ※1: The EEVH1, 2 of master unit are fully opened and those of slave unit are fully closed.
(3) ※2: When the unit is stopped from cooling operation, the EEVH1, 2 of master unit are fully opened and those of slave unit are fully closed.
When the unit is stopped from heating operation, the EEVH1, 2 of both master and slave units are fully closed unless the opening degree is specified
by the low pressure protective control.
(4) ※3: When the operation mode is changed from heating to cooling/dehumidifying, EEVH1, 2 are maintained at fully closed position and EEV of only one
indoor unit keeps 60 pulse until 20S is turned OFF.
(5) ※4: When the operation mode is changed from cooling/dehumidifying to heating, EEVH1, 2 are maintained at fully opened position and EEVs of all
indoor units keep 0 pulse until 20S is turned ON.
(6) This shows the state of output when all indoor units are in the same operation mode.
- -
(2) Compressor control (Master unit/slave unit)
(a) Starting compressor
(i) Compressor starting order (2 compressors specification)
After turning the power on, firstly CM1 compressor starts. (In case of the combination use, it is CM01 of master
unit) And corresponding to the condition of under-dome temperature and to the required capacity of indoor units
thermostat ON, the next compressor will start sequentially, and finally maximum 4 compressors ( in case of combi-
nation use) will start simultaneously.
1) Single use
The range of frequency for each compressor corresponding to the heat load is shown in below mentioned table.
(The table shows the case that CM1 starts first. If CM2 starts first, the frequency of CM2 should be applied that
of CM1 shown in heat load zone 1 instead.)
Following tabel is shown the case that the maximum compressor frequency is 120Hz.
Heat load zone 0 1 2
CM1 0Hz 20~112Hz (22~92Hz) 42 (34)~120Hz
CM2 0Hz 0Hz 42 (34)~120Hz
Note (1) Value in ( ) are for the models FDC615, 680KXE6
2) Combination use
The range of frequency for each compressor corresponding to the heat load is shown in below mentioned
table. (The table shows the case that CM01 starts first. If CM11 starts first, the frequency of CM11 should be
applied that of CM01 shown in heat load zone 1 instead.)
Heat load zone 0 1 2 3
CM01 0Hz 20~112Hz (20~92Hz) 42~112Hz (34~92Hz) 42~120Hz (34~120Hz)
Master unit
CM02 0Hz 0Hz 0Hz 42~120Hz (34~120Hz)
Slave unit CM11 0Hz 0Hz 42~112Hz (34~92Hz) 42~120Hz (34~120Hz)
CM12 0Hz 0Hz 0Hz 42~120Hz (34~120Hz)
Note (1) Value in ( ) are for the models FDC1180~1360KXE6
(ii) Rotation of compressor start/stop order

1) The compressors will be changed over by determinating the start/stop order in each heat load zone.
2) In case of single use, the starting order of CM1 and CM2 will be changed over on each occasion when the out-
door unit stops.
3) In case of combination use, the starting order of CM01(CM11) and CM02(CM12) will be changed over on each
occation when the master unit or slave unit stops all independently.
4) In case of combination use, the starting order of master and slave units will be changed over on each occasion
when the master unit or slave unit stops all independently.
Starting order of outdoor units Master→Slave→Master
Model Starting Order of Outdoor Units Starting Order of Compressors

FDC335~680 − CM 1 → CM 2 → CM 1
FDC735~1360 Master → Slave → Master CM 1 → CM 2 → CM 1
(Reference)
Change in number of compressors operating
4-compressors
2-compressors
80Hz × 2 112Hz × 2
(66Hz × 2) (92Hz × 2)
1-Compressor
80Hz 112Hz
(60Hz) (92Hz)
Note (1) Value in ( ) are for the models FDC615, 680KXE6 and FDC1180~1360KXE6
(2) After recovery of power blackout, starting order of compressor is always CM01of master unit.
- 10 -
(3) Starting control of the compressor (Master unit/Slave unit)
According to the elapsed time after power ON and to the number of start-up, the starting control method of compressor is
shown in following table. However during the defrost control, oil return control and oil equalization control, the starting control
method of compressor is depended on that of the each control.
Conditions Starting method
① The 1st startup after 45minutes or more has elapsed since After 4-way valve switching safeguard, "compressor
power ON, or the subsequent startup after the protective start control A" will be perfomed according to the
compressor has been stopping for 45 minutes or longer crankcase heater ON time. (See followings)
with keeping the power ON.
② The 1st startup after less than 45 minutes has elasped After 4-way valve switching safeguard, "compressor
since power ON protective start control B" will be perfomed according to the
crankcase heater ON time. (See next page)
③ The startup other than ① and ② mentioned above. After 4-way valve switching safeguard, "compressor
protective start controls" will be perfomed.
(a) 4-way valve switching safeguard (Master unit/Slave unit)

At starting, the inverter compressor (CM1, CM2) is operated under following conditions regardless of the decision frequency.
(i) 0-20Hz operation
It is operated in the range of 0-20Hz. However during this operation, the compressor protective controls like current safe
control, high pressure control, discharge pipe temperature control, low pressure control, power transistor temperature control,
under-dome temperature control and compression ratio protective control are not performed.
(ii) 25-40(48)Hz opearation
The maximum frequency is determined by the temperature detected with the outdoor air temperature thermistor (Tho-A).
1) In case of 0°C or lower of Tho-A: It starts to increase the frequency up to 48Hz as maximum frequency and
when the frequency reaches 48Hz, it stops.
2) In case of higher than 0°C of Tho-A: It starts to increase the frequency up to 40Hz as maximum frequency and.
when the frequency reaches 40Hz, it stops. However during this operation, if the starting conditions of the com-
pressor protective controls like current safe control, high pressure control, discharge pipe temperature control,
low pressure control, power transistor temperature control, under-dome temperature control or compression ratio
protective control is satisfied, this control ends and it is controlled according to such protective control satisfied
with. And if the compressor frequency is determined and this protective control is cancelled, it returns to the nor-
mal operation.
(b) Compressor protective start control (Master unit/Slave unit)
The compressor frequency is controlled regardless of the target frequency.
1) Up to 1minutes 45 seconds after the compressor starts, it is operated at 20Hz.
2) When 1minutes 45 seconds has elapsed after the compressor starts, it is operated at the frequency by compressor
potective start control.
(c) Compressor protective start control "A" according to the crankcase heater ON time (Master unit/Slave
unit)
If it is the 1st startup after 45 minutes of the cumulative crankcase heater ON time has elapsed since power ON or if it is
the subsequent startup after the compressor has stopped for 45 minutes or more since power ON, it starts operation accord-
ing to this control.
1) After 4-way valve switching safeguard, inverter frequency is set at 20Hz. And during reducing frequency to 20Hz
after 4-way valve switching safeguard, if the time for reaching to 20Hz is elasped 1 minutes after startup, it is set at
the maximum frequency after 1 minute elasped (20Hz+5Hz).
2) During the period of 15 minutes after the inverter frequency reaches to 10Hz (the frequency to complete startup), the
maximum inverter frequency will be increased from 20Hz by 5Hz per minute.
3) If the compressor stops within the period of 15 minutes after startup, and when the compressor starts again, the maxi-
mum inverter frequency is increased from 20Hz by 5Hz per minute during the cumlative period of 15 minutes under
this control after the initial startup.
- 11 -
4) When the under-dome temperature (detected by Tho-C) exceeds 20°C and the under-dome superheat is 15degC, the
compressor protective start control "A" is cancelled and the inverter frequency will be increased by 5Hz per 25 seconds.
(d) Compressor protective start control "B" according to the crankcase heater ON time (Master unit/Slave
unit)
If it is the 1st startup after the cumulative crankcase heater ON time has elapsed less than 45 minutes since power ON
1) After 4-way valve switching safeguard, inverter frequency is set at 20Hz. And during reducing frequency to 20Hz
after 4-way valve switching safeguard, if the time for reaching to 20Hz is elasped 1 minutes after startup, it is set at
the maximum frequency after 1 minute elasped (20Hz).
2) During the period of 18 minutes after the inverter frequency reaches to 10Hz (the frequency to complete startup op-
eration), the maximum inverter frequency will be increased from 20Hz by 5Hz per 2 minute.
3) From 18 minutes to 24 minutes after startup, the maximum inverter frequency will be increased by 5Hz per 1 minute,
and this control will end when 24 minutes is elapsed after startup.
4) After this control ends once, if it is the 2nd startup or the period of 45 minutes after th power ON is elapsed, this con-
trol will be shifted to the compressor protective start control "A".
5) If the compressor stops within 24 minutes after startup, and when the compressor starts again, the compressor protective
start control "B" is performed during the cumlative period of 24 minutes after the initial startup. However when the period
of 45 minutes has elapsed since compressor stopped, the control is shifted to the compressor protective start control "A".
6) When the under-dome temperature (detected by Tho-C) exceeds 20°C and the under-dome superheat is 15degC, the
compressor protective start control "B" is cancelled and the inverter frequency will be increased by 5Hz per 25 sec-
onds.
(4) Solenoid valve (SV6,7) control for oil return from oil separator (Maste unit/Slave unit)
(a) When the compressor starts, the following solenoid valve for corresponding compressor is opened respectively.
Compressor Solenoid valve

CM1 SV6
CM2 SV7
(b) SV6, SV7 is kept open for the period of 3 minutes after 4-way valve switching safeguard control and compressor protective
control start.
(c) If the compressor frequency is 80Hz (68Hz) or higher, SV6,7 opens, and if the compressor frequency is 76Hz(64Hz) or
lower, it closes.
SV6, 7 open
SV6, 7 closed
76Hz 80Hz
(64Hz) (68Hz)
Actual compressor frequency (Hz)
Note (1) Value in ( ) are for the models FDC615, 680KXE6 and FDC1180~1360KXE6
(d) If the compressor stops after SV6, 7 opens, SV6, 7 remains open for 3 minutes and 10 seconds, then closes.
ON
Solenoid valve OFF
(SV6, 7)
80Hz or higher OFF
3 minutes
76Hz or 10
20Hz seconds
Compressor Stop lower Stop
15 sec. 3 minutes
Run Compressor
command Starts
- 12 -
(5) Outdoor fan control (Master unit/slave unit)
(a) DC fan motor control
The outdoor fan is controlled from 0th speed to 4th speed, and set the standard speed according to the model and operation
mode.
Under normal condition, 1st speed and 4th speed is standard, and under each condition the stepless fan control between 1st
speed and 4th speed is performed.
(b) Outdoor fan speed and fan motor rotation speed Unit: min-1
FDC335, 400 FDC450
Fan tap Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Remarks
FMO1 FMO2 FMO1 FMO2 FMO1 FMO2 FMO1 FMO2
0th speed 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Stop
1st speed 0 160 0 160 0 160 0 160 1-unit operation min. speed
2nd speed 0 400 0 400 0 400 0 400 1-unit operation max. speed
3rd speed 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 2-unit operation min. speed
4th speed 960 960 960 960 1080 1080 1080 1080 2-unit operation max. speed
Unit: min-1
FDC504∼680
Fan tap Cooling Heating Remarks
FMO1 FMO2 FMO1 FMO2
0th speed 0 0 0 0 Stop
1st speed 0 160 0 160 1-unit operation min. speed
2nd speed 0 400 0 400 1-unit operation max. speed
3rd speed 160 160 160 160 2-unit operation min. speed
4th speed 1140 1140 1140 1140 2-unit operation max. speed
(c) At the unit startup, outdoor fan is operated at 4th speed.

(d) DC fan motor startup control
① When the outdoor fan starts after stopping, the startup fan control is performed by checking the fan speed.
② If the rotating direction of the stopping fan, either FMo1 or FMo2, is reverse and its speed is 700min or higher, the
-1
both fans cannot be started.

③ If the rotating direction of the stopping fans, both FMo1 and FMo2, are reverse but its speed is less than 700min for
-1
3 seconds continuously, the fan can be started.

④ During the period of 5 seconds after 52C1 is turned ON, the outdoor DC fan is prohibited to start.
- 13 -
(6) Compressor pre-start control (Master unit/slave unit)
(a) The following control is performed when the compressor ON conditions are established.
(i) Pre-start control when the operation mode is same as previous operation mode:
1) In case of "Cooling /Dehumidifying" mode, 4-way valve is turned OFF. In case of "Heating" mode, 4-way valve
is turned ON.
However if the operation mode is same as previous operation mode and 4-way valve is retaing prescribed condi-
tion, the control status of 4-way valve is unchanged.
2) Solenoide valve SV6 and SV7 are turned ON.
3) The opening degree of EEVH1, 2 for heating and EEVSC for subcooling coil are set to the initial opening degree
mentioned in following table. The expansion valves EEVH1, 2 are operated first, and after those operations are
completed, the expansion valve EEVSC will be operated.
(Unit: Pulse)
Item Operation mode
Name Cooling Heating
EEVH1, 2 470 10
EEVSC 32 0
Note (1) Expansion valves of master unit and slave unit are operated respectively.
�Cooling � Heating
Heating
Cooling
FMO1,2 ON
OFF
ON
20S OFF
3 minutes
SV6 3 minutes ON Open/close control
Opening degree control

EEVH1,2 470
Initial opening degree
Full-close or 100
pulse
EEVSC Opening degree control

Full-close
CM1 ON
OFF
CM2 ON
OFF
Min. of 3 minutes 15 seconds 6 seconds
Compressor stop Compressor start

Starting conditions are satisfied
4) Fan motors FMo1, FMo2 and compressor start 15 seconds after the compressor ON conditions are satisfied.
- 14 -
�Heating � Cooling
Heating
Cooling
FMo1,2 ON
OFF
20S ON
3 minutes
3 minutes
SV6 ON Open/close control
OFF
Opening
degree control Full-open
EEVH1,2
Opening
degree control
Initial opening degree

EEVSC Full-close
CM1 ON
OFF
CM2
OFF
Min. of 3 minutes 15 sec. 1 minute 45 seconds
Compressor stop Compressor start

Starting conditions are satisfied
(7) Crankcase heater control (Master unit/Slave unit)

(a) Crankcase heater ON (power on) and OFF (power off) are controlled with the under-dome temperature thermistor.
(b) Crankcase heater CH1 is turned ON, when the under-dome temperture (Tho-C1) < = (SST)+20°C
(c) Crankcase heater CH1 is turned OFF, when the under-dome temperture (Tho-C1) <
= (SST)+25°C
(d) Crankcase heater CH2 is turned ON, when the under-dome temperture (Tho-C2) <
= (SST)+20°C
(e) Crankcase heater CH2 is turned OFF, when the under-dome temperture (Tho-C2) <
= (SST)+25°C
(Note) SST: Low pressure saturated temperature detected with low pressure sensor (LPS)
(f) Crankcase heater CH1 is turned OFF, when the under-dome temperature (Tho-C1) <
= －40°C and CM1 is ON
(g) Crankcase heater CH2 is turned OFF, when the under-dome temperature (Tho-C2) <
= －40°C and CM2 is ON
(Note) (f) and (g) are the protection for thermistor (Tho-C1, -C2) breakage
- 15 -
(8) Defrrosting (Master unit/Slave unit)
If the defrost starting conditions at the outdoor heat exchanger are established, defrost operation starts.
(a) Temperature conditions for defrosting
(i) Conditions for starting defrost
When all of following conditions are satisfied, defrost operation will be started.
1) When the cumulative operation time
Fig.1
Without J15
of the compressor becomes 33 minutes -2 Cold region
specification
Heat exchanger temp. (°C) [Tho-R]

after completion of previous defrost With J15
-6
operation, or it becomes 33 minutes after
Cold region
heating operation starts.
2) When 8 minutes have elapsed after one -15
compressor is turned ON from the state Standard
-19 (Factory setting)
of all compressors OFF. -21 Defrost start zone
3) When 8 minutes have elapsed after one -25
outdoor fan is turned ON from the state -20 -15 6
of all outdoor fan OFF. Outdoor air temp. (ºC) [Tho-A]
4) After all of the above conditions are satisfied, and

when the temperatures detected with the outdoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor (Tho-R1,-R2) and
outdoor air temperature thermistor (Tho-A) are below the defrost starting temperature mentioned in the above
graph continuously for 3 minutes.
(ii) Conditions for finishing defrost
• Standard (J14 is shorted)
1) When the temperature detected with both outdoor heat exchanger temperature thermistors (Tho-R1 and
Tho-R2) is higher than 9ºC
2) Or when 12 minutes have elapsed since defrosting started.
• Cold region setting (J14 is open)
> 9ºC is satisfied, after 2 minutes and 30 seconds have elapsed since defrosting
1) When (Tho-R1 and Tho-R2) =
started, and when either of following conditions is satisfied, the defrosting end operation starts.
a) 2 minutes and 30 seconds have elapsed since the temperature of either Tho-R1 or Tho-R2 was 14ºC or
higher
b) The temperature of either Tho-R1 or Tho-R2 is 30ºC or higher.
c) 14 minutes have elapsed since defrosting started.
2) When (Tho-R1and Tho-R2) < 9ºC is satisfied, after 2 minutes and 30 seconds have elapsed since defrosting
started, and when either of following conditions is satisfied, the defrosting end operation starts.
a) 5 minutes have elapsed since the temperature of either Tho-R1 or Tho-R2 was 14ºC or higher.
b) The temperature of either Tho-R1 or Tho-R2 is 30ºC or higher.
c) 14 minutes have elapsed since defrosting started.
- 16 -
(9) Protective control
(a) Discharge pipe temperature control (Master unit/slave unit)
(i) If the discharge pipe temperature (detected with Tho-D1, D2) exceeds the set value, it makes the compressor capacity
control performed and the solenoid valves SV1, 2 (for cooling down the compressor) open according to the compressor
Hz in order to suppress the discharge pipe temperature rising.
1) Compressor capacity control
Compressor capacity is
reduced at 5-second intervals
Retention
Reset
110 120
Discharge pipe temperature (°C) [Tho-D1, D2]
2) Solenoid valve (SV1, 2) control for cooling down compressor.
zone A
Note (1) Value in ( ) are for the models FDC615, 680KXE6 and
FDC1180~1360KXE6
zone B
40HZ 45HZ
(33HZ) (38HZ)
• zone A • zone B
ON ON
SV1 : OFF SV1 : OFF

SV2 : OFF SV2 : OFF
108 115 103 110
Discharge pipe temperature (°C) [Tho-D1, D2] Discharge pipe temperature (°C) [Tho-D1, D2]
< ON conditions >

> 115°C. SV2 is turned ON when Td2 =
① In the zone A: SV1 is turned ON when Td1 = > 115°C.
> 110°C. SV2 is turned ON when Td2 =
② In the zone B: SV1 is turned ON when Td1 = > 110°C.
< OFF conditions>
① In the zone A: SV1 is turned OFF when Td1 < > 108°C.
= 108°C. SV2 is turned OFF when Td2 =
② In the zone B: SV1 is turned OFF when Td1 = 103°C. SV2 is turned OFF when Td2 <
< = 103°C.
(ii) Discharge pipe temperature control and Error display
1) When the discharger temperature exceeds 130°C or higher for 2 seconds continuously, it makes the compressor
stopped. And when the discharge pipe temperature decreases to lower than 90°C, it makes the compressor restarted
automatcally.
2) If this control [mentioned in (ii)-1)] is activates 5 times within 60 minutes, it makes the compressor anomalous
stop and displays E36, In case of anomalous stop, it cannot be operated again until the discharge pipe temperature
decreases to lower than 90°C for 60 minutes continuously.
(b) Current safe control

• Current safe control is done by both Master and Slave unit individually.
< Compressor capacity control >
1) Compressor frequency is controlled by detecting the inverter primary current (T-phase) and the inverter secondary
current.
However under the following operating status ① and ② , it does not detect the inverter current.
① Actual compressor frequency N < 20Hz
② During the period that actual compressor frequency is decreasing or during the period of 1 second after the actual
compressor frequency decreased.
- 17 -
2) Initiation condition: When the detected current becomes following value.
① Within 2 minutes after starting operation of CM1 and CM2, the capacity control is done at the current safe value
for starting mentioned in a) and b)
② During capacity measurement mode, the capacity control is done at the current safe value for measurement mode
mentioned in a) and b)
a) The inverter primary current (Current safe 1): See following graph
(At starting and at measuring mode, the current safe value is the value (23.5A) at 35ºC of outdoor air tem-
perature)
30
Inverter current (A)
23.5
25
22.3
19.7
20
16.2
15
11.2
10
35 39 43 47 50
Outdoor air temperature (°C)
b) The inverter secondary current (Current safe 2): 24A

(At starting and at measuring mode, the current safe values are same.)
* Both current safe values mentioned in a) and b) can be corrected by the code P21 of 7-segment input.
Correction value α = 3 to + 6 (0.5 interval)
Factory setting α=0
3) Control contents
① The frequency of all compressors currently operating in the same refrigeration system will be decreased at every
one second by 2-steps (Current safe 1: first step, Current safe 2: second step). The compressor that receives cur-
rent safe control command first decreases the frequency and when its frequency is retaining at certain frequency,
such retained frequency information is transmitted to master unit.
② Master unit will send the command to all other operating compressors in same refrigeration system to decrease
frequency up to the same frequency as the first compressor reduced to according to the information of the first
compressor.
③ After the frequency is decreased, if the inverter current within the detection range is still above the current safe
value, the procedure ① will be repeated.
④ After the frequency is decreased, if the inverter current within the detection range is lower than the current safe
value, compressors will keep that frequency.
⑤ The minimum indicated frequency Ni by this control is 20Hz.
Example 1: In case of heat load zone 3 mentioned in Page 2, the operation of 20Hz×4 compressors is minimum (not
42Hz×4 mentioned in the table).
Example 2 : In case of heat load zone 2 mentioned in Page 2, the operation of 20Hz×2 compressors is minimum (not
42Hz×2 mentioned in the table).
- 18 -
ON
CM01
(M=0) OFF
Master unit
(N=0) ON
CM02
(M=1) OFF
Current safe
ON control
CM11 Retain
(M=0) OFF
Slave unit
(N=1) ON
CM12
(M=1) OFF
PI control
Release
⑥ When master unit retains the current safe control information in itself or receive the current safe control informa-
tion from slave unit, master unit send signal of “Current safe protective control” to the indoor units during retain-
ing those information.
4) At-end condition: If either following condition ① or ② is established, the protective control 3) will end and return to
the PI control.
① The detected inverter current is -1A or lower of the current safe value for 3 minutes continuously.
② The detected inverter current is lower than the current safe value for 6 minutes continuously
< Maximum compressor frequency control>

1) By controlling the maximum compressor frequency according to the rising outdoor air temperature, it makes the in-
verter secondary current decreasing and protects the controller from rising temperature.
Compressor frequency is also controlled by detecting inverter secondary frequency
2) > 35ºC ( For cooling operation)
Initiation condition: Outdoor air temperature =
3) Control contents
① Maximum compressor frequency is varied according to following chart.
Whichever the lower of maximum compressor frequency by this control or at normal operation has priority.
120
Maximum frequency (Hz)
113
120
96
100
76
80
60 50
40
37 39 43 47 50
* Maximum compressor frequency can be corrected by the code P21 of 7-segment input.
Correction value β = 4 × α
(α: Correction coefficient of current safe value)
4) At-end condition: Initiation conditions are not established.
- 19 -
(c) Power transistor temperature (PT) protective control (Master unit/Slave unit)
If the power transistor temperature exceeds 75°C, the compressor speed is controlled.
Speed is reduced once each minute
Retention
Release
72 75
Power transistor temp. (°C)
(d) Ventilation fan control for cooling inside control box (Master unit/Slave unit)
If the relationship between the outdoor air temperature (detected with Tho-A) and the inverter frequency (the frequency of
CM1 or CM2, whichever the higher) is in the ventilation fan ON zone in the figure mentioned below and when the CM1
or CM2 is operating, the ventilation fan FMC3 is turned ON.
If once it enters in the zone of ON or OFF, FMC3 control is retained for 1 minute before resetting.
However at the start and stop of compressor, 1 minute retention control is invalid.
When all compressors of the unit are stopped, this control is terminated.
120
Inverter frequency (Hz)
Ventilation fan
ON zone
Ventilation fan
OFF zone
50
20 35
(e) Protection for the number of connected indoor units

(i) When the number of connected indoor units exceeds 80 units, all corresponding units are stopped with the error of
excessive number of connected indoor units.
(ii) The number of connected indoor units is checked when the automatic address setting is completed, or when turning
the power ON or starting operation of indoor units after completion of manual address setting.
(iii) When the error of exessive number of connected indoor units (E43) occurs, the error code (E43) is diplayed up to
allowable maximum connected indoor units + 1unit on the LCD of remote controller, but in case of automatic
address setting E43 is dispalyed on all of connected indoor units.
(iv) After 3 minutes or more has elapsed since power ON, the capacities of connected indoor units are summed, and if the
summed result exceeds the usage limitation in comparison with the capacity of connected outdoor units, it displays
error code (E43) and stops all units.
- 20 -
(f) Protection for combination of outdoor units (Master unit)
The capacity of connectable outdoor units is checked when the communication check is performed after turning the power
ON.
If the checked result is other than the allowable combinations mentioned in the following table ① it is prohibited to start
operation due to outdoor unit combination error.
When this error occurs, the error code mentioned in the following table ② is displayed on the 7-segment display.
① Combination list
Model HP Normal combination (HP)
P735 26 (12*1+ 14) 12 + 14
P800 28 (14 + 14) 14 + 14
P850 30 (14 + 16) 14 + 16
P900 32 (16 + 16) 16 + 16
P960 34 (16 + 18) 16 + 18
P1010 36 (18 + 18) 18 + 18
P1065 38 (18 + 20) 18 + 20
P1130 40 (20 + 20) 20 + 20
P1180 42 (20*2+ 22) 20 + 22
P1235 44 (22 + 22) 22 + 22
P1300 46 (22 + 24) 22 + 24
P1360 48 (24 + 24) 24 + 24
Note (1) *1 Use FDC335KXE6-K. *2 Use FDC560KXE6-K.
② Contents displayed on 7-segment display at the combination error
Code display area Data display area Contents of invalid operation

OPE 3 Invalid combination of outdoor units
- 21 -
(10) Automatic backup operation (Master unit/Slave unit)
(a) Categorization of automatic backup operation
When the automatic operation is enable, the error stops are categorized as follows and the countermeasures are taken
according to respective category.
① System stop: All stop of master and slave outdoor units
② Unit stop: Stop of the outdoor unit
③ Compressor stop: Stop of the compressor
(b) Control contents of automatic backup operation
(i) Automatic backup operation function becomes effective, when the dip switch SW3-2 on the control PCB of master
unit is turned ON.
(ii) However the switching of SW3-2 is effective only at the power ON (It does not become effective unless the power
supply is reset)
(iii) When the automatic backup operation is effective, the error code is not displayed on the LCD of the remote controller,
even though the error is detected.
However in case of system stop, both master and slave outdoor units stop and the error code is displayed on the LCD
of the remote controller, even if the automatic backup operation is effective.
(iv) If any error mentioned in the following table occurs when the automatic backup operation is effective, the operation
output (CnH), error output (CnY), 7-segement display and LED show as follows.
1) In case of system stop
Operation output from master unit is OFF, error output is ON, and 7-segment display LED shows the error. And
the error code [E-XX] is displayed on the LCD of remote controller.
Error reset can be done by pressing "Check" and "Reset" buttons on the remote controller simultaneously.
2) In case of unit stop
Operation output from only the unit concerned is OFF, error output is ON, and 7-segment display LED shows the error.
The normal unit without anomaly continues to operate or stop as before.
Error reset can be done acoording to the resetting condition of each error code.
3) In case of compressor stop
Only the compressor concerned stops. And the operation output, error output , 7-segment display LED are same
state as before.
Error reset can be done acoording to the resetting condition of each error code.
Remote controller Anomalous stop of master outdoor unit Anomalous stop of slave outdoor unit
error display Error contents
System stop Unit stop Compressor stop System stop Unit stop Compressor stop
E31 Duplicated outdoor unit address No.
E32 Open L3 Phase on power supply at primary side
E36 Discharge pipe temperature error

Outdoor heat exchanger temperature termistor and
E37 subcooling coil temperature thermistor anomaly
E38 Outdoor air temperature thermistor anomaly
E39 Discharge pipe temperature thermistor anomaly
E40 High pressure anomaly
E41 Power thansistor overheat
E42 Current cut
Communication error between inverter
E45 PCB and outdoor control PCB
E48 Outdoor DC fan motor anomaly
E49 Low pressure anomaly
E53 Suction pipe temperature thermistor anomaly
E55 Under-dome temperature thermistor anomaly
E56 Power transitor temperture thermistor anomaly
E58 Anomalous compressor by loss of synchronism.
E59 Compressor startup failure
E60 Rotor position detection failure
Communications error between the master
E61 unit and slave units
E63 Emergency stop
- 22 -
(c) Conditions for prohibiting autmatic backup operation
(i) When the conditions of oil return control is not established.
(ii) When the automatic backup operation time exceeds the limitation.
(d) Control after the conditions for prohibiting automatic backup operation is established
All compressor stop, and the error code [E-XX] is displayed on the 7-segment display LED and the LCD of remote controller.
In this state, Error reset by pressing "Check" and "Reset" button on the remote controller is available.
→[E-XX] is displayed continuously on the remote controller.
(11) Test run

(a) This control can be performed from the master unit, not from the slave unit.
If this control is done from the slave unit, the following display is shown on the 7-segement display.
The display returns to normal display if the test run control switch is reset.
Code indicator Data indicator Contents of invalid operation

OPE 10 Slave setting is invalid.
(b) Test run from master outdoor units with dip switches SW5-1 and SW5-2.
OFF Test run for heating

ON SW5-2
SW5-1 ON Test run for cooling
OFF Normally operation and after test operation
Take note that this operation has priority over other optional devices such as center console and etc.
This operation status is transmitted to the optional devices.
(Note) Test run operation by external input is also available with following method. (Refer next page for detail)
•S
elect the external input terminal (CnS1) and set 7-segment [P11]-[6] for the function of SW5-1, and select the external input terminal (CnS2) and
set 7-segment [P12]-[7] for the function of SW5-2.
Open Test run for heating

Shorted CnS2
CnS1 Shorted Test run for cooling
Open Normal operation and after test operation
• Other combination of external input terminals (CnS1, CnS2, CnG1, CnG2) and of setting function with 7-segment ([P11], [P12], [P13], [P14] and
-[6], -[7]) are avilable to use.
(c) Starting conditions of test run operation

(i) Dip switch SW5-1 is turned ON. However the input before the power ON is invalid.
(ii) The dip switches SW3 and SW5, other than SW5-1and SW5-2, should be turned OFF.
However, regarding the dip switch SW3-2 for automatic backup operation, it is invalid during test run operation
regardless whether SW3-2 is turned ON (valid) or OFF (invalid).→In order to check trouble during test run operation.
(d) Control during test run (If indoor units are normal)
(i) Heating operation is performed with SW5-2 OFF, while cooling operation is performed with SW5-2 ON.
(ii) Indoor EEV control at the end of test run is depended on the specifications of the indoor unit.
(iii) Cooling operation: Compressor frequency control is depended on the cooling low pressure control.
(iv) Heating operation: Compressor frequency control is depended on the heating high pressure control.
(e) Ending conditions of test run operation
Test run operation is terminated if one of following conditions is satisfied.
(i) Test run operation ends when the dip switch SW5-1 is turned OFF.
(ii) When the operation is stopped by the error control during test run, the error is displayed same as the normal operation
and the state of error stop is retained even if SW5-1 is turned OFF.
- 23 -
(B) Optional controls
• External input terminal
① 4 External input terminals (CnS1, CnS2, CnG1 and CnG2) are provided. (See fig-1)
② Each external input terminal can be changed its function by allotting the external input function No. of P11-P14 selected
with 7-segment respectively. (External input functions of the code P11-P14 are shown in fig-2)
External input terminal External input function allotment of 7-segement
Terminal Specification Factory setting Code Function No. Factory setting
CnS1 No volatage contact (DC12V) Shorted P11 "0"-"9" "0"
CnS2 No volatage contact (DC12V) Shorted P12 "0"-"9" "1"
CnG1 No volatage contact (DC12V) Open P13 "0"-"9" "2"
CnG2 No volatage contact (DC12V) Open P14 "0"-"9" "3"
Fig-1
③ The following function is effective, when the external input function of PXX-"X" is allotted and the signal is input to the
external terminal of CnXX.
(Example) I f CnS1 terminal is used for demand control (pulse input), allot the "1" of P11 and open J13, and if CnS2 terminal is
used for demand control (level input), allot the "1" of P12 and short J13.
(Note) More than one function cannot operate at same time.
Allotment of external input function (P11-P14) Externalshortedinput terminal External input terminal
Setting *1 open
Master unit "0": External operation input Operation permission Operation prohibition
Master unit "1": Demand input Invalid Valid
Master unit "2": Forced cooling/heating input Heating Cooling
Master unit "3": Silent mode input 1 Valid Invalid
Master unit "4": Spare - -
Master/Slave unit "5": Outdoor fan snow protection control input Valid Invalid
Master unit "6": Test run external input 1 (Equal to SW5-1) Test run start Normal operation
Master unit "7": Test run external input 2 (Equal to SW5-2) Cooling test run Heating test run
Master unit "8": Silent mode input 2 Valid Invalid
Master unit "9": Spare - -
Fig-2
*1 "Setting" means;
Master : Set only the master unit. (No necessary to set the slave unit)
Master/Slave: Set both master/slave unit same.
(1) External input and demand input (Master unit/Slave unit)
(a) Operation permission or prohibition mode
(Note) Following explanation is based on using CnS1 terminal and setting function [P11]-[0] with 7-segment display.
However other terminals can be used with following function setting of 7-segment display.
CnS2: [P12]-[0] CnG1: [P13]-[0] CnG2: [P14]-[0]

1) Opearation permission or prohibition mode is switched with the connector (CnS1) and the Jumper wire (J13) on the
outdoor control PCB after setting function [P11]-[0] (Factory setting) with 7-segment display
J13: Switching of CnS1 input method
J13 shorted: Level input by CnS1
J13 open : Pulse input by CnS1
2) Operation permission/prohibition control by the external input CnS1 to outdoor unit.
Switching CnS1 CnS1: Switching operation

Input: CnS1
input method:J13 permission/prohibition mode
Shorted Operation prohibition mode
Shorted (Level input)
Operation permission mode
Switching operation permission/
Open Open (Pulse input)
Operation prohibitiion mode (Reversal)
Shorted Operation permission mode
Shorted (Level input) Operation prohibition mode
—
Open Open (Pulse input) (NOP)
Note (1) Factory setting J13: Shorted, CnS1: Shorted (Short pin is connected)
3) The operation condition is displayed on the LCD of remote controller and it is transferred to optional centralized controller
4) When the operation command from remote controller is not accepted by this control, "Center" is displayed on the
LCD of remote controller. (See item 5 mentioned next page)
- 24 -
5) CnS1 performs the following operation according to switching the jumper wire (J13) shorted or open. In case of
pulse input, the pulse width is 500ms or larger.
① J13 − Shorted Air-conditioner ON OK
CnS1 input OFF (Open)

ON (Shorted) OFF (Open)
PUSH PUSH PUSH PUSH
Remote controller operation
Center Remote Center

Remote controller display
Air-conditioner operation/stop OFF ON OFF ON OFF
② J13 - Open
ON OFF ON OFF
CnS1 input
Air-conditioner ON OK
PUSH PUSH PUSH PUSH PUSH

Center Remote Center Remote Center
Air-conditioner operation/stop OFF ON OFF ON OFF
(b) Demand control

(Note) Following explanation is based on using CnS2 terminal and setting function [P12]-[1] with 7-segment display.
However other terminals can be used with following function setting of 7-segment display
CnS1: [P11]-[1] CnG1: [P13]-[1] CnG2: [P14]-[1]
1) Demand control or normal control is switched with the connector (CnS2) and the jumper wire (J13) on the outdoor
control PCB after setting function [P12]-[1] (Factory setting) with 7-segment display.
J13: Switching of CnS2 input method
J13 shorted: Level input by CnS2
J13 open : Pulse input by CnS2
2) Demand control/Normal operation by the external input CnS2 to outdoor unit.
Switching CnS2 CnS2: Switching operation

Input: CnS2
input method:J13 permission/prohibition mode
Shorted Demand control
Shorted (Level input) Normal operation
Switching Demand control/
Open (Pulse input)
Open Normal operation (Reversal)
Shorted Normal control
Shorted (Level input)
Demand operation
—
Open (Pulse input) (NOP)
Open
Note (1) Factory setting J13: Shorted, CnS2: Shorted (Short pin is connected)
3) The operation condition is displayed on the LCD of remote controller and it is transferred to optional centralized
controller
- 25 -
4) Demand control
Demand ratio can be changed with the dip switches (SW4-5, SW4-6) on the outdoor control PCB.
SW4-5, SW4-6 demand switch: 0 - open, 1 - shorted
Upper limit operation Hz of compressor

SW SW Compressor
400 450 504 560
4-5 4-6 output (%)
14 16 18 20
0 0 54Hz × 2 60Hz × 2 70Hz × 2 80Hz × 2 80
1 0 78Hz × 1 46Hz × 2 52Hz × 2 60Hz × 2 60
0 1 54Hz × 1 60Hz × 1 70Hz × 1 78Hz × 1 40
1 1 OFF OFF OFF OFF 0

SW SW Compressor
615 680 735 800
4-5 4-6 output (%)
22 24 26 (12+14) 28 (14+14)
0 0 72Hz × 2 80Hz × 2 50Hz × 4 54Hz × 4 80
1 0 56Hz × 2 60Hz × 2 74Hz × 2 78Hz × 2 60
0 1 36Hz × 2 40Hz × 2 50Hz × 2 50Hz × 2 40

SW SW Compressor
850 900 960 1010
4-5 4-6 output (%)
30 (14+16) 32 (16+16) 34 (16+18) 36 (18+18)
0 0 58Hz × 4 60Hz × 4 66Hz × 4 70Hz × 4 80
1 0 42Hz × 4 46Hz × 4 50Hz × 4 52Hz × 4 60
0 1 58Hz × 2 62Hz × 2 66Hz × 2 70Hz × 2 40

SW SW Compressor
1065 1130 1180
4-5 4-6 output (%)
38 (18+20) 40 (20+20) 42 (20+22)
0 0 74Hz × 4 80Hz × 4 84Hz × 4 80
1 0 56Hz × 4 60Hz × 4 64Hz × 4 60
0 1 76Hz × 2 78Hz × 2 42Hz × 4 40
1 1 OFF OFF OFF 0

SW SW Compressor
1235 1300 1360
4-5 4-6 output (%)
44 (22+22) 46 (22+24) 48 (24+24)
0 0 72Hz × 4 76Hz × 4 80Hz × 4 80
1 0 56Hz × 4 56Hz × 4 60Hz × 4 60
0 1 36Hz × 4 38Hz × 4 40Hz × 4 40
1 1 OFF OFF OFF 0
5) This control has priority over the controls of 4-way valve safeguard, compressor protective start operation, defrost
operation, oil equalized operation and oil return operation.
- 26 -
6) CnS2 performs the following operation according to switching the jumper wire (J13) shorted or open.
In case of pulse input, the pulse width is 500ms or larger.
① J13 − Shorted
ON (Shorted) ON (Open) ON (Shorted)
CnS2 input Normal Demand control Normal
PUSH PUSH PUSH PUSH

Remote
ON ON
Air-conditioner operation/stop Compressor OFF OFF Compressor OFF OFF
② J13 - Open
ON OFF ON OFF
CnS2 input Demand control Demand control
PUSH PUSH PUSH PUSH

Remote
Air-conditioner operation/stop Compressor OFF Compressor OFF
(2) Silent mode control

(Note) Following explanation is based on using CnG2 terminal and setting functionwith 7-segment display [P14]-[3] or -[8]
However other terminals can be used with following function setting of 7-segment display
CnS1: [P11]-[3] or -[8] CnS1: [P12]-[3] or -[8] CnG1: [P13]-[3] or -[8]
(a) Silent mode is commanded either from the indoor unit (remore controller setting) or from the master outdoor unit (CnG2).
(b) When the "Silent mode start" signals is received from one of indoor units, it enters the silent mode operation.,
(c) When CnG2 of master unit is shorted after setting function [P14]-[3] (Factory setting) with 7-segment display, it enters the
silent mode operation. (If the signal is input to the slave unit, it is invalid)
(d) When the "Silent mode start" signal from indoor unit and the "Silent mode" signal from outdoor unit are received, it enters
the silent mode operation under "or"condition.
(e) When silent mode signals from all indoor units become "Silent mode end" and when silent mode signal input to CnG2 on
outdoor unit becomes open, the silent mode operation is reset.
(f) The silent mode operation is effective within the following temperature range.
• Cooling • Heating
Reset Effective
Effective Reset
29 31°C 2 4°C
Outdoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature
- 27 -
(3) Outdoor fan snow protection control (Master unit/Slave unit)
(Note) Following explanation is based on setting function with 7-segment display [C75].
However the following terminals and 7-segment function settings are available to use.
CnS1: [P11]-[5] CnS2: [P12]-[5] CnG1: [P13]-[5] CnG2: [P14]-[5]
(a) The setting of this control should be done not only on the master unit but also on the slave unit, because the fans of master
unit and the slave unit are controlled independently.
(b) The control is enabled /disabled by selecting [0] or [1] displayed at 7-segement LED of master/slave units.
(c) Operation method of outdoor fan snow protection control
(i) Set the code [C75] on 7-segment display
(ii) “0” or “1” is displayed at the data display area of 7-segment LED.
“0”: Outdoor fan snow protection control is disabled (Factory setting)
“1”: Outdoor fan snow protection control is enabled
(iii) Press SW7 (Data write/delete) for 3 seconds continuously
(iv) “0” or “1” blinks every 0.5 second at the data display area of 7-segment LED.
(v) Press SW8 (one digit) to toggle the display between “0” and “1”.
(vi) If SW7 is pressed for 3 seconds continulouly while “0” and “1” are blinking, “0” or “1” at the data display area of
7-segment LED stops blinking.
With this operation, the enabled/disabled setting of outdoor fan snow protection control is saved in the memory of
EEPROM, and henceforth the outdoor fan is controlled according to the contents of memory.
(vii) Contents of outdoor fan snow protection control are retained even if the power is turned off and backed on again.
(d) Contents of outdoor fan snow protection control
(i) At the status of all stop or emergency stop, if the outdoor air temperature drops 3°C or lower, all of outdoor fans are
operated at the maximum speed (4th speed) once every 10 minutes.
Fan ON
(ii) The outdoor fan runs for 30 minutes
(iii) During this snow protection control, the magnetic
Fan OFF
contactor 52C1 of the compressor is ON 3 5
(4) Forced cooling /heating operation (Master unit)

(Note) Following explanation is based on using CnG1 terminal and setting function [P13]-[2] with 7-segment display.
However other terminals can be used with following function setting of 7-segment display.
CnS1: [P11]-[2] CnS2: [P12]-[2] CnG2: [P14]-[2]
(a) When SW3-7 on the outdoor control PCB is turned ON after setting function [P13]-[2] with 7-segment display, if CnG1 is
shorted, forced heating operation is performed, but if CnG1 is open, forced cooling operation is performed.
(b) If the different mode from the forced operation mode is commanded from indoor unit, the "mode unmatch" message is
displayed on the LCD of remote controller and the operation is entered in FAN mode.
Open Operation in cooling only

ON CnG1
SW3-7 Shorted Operation in heating only
OFF Normal operation
(5) Emergency stop control

When one of indoor units receives the emergency stop signal through CnT terminal on the indoor control PCB from the device
like as refrigerant leakage detector and that information is tarnsmitted to the outdoor unit, the outdoor unit stops opeartion and
emergency stop error message transmitted to all indoor units running.
It is able to make the emergency stop function effective by remote controller indoor function setting.
(a) When the outdoor unit receives the “Emergency stop” command from the indoor unit, it makes all stop by error.
(b) And the “Emergency stop” command is transmitted to all indoor units and error code “E63” is displayed.
(c) When the outdoor unit receives the “Emergency stop reset” command from the indoor unit, the “Emergency stop reset”
command is transmitted to all indoor units.
- 28 -
(6) Operation and error signal output (Master unit/Slave unit)
This is the function to retrieve and display the operation and error information on the outdoor unit as a batch.. Although
indoor units also have the function to retrieve the operation and error information, this function is designed to retrieve the whole
information of each refrigeration system connected to the outdoor unit.
(a) The terminals for the operation and error outputs at the outdoor unit side are provided on the outdoor control PCB.
(b) Diagram of output relay operations
ON
OFF Case ②
Error output 52XE
Case ①
Error
Presence of error Normal Normal
ON
OFF
Outdoor LED for inspection
Error Remote Remote Dip switch

controller reset controller reset Reset
Case ① Case ②
(c) The error output relay (52XE) is turned ON when the error stop occurs, and is turned OFF when the error reset is done
from remote controller by pressing "Check" and "Reset" button simultaneously after recovery from the error (Remote
controller reset case ② ).
Before recovery from the error, if the error reset is done from remote controller, 52XE is not turned OFF, but it will be
turned OFF autmatically after the error is recovered subsequently (Remote controller reset case ① ).
(d) If at least one of connected indoor units is operating, the operation output relay (52XR) is turned ON. (Operation means
the state that remote controller is turned ON, in which the fan opertion and the thermostat OFF is included, but the error
stop is excluded.)
(e) Output relay (52XR, 52XE) of DC12V should be prepared in the field. The maximum load of relay is LY2F (Omron).
(f) The output connectors (CnH, CnY) to be connected to the relays for operation output (52XR) and for error output (52XE)
is mounted on the outdoor controll PCB.
(g) If CPU goes out of control, this function becomes disable.
(h) When the automatic backup operation is effective, there is no error display for any error on the compressor stopping by
detecting its anomaly.
- 29 -
(7) Pump down control (Master unit/slave unit)
This control is for recovering refrigerrant to outdoor unit quickly in case of replacement or relocation of the outdoor unit.
(a) This control is performed from the master unit side. It cannot be controlled from the slave unit side. If this control is at-
tempted from the slave unit side, the following codes are displayed on the 7-segment LED of the slave unit.
Code display area Data display area Contents of invalid operation

OPE 10 Setting from the slave unit is invalid
Note (1) The display returns to normal if the pump-down control switch is reset.
(b) Pump down operation can be performed with the operation of 3 dip switches SW5-1(Test run switch), SW5-2 (Test run
operation mode) and SW5-3 (Pump down switch)
(c) Pump down procedure
1) Shut the liquid side service valve on the outdoor units
2) Turn SW5-2 (test run operation mode) ON (cooling)
3) Turn SW5-3 (pump down switch) ON
4) Turn SW5-1 (test run switch) ON
(d) End condition
If any of the following conditions is satisfied, this control ends.
(i) If the low pressure (LP) ≤ 0.01MPa is detected for 5 seconds continuously, this control ends normally, and indicates
followings
① Red LED: Keeps lighting
② Green LED: Keeps flashing
③ 7-segment display: PdE
④ Remote controller: Stop
(ii) Anomalous all stop by the error detection control
(iii) If the cumulative compressor operation time under pump down control is 15minutes (End control because time is
up), this control ends and indicates followings
① Red LED: Stays OFF
② Green LED: Keeps flashing
③ 7-segment display: No display
④ Remote controller: Stop
(iv) When any of setting switch (SW5-1, SW5-2, SW5-3) is turned OFF during pump down control.
(Note) Even if only SW5-3 is turned OFF, it is not recognized as the cooling test run mode and it stops.
- 30 -
(C) Data output
(1) 7-segment display and operation data retention
(a) 7-segment display
Operation information is displayed for checking various operation data during test run and for helping malfunction diag-
nosis at servicing. Input data to microcomputer, contents of outdoor unit control, registration information of indoor units
and etc. are mainly displayed on the 7-segment LED.
(i) Operation information display
1) Each item is displayed at the 7-segment LED with 6-digit on outdoor contol PCB
2) Left 3 digits are for code display and right 3 digits are for data display
3) The code No. of each item is selected by pressing SW9 for the order of 10 and SW8 for the order of 1.
4) If the code No. is set at “C99”, the data of the code No. from “C00” to “C29” is displayed cyclically.
Code No. at factory setting is “C99”
5) If the code No. is set at other than “C99”, the data of selected code No. is kept on displaying.
6) The code No. “C77” is for resetting
The contents of retained operation data (the data for a period of 30 minutes prior to error stop) can be erased by
setting the code No. at “C77”.
The resetting method is to select the code “C77” first. (If any error data is retained, “dEL” is displayed on the
data display area.)
And then when press SW7 for 3 seconds, the retained error data can be erased. However the data of the code No.
“C54” and “C55” (compressor cumulative operation time) are not erased.
When the data is erased, “---” is displayed on the data display area of 7-segment LED. And this is displayed as
well when no error data is retained.
7) If SW8 (order of 1) is pressed, it displays in the order of 0 ⇒ 1 ⇒ 2 …… 9 ⇒ 0.
8) If SW9 (order of 10) is pressed, it jumps to the leading code of each order of 10
(Example) If SW9 is pressed at the code No. “C07” displayed, it jumps to the code No. “C10”.
9) The data of code No. “C54” and “C55” can be erased independently
The compressor cumulative operation time corresponding to the code No. selected can be erased (reset). (For
resetting of the compressor cumulative operation time after replacement of compressor)
The resetting method is to select the code “C54” or “C55” first. (the compressor cumulative operation time
corresponding to the code No. is displayed on the data display area of 7-segment LED.)
And then when press SW7 for 3 seconds, the retained data can be erased. However the data of the retained operation
data (the data for 30 minutes before error stop) are not erased.
(ii) Individual definition of display contents
1) Code No. “C17”: Subcooling degree at cooling mode
[Subcooling degree at cooling mode] =
[High pressure saturated temperature detected with high pressure sensor (PHS)]
-[ Subcooling coil temperature detected with subcooling temperature thermistor (Tho-SC)]
The calculated result is displayed after rounding to one decimal place. Or if the calculated result is a negative
value, “0.0” is displayed.
During heating mode this data might be unreliable as subcooling degree, but the result is displayed as it is.
2) Code No. “C18”: Suction superheat degree
[Suction superheat degree] =
[Suction pipe temperature detected with suction pipe temperature thermisot (Tho-S)]
-[Low pressure saturated temperature detected with low pressure sensor (PLS)]
3) Code No. “C19”: Superheat degree of subcooling coil
[Superheat degree of subcooling coil] =
[Subcooling coil temperature detected with subcooling coil temperature thermistor (Tho-H)]
-[Low pressure saturated temperature detected with low pressure sensor (PLS)]
- 31 -
(iii) Error code displayed at error occurrence can be reset with the dip switch SW3-1 ON.
(iv) Discharge pressure saturated temperature and suction pressure saturated temperature are displayed after rounding to
unit, if it is -10.0°C or lower. (Because the 7-segment display range is 3-digit)
(v) Priority of display
1) [EXX] > [CHX] > [PCLX] > [PoE] > [PoS] > [OPE] > [CXX]

Special display
[EXX]: Error code [CHX]: Check mode
[PoE], [PoS]: Pump down opertion [OPE]: Outdoor unit setting
2) If the state of 1) is reset, it is automatically switched to [CXX] (Automatic data display mode)
3) When pressing SW8 or SW9 under the state of 1), it switched to [CXX]
However the button input is not done for 10 seconds after switching to [CXX], the display is changed to the spe-
cial display according to the priority of the state 1)
When Special
display occurs
[CXX] Special display
Button operation
When Special
display reset
No operation for 10 seconds*
Automatic feeding
Button operation
[C99]
* If the special display is reset in the meanwhile, it remains [CXX].
- 32 -
(b) 7-Segment display
Code Data display Minimum

No. Contents of display range units Remarks
Unusual code E??

Ð Pump down − − PoE, PoS
Check mode CH?, PCL?
Outdoor unit setup, piping cleaning OPE??
00 CM1 operating frequency 0~130 1Hz
01 CM2 operating frequency 0~130 1Hz
02 Tho-A Outdoor air temp. L,-20~43 1°C
03 Tho-R1 Heat exchanger temp. 1 (Exit. Front) L,-25~73 1°C
04 Tho-R2 Heat exchanger temp. 2 (Exit. Rear) L,-25~73 1°C
05 Tho-R3 Heat exchanger temp. 3 (Entrance. Front) L,-25~73 1°C
06 Tho-R4 Heat exchanger temp. 4 (Entrance. Rear) L,-25~73 1°C
07 Tho-D1 Discharge pipe temp. (CM1) L,31~136 1°C
08 Tho-D2 Discharge pipe temp. (CM2) L,31~136 1°C
10 Tho-C1 Under-dome temp. (CM1) L,5~90 1°C
11 Tho-C2 Under-dome temp. (CM2) L,5~90 1°C
12 Tho-P1 Power transistor temp. (CM1) L,31~136 1°C
13 Tho-P2 Power transistor temp. (CM2) L,31~136 1°C
14 Tho-SC Sub-cooling coil temp.1 L,18~73 1°C
15 Tho-SC Sub-cooling coil temp.2 L,-25~73 1°C
16 Tho-S Suction pipe temp. L,-25~73 1°C
17 Cooling operation super cooling 0~50 1°C
18 Super heat 0~50 1°C
19 Super heat of sub-cooling coil 0~20 1°C SHS
20 CT1 Current (CM1) 0~70 1A
21 CT2 Current (CM2) 0~70 1A
22 EEVH1 Heating expansion valve opening angle 0~500 1 Pulse
23 EEVH2 Heating expansion valve opening angle 0~500 1 Pulse
24 Opening angle of EEVSC overcooling coil 0~500 1 Pulse

expansion valve
26 FM01 Number of rotations 0~1500 10 min-1
- 33 -
Code Contents of display Data display Minimum Remarks
No. range units
27 FM02 Number of rotations 0~1500 10 min-1
28 PSH High pressure sensor 0~5.00 0.01MPa
29 PSL Low pressure sensor 0~2.00 0.01MPa
Order of 100 : FMC1, 2

FMC1, 2 Cooling fan Order of 10 : CH1
30 0,1 −
Crankcase heater Order of 1 : CH2 (0: OFF, 1: ON)
63H1-1 Order of 100 : 63H1-1, 2
31 63H1-2 0,1 − Order of 10 : 63H1-R
(63H1-R) (0: Close, 1: Open)
SV1 Order of 100 : SV1
32 SV2 0,1 − Order of 10 : SV2
(20SL) Order of 1 : 20SL (0: Close, 1: Open)
SV6 Order of 100 : SV6
33 SV7 0,1 − Order of 10 : SV7
(SV13) Order of 1 : SV13 (0: Close, 1: Open)
20S Order of 100 : 20S,
34 SV11 0,1 − Order of 10 : SV11
SV12 Order of 1 : SV12 (0: close, 1: open)
Order of 100 : Defective outdoor temperature thermistor
35 Compressor stop causes ① 0,1 − Order of 10 : Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor 1
Order of 1 : Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor 2 (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor 3
36 Compressor stop causes ② 0,1 − Order of 10 : Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor 4
Order of 1 : Defective discharge pipe thermistor 1 (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Defectived discharge pipe thermistor 2
37 Compressor stop causes ③ 0,1 Order of 10 : Defective Sub cooling coil thermistor 1
Order of 1 : Defective Sub cooling coil thermistor 2 (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Defective suction pipe thermistor
38 Compressor stop causes ④ 0,1 − Order of 10 : Defective low pressure sensor
Order of 1 : Defective high pressure sensor (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Anomaly in inverter 1
39 Compressor stop causes ⑤ 0,1 − Order of 10 : Anomaly in inverter 2
Order of 1 : Anomalous high pressure (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Anomalous low pressure
40 Compressor stop causes ⑥ 0,1 − Order of 10 : Anomalous discharge pipe thermistor 1
Order of 1 : Anomalous discharge pipe thermistor 2 (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Defect CM1 starting
41 Compressor stop causes ⑦ 0,1 − Order of 10 : Defect CM2 starting
Order of 1 : Synchronous failure CM1 (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Synchronous failure CM2
42 Compressor stop causes ⑧ 0,1 − Order of 10 : CM1 Current cut
Order of 1 : CM2 Current cut (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Power transistor 1 overheating
43 Compressor stop causes ⑨ 0,1 − Order of 10 : Power transistor 2 overheating
Order of 1 : Anomaly in DC fan1 (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Anomaly in DC fan2
44 Compressor stop causes ⑩ 0,1 − Order of 10 : Stop command from indoor
Order of 1 : Operation mode charge (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : Liquid flooding protection
45 Compressor stop causes ⑪ 0,1 − Order of 10 : Demand control 0%
Order of 1 : Starting error improvement (0:Normal, 1: Abnormal)
Order of 100 : During equal oil control
46 Control status 0,1 − Order of 10 : During oil return control
Order of 1 : During defrost (0:Non-operation, 1: Operation)
Order of 100 : During Td control
47 Control status 0,1 − Order of 10 : During HP control
Order of 1 : During CS control (0:Non-operation, 1: Operation)
Order of 100 : During LP control
48 Control status 0,1 − Order of 10 : During PT control
Order of 1 : Under cooling low pressure control (0:Non-operation, 1: Operation)
Order of 100 : Cooling high pressure protection control
49 Control status 0,1 − Order of 10 : Heating high pressure protection control
Order of 1 : Heating low pressure protection control (0:Non-operation, 1: Operation)
50 Number of connected indoor unit 0~50 1
51 Number of operation indoor unit 0~50 1
52 Required Hz total 0~999 1Hz
53 Target Fk 0~999 1Hz
54 Compressor cumulative operating time (CM1) 0~655 100h
- 34 -
55 Compressor cumulative operating time (CM2) 0~655 100h
56 Discharge pressure saturation temperature -50~70 0.1ºC 1ºC at -10 or lower
57 Air inlet pressure saturation temperature -50~30 0.1ºC 1ºC at -10 or lower
58 Target cooling low pressure 0.00~2.00 0.01MPa
59 Target heating high pressure 1.60~4.15 0.01MPa
60 Counter · Compressor 2 starting failure 0, 1 —
61 Counter · Synchronous failure compressor 2 0~3 —
62 Power transistor 2 overheating 0~4 —
63 Inverter 1 operating frequency command 0~130 1Hz
64 Inverter 2 operating frequency command 0~130 1Hz
65 Counter · Inverter 2 communications error 0~3 —
Order of 100 : During silent mode

66 Control status 0,1 — Order of 10 : During test operation (0:Non-operation, 1: Operation)
Order of 1 : Test operation on
67 Check operation status —
Order of 100 : Piping cleaning

68 Control status 0,1 — Order of 10 : Under-dome temperature control
Order of 1 : Compession ratio protection control (0:Non-operation, 1: Operation)
70 Operation priority switching 0,1 — 0: Prior press priority (when shipped)

1: After press priority
71 High pressure control of cooling 2.2, 2.5 0.01MPa 2.2: Factory setting
2.5: Alternate setting
72 low pressure control of cooling -0.05~+0.05 0.01MPa 0.00: Factory setting
73 Heating high pressure compensation 0.00~0.30 0.01MPa 0.00: Factory setting
74 Low pressure of heating 0.80, 0.90 — 0.8: Factory setting

0.9: Alternate setting
75 Snow protection fan control 0,1 — 0: Snow protection fan control deactivated
1: Snow protection fan control activated
77 Data reset ---, dEL —
78 Refrigerant quantity check status —
79 Counter/Liquid -back error 0~2 —
80 Counter · Thermistor disconnection 0~2 —
81 Counter · Inverter 1 communications error 0~3 —
82 Counter · High pressure protection 0~4 —
83 Counter · Compressor 1 starting failure 0,1 —
84 Counter · Anomalous low pressure ① (Under stop) 0~4 —
- 35 -
85 Counter · Anomalous low pressure ② 0,1 —

(Immediately after starting)
86 Counter · Anomalous low pressure ③ 0~4 —

(Under operation)
87 Counter · Synchronous failure compressor 1 0~3 —
88 Counter · Overheating of power transistor 1 0~4 —
89 Counter · Anomalous temp. of discharge pipe 1 0,1 —
90 Counter · Anomalous temp. of discharge pipe 2 0,1 —
91 Counter · Current cut (CM1) 0~3 —
92 Counter · Current cut (CM2) 0~3 —
93 Counter · Indoor-outdoor communications error 0~255 —
94 Counter · 0~255 —
Outdoor inverter communications error 2
95 Counter · CPU reset 0~255 —
96 Counter · Anomalous FM01 0~255 —
97 Counter · Anomalous FM02 0~255 —
98 Program version — — Example (2.11)
99 Auto send display — —
P10 2-step demand setting For optional functions (special substrate required)
P11 CNS1 function assignment 0~9 1 Factory setting: 0 (External operation input)
P12 CNS2 function assignment 0~9 1 Factory setting: 1 (Demand input)
P13 CNG1 function assignment 0~9 1 Factory setting: 2 (Forced cooling/heating input)
P14 CNG2 function assignment 0~9 1 Factory setting: 3 (Silent mode input)
P15 CNQ5 function assignment 0~9 1 Factory setting: 4 (2-step demand input)
Outdoor unit fan snow protection control

P16 10.30~600 30 seconds Factory setting: 30 seconds
ON time
<New superlink setting>
P30 0, 1 — 0: Current superlink

Superlink communication status
1: New superlink
P31 0: (Factory default) — 0: Automatic address setting standby

Start automatic address setting
0, 1 1: Automatic address setting start
P32 0: (Factory default) 1 Specify the starting indoor address connected in one refrigerant system
Input stating indoor address
1~127 for automatic address setting.
0: (Factory default) Specify the number of indoor units connected in one refrigerant system
P33 Input the number of connected indoor units 1 for automatic address setting.
1~24(*) (*) Maximum connectable number of indoor units for each outdoor unit
P34 0: (Factory default) — 0: Network polarity not defined

Polarity difinition
0, 1 1: Network polarity defined
- 36 -
Contents of display Remarks
No. range units
AUX Auto address setting on
AUE Indoor unit address No. assignment normal

ending
A01 Indoor unit address No. assignment error 1
A04 Super Link setting error
- 37 -
(c) Saving of Operation Data
For the purpose to investigate the cause of trouble in the field, the operation data are always saved in the memory, and if the trouble
occurs, the data writing is stopped and the operation data prior to the trouble occurrence are recorded. These data can be retrieved to
personal computer through RS232C connector on the outdoor control PCB and utilized for probing the cause.
(i) Opearation data for a period of 30 minites prior to the present operation are saved and updated sequentially.
(ii) If an anomalous stop occurs, the data are not updated any more.
(iii) Data are written in at 1-minute interval and following data will be transmitted to PC upon demand.
Data Data Range Example

Software version Ascii 15 byte KD3C218######## (#: NULL)
PID (program ID) Ascii 2 byte 5D
Outdoor unit capacity Ascii 3 byte As shown in table at right
Power supply frequency Ascii 2 byte 60
Outdoor address Ascii 2 byte 00 ~ 3F
Indoor address × 16 units Ascii 2 byte × 16 units 40 ~ 7F
Indoor capacity × 16 units Ascii 3 byte × 16 units 022 ~ 280
Outdoor unit capacity data Outdoor unit capacity data Remarks

S: Display with Horse Power of single type or
Single type Example: 24HP - [S24] single use of combination type
Master unit of combination S: Display with Horse Power of master unit of
type Example: 46HP - [S46]
combination type
Slave unit of combination C: Display with Horse Power of slave unit of
type Example: 20HP - [C20] combination type
(iv) Error retention and monitoring data

Record data
Code
No. Write-in contents Data write-in Write-in unit Number of
range bytes Contents
00 Anomalous code 00~99 — 1 00: No anomalous, outdoor unit all anomalous ???
01 Address of unit where trouble occurred 00~FF — 1 00~3F: Outdoor unit side, 40~6F: Indoor unit side
0 Stop
02 Operation mode 0~2 — 1 1 Cooling
2 Heating
03 High pressure sensor 0.00~5.00 A/D value 1
04 Low pressure sensor 0.00~2.00 A/D value 1
05 Heat exchanger temp. 1 (Exit, Front) -35~75 A/D value 2 Cooling liquid side
06 Heat exchanger temp. 2 (Exit, Rear) -35~75 A/D value 2 Cooling liquid side
07 Heat exchanger temp. 3 (Entrance, Front) -35~75 A/D value 2 Cooling gas side
08 Heat exchanger temp. 4 (Entrance, Rear) -35~75 A/D value 2 Cooling gas side
09 Tho-D1 Discharge pipe temp. (CM1) 20~140 A/D value 1
10 Tho-D2 Discharge pipe temp. (CM2) 20~140 A/D value 1
11 Tho-C1 Under-dome temp. (CM1) -15~90 A/D value 1
12 Tho-C2 Under-dome temp. (CM2) -15~90 A/D value 1
13 Tho-A Outdoor air temp. -20~43 A/D value 1
14 Tho-P1 Power transistor temp. (Heat dissipation fin) 20~140 A/D value 1
- 38 -
Record data
Code Write-in contents Data write-in Write-in unit Number of
No. Contents
range bytes
15 Tho-P2 Power transistor temp. (Heat dissipation fin) 20~140 A/D value 1
16 Tho-SC Sub cooling coil temp. 1 18~73 A/D value 1 Liquid pipe side
17 Tho-H Sub cooling coil temp. 2 -35~75 A/D value 2 Suction pipe side
18 Tho-S Suction pipe temp. -35~75 A/D value 2
19 Cooling operation super cooling 0~50 A/D value 1
20 Super heat 0~50 A/D value 1
21 Super heat of sub-cooling coil 0~50 A/D value 1
22 CT1 Current 0~50 A/D value 1
23 CT2 Current 0~50 A/D value 1
24 Power source voltage 180~500 A/D value 1
Bit0 63H1 0: open, 1: close

25 Pressure switch — — 1 Bit1 63H1-R 0: open, 1:ON
Bit2 63L 0: open, 1:ON
Bit0 20S 0:OFF, 1:ON
26 Solenoid valve — — 1 Bit2 SV1 0:OFF, 1:ON
Bit3 SV2 0:OFF, 1:ON
Bit6 SV11 0: open, 1:ON
Bit7 SV12 0: open, 1:ON
Bit0 CH1 0:OFF, 1:ON
27 Crankcase heater etc. — — 1 Bit1 CH2 0:OFF, 1:ON
Bit2 FM1,2 0:OFF, 1:ON
Bit3 FMC3 0:OFF, 1:ON
Bit4 Spare
Bit5 Spare
Bit7 Spare
28 FM01 Number of rotations 0~65535 10 min-1 2
29 FM02 Number of rotations 0~65535 10 min-1 2
30 EEVH1 opening angle 0~65535 1pulse 2
31 EEVH2 opening angle 0~65535 1pulse 2
32 EEVSC opening angle 0~65535 1pulse 2
34 Indoor unit connection number 0~255 1 unit 1
35 Indoor unit connection capacity 0~65535 — 2
36 Indoor unit thermostat ON number 0~255 1 unit 1
37 Indoor unit thermostat ON capacity 0~65535 — 2
38 Required Hz total 0~65535 1Hz 2
39 Target FK 0~65535 1Hz 2
40 Inverter CM1 operation frequency 0~255 1Hz 1
- 39 -
Record data
Code Write-in contents
No. Data write-in Number of
range Write-in unit bytes Contents
41 Inverter CM2 operation frequency 0~255 1Hz 1
42 Answer Hz total 0~65535 1Hz 2
43 Compressor 1 cumulative operating time (estimate) 0~65535 1h 2
44 Compressor 2 cumulative operating time (estimate) 0~65535 1h 2
45 Compressor 1 start times 0~65535 20 times 2
46 Compressor 2 start times 0~65535 20 times 2
Bit0 Defective outdoor temperature thermistor

47 Compressor stop causes — — 1 Bit1 Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger 1 thermistor
Bit2 Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger 2 thermistor
Bit5 Defective discharge pipe thermistor 1
Bit6 Defective discharge pipe thermistor 2
Bit7 Defective sub-cooling coil thermistor 1
Bit0 Defective sub-cooling coil thermistor 2

48 Compressor stop causes — — 1 Bit1 Defective suction pipe thermistor
Bit2 Defective low pressure sensor
Bit3 Defective high pressure sensor
Bit4 Inverter 1 anomalous communication
Bit5 Inverter 2 anomalous communication
Bit6 Anomalous high pressure
Bit7 Anomalous Low pressure
Bit0 Td1 Anomalous discharge pipe temp.

49 Compressor stop causes — — 1 Bit1 Td2 Anomalous discharge pipe temp.
Bit2 CM1 starting defect
Bit3 CM2 starting defect
Bit4 Synchronous failure of CM1
Bit5 Synchronous failure of CM2
Bit6 Current cut of CM1
Bit7 Current cut of CM2
Bit0 Power transistor 1 overheating

50 Compressor stop causes — — 1 Bit1 Power transistor 2 overheating
Bit2 FM01 anomaly
Bit3 FM02 anomaly
Bit4 Compressor stop command from indoor unit
Bit6 Dilution rate protection
Bit7 Demand control 0%
51 Control status 0~180 1 second 1 CM1 3-minute delay timer
52 Control status 0~180 1 second 1 CM2 3-minute delay timer
53 Discharge pressure saturation temperature -50~70 0.1ºC 2
54 Intake pressure saturation temperature -50~70 0.1ºC 2
0 None
55 Control status equal oil 2 0,1 — 1 1 Under control
0 None
56 Control status oil return 0~2 — 1 1 Waiting for oil return
2 Under oil return
0 None
57 Control status defrost conditions 0~3 — 1 1 Temperature conditions
2 Strengthening temperature conditions
3 Time conditions
- 40 -
Record data
No. Contents
range bytes
0 None
58 Control status defrost status 0~4 — 1 1 Defrosting status 1
2 Defrosting status 2
0 None
59 Control status Td 0~3 — 1 1 Frequency down
2, 3 Under Td control
60 Control status 0~1 — 1 Td1 error counter
61 Control status 0, 1 — 1 Td2 error counter
0 None
62 Control status HP 0~2 — 1 1 Frequency down
2, 3 Under high pressure control
63 Control status 0~1 — 1 HP error (63H1) counter
0 None
64 Control status CS 0~3 — 1 1 Frequency down
2, 3 Under CS control
0 None
65 Control status LP 0~3 — 1 1 Frequency down
2, 3 Under low pressure control
66 Control status 0~3 — 1 LP error (when stopped) counter
67 Control status 0~4 — 1 LP error (when started) counter
68 Control status 0,1 — 1 LP error (when driving) counter
0 None
69 Control status PT 0~3 — 1 1 Frequency down
2, 3 Under PT control
70 Check operation and Refrigerant quantity check — — 1
71 Control status 0~360 3 minutes 1 CH compressor protection timer
15 Protective start end

72 Control status CH compressor protective start 0~15 — 1 0~14 During protective start
External operation (CnS1)

73 Switch etc. — — 1 Bit0 0: Operation prohibition
1: Operation permission
Demand (CnS2)
Bit1 0: None
1: Under control
Forced cooling, heating (CnG1)
Bit2 0: None
1: Under control
Silent mode (CnG2)
Bit3 0: None
1: Under control
Back up operation
Bit4 0: None
1: Back up operation
Hz cancel operation
Bit5 0: None
1: Under control
74 Control status 0~3 — 1 Current cut anomaly counter (INV1)
75 Control status 0~4 — 1 Power transistor overheating anomaly counter (INV1)
76 Control status 0~3 — 1 Synchronous failure counter (INV1)
77 Control status 0~1 — 1 Starting failure counter (INV1)
- 41 -
Record data
No. Contents
range bytes
78 Control status 0~3 — 1 Communications anomaly counter (INV1)
79 Control status 0~3 — 1 Current cut anomaly counter (INV2)
80 Control status 0~4 — 1 Power transistor overheating anomaly counter (INV2)
81 Control status 0~3 — 1 Synchronous failure counter (INV2)
82 Control status 0~1 — 1 Starting failure counter (INV2)
83 Control status 0~3 — 1 Communications anomaly counter (INV2)
84 Control status 0~1 — 1 DC fan motor 1 error counter
85 Control status 0~1 — 1 DC fan motor 2 error counter
86 Control status 0~2 — 1 Thermistor disconnection counter
87 Control status 0~255 — 1 Communications error counter (INV)
— — 1 Version (Initial value FFh)

88 INV1 information — — 1 DIP SW (Initial value FFh)
— — 2 Spare
— — 1 Version (Initial value FFh)
INV2 information — — 1 DIP SW (Initial value FFh)
— — 2 Spare
89 Registered indoor units 1~8 required Hz 0~255 1Hz 8
90 Registered indoor units 1~8 answer Hz 0~255 1Hz 8
0 Prior press priority

91 Operation priority switching 0~1 — 1 1 After press priority
92 High pressure control of cooling 2.20,2.50 0.01MPa 1
93 Cooling low pressure compensation -0.05~0.05 0.01MPa 1
94 Low pressure control of heating 0.80,0.90 0,01MPa 1
0 With
95 Snow protection fan control 0~1 — 1 1 None
96 CM1 frequency command 0~130 1Hz 1
97 CM2 frequency command 0~130 1Hz 1
98 Target cooling low pressure 0.00~2.00 0.01MPa 1
0 None
99 Control status TC 0~2 — 1 1 Frequency down
2, 3 Under-dome temperature control
100 Target heating high pressure 1.60~4.15 0.01MPa 2
101 Heating high pressure compensation 0.00~0.30 0.01MPa 1
0 None
102 Control / status SCR 0~2 — 1 1 Frequency down
2, 3 Under compression ratio protection control
103 Equal oil loss amount CM1 0~65535 1cc 2
104 Equal oil loss amount CM2 0~65535 1cc 2
- 42 -
Record data
No. Contents
range bytes
105 Return oil loss amount CM1 0~65535 1cc 2
106 Return oil loss amount CM2 0~65535 1cc 2
107 Oil return cumulative time 0~255 × 3 min. 1
108 Equal oil cumulative Hz master CM1 0~65535 1Hz 2
109 Equal oil cumulative Hz master CM2 0~65535 1Hz 2
110 Equal oil cumulative Hz slave CM1 0~65535 1Hz 2
111 Equal oil cumulative Hz slave CM2 0~65535 1Hz 2
112 Equal oil rotation Hz 0~65535 1Hz 2
113 Equal oil rotation status — — 1 Other

than 0 Rotation on
114 Compressor of incomplete differential pressure start — — 1 Other With incomplete compressor
than 0
115 Under-dome overheat degree CM1 -32768~ 0.01ºC 2

-32767
116 Under-dome overheat degree CM2 -32768~ 0.01ºC 2

-32767
117 SHTc frequency restriction — — 1 Other

than 0 Control on
Bit5 LP error compensation

118 Indoor unit EEV control — — 1 Bit4 External regulator HP protection
Bit3 No-heating compensation
Bit2 HP/Td protection
Bit1 Siren sound suppressing
Bit0 Full closure detection
Bit0 Broken Tho-P2 wire
119 Compressor stop causes — — 1
Bit1 Broken Tho-P1 wire
120 Anomalously stopped compressor — — 1 Other

than 0 With stopped compressor
121 Backup display — — 1 Other Backup on

than 0
122 Backup cumulative time 0~65535 × 10 sec. 2
123 Control status 0~2 — 1 Liquid backup error counter
- 43 -
(2) Outdoor PCB setting
Code Input Remarks

SW1 Outdoor address No. (Order of 10)
SW2 Outdoor address No. (Order of 1)
SW3-1 Inspection LTD reset Normal�/reset
SW3-2 Auto backup operation None�/With
SW3-4 Refrigerant quantity check Normal�/Check
SW3-5 Check operation Normal�/Check
SW3-7 Forced heating/cooling Normal/Forced heating-cooling
SW5-1 Test run SW Normal�/Test run
SW5-2 Test run Heating�/Cooling
SW5-3 Pump down SW Normal�/Pump down
SW5-5 SL selector New SL (Auto)�/Old SL
SW5-6 Capacity measurement mode
SW7 Data erase/write
SW8 7-segment display code No. increasing (order of 1)
SW9 7-segment display code No. increasing (order of 10)
SW4-1
SW4-2
Model selection See following table
SW4-3
SW4-4
SW4-5
Demand ratio selection See following table
SW4-6
SW4-7 Master/slave unit setting address
See following table
SW4-8 Master/slave unit setting address
J11 Power supply voltage selection
J12 Power supply voltage selection
J13 External input Level�/Pulse
J14 Defrost reset temperature Normal�/Intensive
J15 Defrost start temperature Normal�/Cold region
J16 Model selection See following table
Note (1) Jumper wires J13, J15 indicate short-circuit/open.
(2) Dip switch SW's indicate OFF/ON
(3) �indicates the factory setting (OFF).
� Model selection with SW4-1 SW4-4 and J16 0: OFF 1: ON

Model 335-K 400 450 504 560 560-K 615 680
(HP) (12) (14) (16) (18) (20) (20) (22) (24)
SW4-1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1
SW4-2 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
SW4-3 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
SW4-4 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
J16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
� Demand ratio selection with � Master/slave setting with

SW4-5, SW4-6 0: OFF 1: ON SW4-7, SW4-8 0: OFF 1: ON
SW4-5 SW4-6 Compressor capacity(%) Outdoor unit SW4-7 SW4-8
0� 0� 80 Master unit 0� 0�
1 0 60 Slave unit 1 1 0
0 1 40 Slave unit 2 0 1
1 1 0 Slave unit 3 1 1
- 44 -
2 SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
2.1 Basics of troubleshooting
Basic troubleshooting is to check/analyze/save data by connecting the Mente PC.
Whenever arriving at the site, always connect the Mente PC before starting work.
Method of error data analysis (Basic procedure)
• Identify whether particular error occurred during operation or stopping.
• Is it caused by the installation conditions of outdoor/indoor unit? (Refrigerant quantity, pipe length, short-circuit, clogged
filter, etc.)
• Isn’t there any beginner’s mistake at the installation? (Wrong address, mistake in piping or wiring, etc.)
• Is the failure related to any hardware (parts)? (SV main body, coil, capillary, check valve, sensor, etc.)
• Is it a major component?
Compressor, inverter PCB and outdoor DC fan motor
• Is it a failure of electrical component
Error on
indoor unit or
outdoor unit?
Indoor unit Outdoor unit
Is the remote NO Was the power YES

controller supply reset after the
connected? error occurred?
YES NO
Connect the Mente PC Save the momentary
and restart operation data just before the error
occurred in Mente PC
Check and write down Save the data for 30

the momentary data minutes before the error
(retained in the remote occurred in Mente PC
controller) just before
the error occurred Connect the Mente PC
and restart operation
Connect the Mente PC Connect the Mente PC

and restart operation and restart operation
- 45 -
2.2 Explanation of troubleshooting
(a) Checking DC15V on the control PCB (Step to check if the inverter PCB fails or not)
Use this to diagnose E41, E42, E45 and E48.
Power OFF (Power supply circuit breaker OFF) Fan motor check
*Be sure to check both fan motor 1 and 2
Be sure to wait for 3 minutes after turning the

power circuit breaker off. Even if DC15V is detected, affection by fan motor anomaly is
Disconnect the fan motor wires. suspected. Implement following check.
(Both the power cable and control wires)
①
Turn the power circuit breaker OFF
Turn the power ON (power circuit breaker ON) Wait 3 minutes
and start operation with the test run SW.
②
Connect the wires of fan motor 1 or 2
Check between #1 and #2 of CNI1 on the control Power ON
PCB to see if DC15V is detected. ③ Test run switch ON
Check whether DC15V between ①-② of CNI1
on the control PCB is detected.
Since, unless DC15V is detected, faulty inverter PCB is suspected,
check CNI1 at the control PCB side, the connector connection of
CNI2 at the inverter side and breakage of communication wires.
If DC15V is detected, primary check is completed.
If everything is all right, replace the inverter PCB.
Return to ① and check fan motor 2
(Between ①-③ of CNI3).
If no problem on both fan motor 1 and 2, go to further
diagnosis of E41, E42, E45, E48 sequentially.
Check If DC15V is not detected, the connected fan motor

E41, 42, 45, 48 has anomaly.
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the wires.
If the check of fan motor 2 is not completed, return to ①
and check fan motor 2 (Between ①-③ of CNI3).
*After completion of checking both fan motor 1 and 2,
replace the anomalous fan motor.
(b) Inspection of short-circuit on the power transistor module terminals

Disconnect the wiring of compressor and check for short-circuit with a tester.
Inspect between terminals of: P-U, P-V, P-W, N-U, N-V, N-W and P-N
It will be easier to contact the tester at the following place at each terminal.
P: P terminal of power transistor
N: N terminal of power transistor
U: End of red harness to compressor
V: End of white harness to compressor
W: End of blue harness to compressor
Terminal (+) Terminal (--) Normal value (Ω)
P N about 1M Several 10 M
N P about 300-400 Several M
P U
P V 0 Several 10 M
P W
N U
N V about 1.2M Several 100K
N W
U P
V P about 1.3M Several 100K
W P
U N
V N 0 Several 10 M
W N
Note (1) When a measured value is 0 – a few kΩ, the element may be broken. Replace the power transistor part.
- 46 -
2.3 Contents of troubleshooting
(a) List of inspection displays
1) Indoor and outdoor units
Remote
7-segment
controller Name of inspection Classification Page
display
error code
E1 – Remote controller communication error Communication error 64
E2 – Duplicated indoor unit address Address setting error 65
E3 – Outdoor unit signal line error Address pairing setting error 66
E5 – Communication error during operation Communication error 67
E6 – Indoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-R) Thermistor wire breakage 68
E7 – Indoor return air temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-A) Thermistor wire breakage 69
E9 – Drain trouble System error 70
Excessive number of indoor units (more than 17 units) by
E10 – Communication error 71
controlling one remote controller
E12 – Address setting error by mixed setting method Address setting error 72
– Indoor fan motor anomaly (FDT series) DC fan motor error 73
E16
– Indoor fan motor anomaly (FDK series) DC fan motor error 74
E19 – Indoor unit operation check drain motor check mode anomaly Setting error 75
E28 – Remote controller temperature thermistor anomaly (ThC) Thermistor wire breakage 76
E30 E30 Unmatch connection of indoor and outdoor unit System error 77
E31 E31 Duplicated outdoor unit address No. Address setting error 78
E32 E32 Open L3 Phase on power supply at primary side Site setting error 79
E36-1, 2 Discharge pipe temperature error (Tho-D1, D2) System error 80
E36
E36-3 Liquid flooding anomaly System error 81
E37-1, 2 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor (Tho-R)
Thermistor wire
E37 E37-4, 5 and subcooling coil temperature thermistor (Tho-SC, -H) 82
E37-5, 6 breakage
anomaly
E38 E38 Outdoor air temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-A) Thermistor wire breakage 83
E39 E39-1, 2 Discharge pipe temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-D1, D2) Thermistor wire breakage 84
E40 E40 High pressure anomaly (63H1-1, 2 activated) System error 85
E41 (E51) E41 (E51)-1, 2 Power transister overheat System error 86
E42 E42-1, 2 Current cut (CM1, 2) System error 87
E43-1 Excessive number of indoor units connected, excessive total
E43 Site setting error 88
E43-2 capacity of connection
Communication error between inverter PCB and outdoor
E45 E45-1, 2 Communication error 89
control (PCB)
E46 E46 Mixed address setting methods coexistent in same network Address setting error 90
E48-1
E48 Outdoor DC fan motor anomaly DC fan motor error 91
E48-2
E49 E49 Low pressure anomaly System error 92
Suction pipe temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-S), Thermistor wire
E53/E55 E53/E55-1, 2 93
Under-dome temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-C1, C2) breakage
E54-1 High pressure sensor (PSH)/Low pressure sensor (PSL) Thermistor wire
E54 94
E54-2 anomaly breakage
E56 E56-1, 2 Power transitor temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-P1, Tho-P2) Thermistor wire breakage 95
E58 E58 Anomalous compressor by loss of synchronism System error 96
E59 E59-1, 2 Compressor startup failure (CM1, 2) System error 97
E60 E60-1, 2 Rotor position detection failure (CM1, 2) System error 98
E61 E61 Communication error between the master unit and slave units System error 99
E63 E63 Emergency stop Site setting error 100
– 47 –
(b) Troubleshooting
Error code LED Green Red Content

Remote controller: None Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
7-segment display: Operates but does not cool
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
1. Applicable model 5. Troubleshooting
All models Diagnosis Countermeasure
Check the indoor fan operation

Check the temperature difference between
return and suction air of indoor unit
It is normal
(This unit is designed to
Is the start in the soft start mode
temperature differnce Does the by detecting the compressor
between return and YES heat load increase after NO under-dome temperature
suction air 10-20°C at
2. Error detection method cooling?
installtion? when it restart after power
reset)
YES
NO
It is necessary to replace to
Mistake in model selection. higher capacity unit or to
Calculate heat load once more. install additional unit
Is the compressor NO
operating?
Compressor refrigerant oil
" WAIT " protective control at starting
message is displayed [for is activated.
3 seconds] when performing YES
cooling, defumidifying or heating For the contents of control, refer
operation from remote to the compressor start control.
controller?
Compressor may be stopped
by the error detection control.
NO
For the contents of control,
YES refer to anomalous stop
control by controlling
3. Condition of error displayed compressor rotation speed
of microcomputer control
function
Check the followings
• Minor clogging of filter
Is the • Minor fouling of heat exchanger
compressor rotation NO • Minor short-circuit of airflow
speed low? • Slightly insufficient or excessive
refrigerant amount
YES • Poor compression of compressor
Check suspicious points
Check following operation control function.
. Control for determing compressor rotation speed considering appropriate
. Protective control by controlling compressor operation control
rotation speed
4. Presumable cause Which control is appropriate to this phenomenon Check the followings for
reference
• Poor compression of • Severe clogging of filter
compressor • Severe clogging of heat
Is the exchanger
• Expansion valve operation operating conditions of
anomaly indoor/outdoor unit YES • Severe short-circuit of
under rated condition? airflow
Note (1) Outdoor: 35ºC • Severely insufficient or
NO Indoor : 27ºCDB/19ºCWB excessive refrigerant
amount
• Under protective control of
The unit is operating normally, but is operating
under the protective control of compressor or compressor
other respective components • Indoor unit fan tap setting
• Valid setting of silent mode
Note:
– 48 –
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Remote controller: None
7-segment display: Operates but does not heat
1.Applicable model 5. Troubleshooting
Check the indoor fan operation

Check the temperature difference between
return and suction air of indoor unit
It is normal
Is the (This unit is designed
temperature differnce Does the to start in the soft start
between return and YES heat load increase after NO mode by detecting the
suction air 10-30° at installtion? compressor under-dome
heating?
2. Error detection method temperature when it restart
after power reset)
YES
NO
It is necessary to replace to
Mistake in model selection.
higher capacity unit or to
Calculate heat load once more.
install additional unit
Is the compressor NO
operating?
" WAIT " Compressor refrigerant
message is displayed [for oil protective control at
3 seconds] when performing YES starting is activated.
cooling, defumidifying or heating
operation from remote For the contents of control,
controller? refer to the compressor
start control.
NO Compressor may be
stopped by the error
YES
detection control.
For the contents of control,
3. Condition of error displayed refer to anomalous stop
control by controlling
compressor rotation speed
of microcomputer control
function
Is the
compressor rotation NO Check the followings
speed low? • Minor clogging of filter
• Minor fouling of heat exchanger
YES • Minor short-circuit of airflow
• Slightly insufficient or excessive
Check following operation control function.
refrigerant amount
. Control for determing compressor rotation speed • Poor compression of compressor
. Protective control by controlling compressor
rotation speed Check suspicious points
Which control is appropriate to this phenomenon
4. Presumable cause considering appropriate
operation control
• 4-way valve anomaly Check the followings for
Is the
• Poor compression of operating conditions of reference
compressor indoor/outdoor unit YES • Severe clogging of filter
• Expansion valve anomaly under rated condition? • Severe clogging of heat
operation Note (1) Outdoor: 7ºC exchanger
NO Indoor : 20ºCDB • Severe short-circuit of airflow
• Severely insufficient or
The unit is operating normally, but is operating excessive refrigerant amount
under the protective control of compressor or • Under protective control of
other respective components compressor
• Indoor unit fan tap setting
• Valid setting of silent mode
Note:
– 49 –
Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
7-segment display: Earth leakage breaker activated
Outdoor Stays Off Stays Off
Are the
insulation resistance
and and coil resistance of NO Replace compressor. *
compressor OK?
YES
2. Error detection method

Is insulation Secure insulation
of respective harnesses OK? NO
resistance.
YES
Is any hamess bitten

between pannel and casing YES Secure insulation
or etc? resistance.
NO
3. Condition of error displayed Check the outdoor unit grounding

wire and earth leakage breaker
Check of the outdoor unit grounding wire and earth leakage breaker
� Run an independent grounding wire from the grounding screw

of outdoor unit to the grounding terminal on the distribution
panel. (Do not connect to another grounding wire.)
� In order to prevent malfunction of the earth leakage breaker
itself, confirm the conformity of high harmonic regulation.
* Insulation resistance of compressor

4. Presumable cause • Immediately after installation or when the unit has been left
for long period without power supply, the insulation
resistance may drop to a few MΩ because of refrigerant
• Compressor anomaly migrated in the compressor.
• Noise When the earth leakage breaker is activated at lower insulation
resistance, check the following points.
� 6 hours after power ON, check if the insulation resistance
recovers to normal.
When power ON, crankcase heater heat up compressor and
evaporates the refrigerant migrated in the compressor.
� Check if the earth leakage breaker is conformed to higher
harmonic regulation or not.
Since the unit has inverter, it is necessary to use components
conformed to high harmonic regulation in order to prevent
malfunction of earth leakage breaker.
Note:
– 50 –
Indoor – –
7-segment display: – –
Excessive noise/vibration (1/3)
Outdoor
If excessive noise/vibration
persists when sufficient
Does noise/ time has elapsed after
vibration occur during NO stopping the unit, it is
or soon after stopping
operation of considered that the air-
air-conditioner? conditioner is not the
source.
Check the installed

2. Error detection method YES
Does
condition carefully, and
correct the installed
the installation YES position or insert rubber
of indoor/outdoor unit have cushions into the gap or
looseness?
take other measure in order
YES
to eliminate looseness.
[Installation work]
NO
Does the noise/vibration Prevent the vibration from
occur not only from the transmitting to wall and etc
air-conditioner but also by fixing pipes on the wall
from entire Are pipes YES tightly or wrapping rubber
building? touching the wall cushion around the pipe
and etc? which goes through the
hole in the wall or applying
other appropriate means.
NO NO
Strength of ceiling
wall, floor, etc. may be
insufficient. Review the
installation place or apply
3. Condition of error displayed reinforcement to increase
the strength.
[Units]
YES Is fan or louver Check for leaning of
Does noise/vibration YES
occur when only the fan touching other installed unit or incorrect
is operating? components? mounting of fan, louver or
motor, and then specify the
contacting point and correct
it.
NO
When th eheat exchanger
NO or filter is clogged, clean
them.
In case that the unit is
To 2/3 installed at the site where
4. Presumable cause background noise is very
low, even the low level
noise from indoor unit like
➀ Improper installation work as refrigerant flow noise can
・Improper vibration-proof be heard, but it is normal.
work at instllation Before installation, check
・Insufficient strength of for background noise. If
mounting surface background noise is very
➁ Anomaly of product low, convince client prior
・Before/after shipment from to installation
factory
➂ Improper adjustment during
commissioning
・Excessive/insufficient
refrigerant.
Note:
– 51 –
Indoor – –
Outdoor
From 1/3
Are the pipes

Rearrange the piping to
contacting with the
YES avoid contact with the
casing? casing.
[Unit] YES
Does noise/vibration NO
2. Error detection method occur when the cooling/ Noise/vibration is
heating operation is generated when the
performing Is continuous
refrigerant gas or liquid
normally? hissing or roaring sound
YES flows through inside of
occurred? piping of air-conditioner.
It is likely to occur
particularly during cooling
NO
NO or defrosting in the heating
mode. It is normal.
To 3/3
Is hissing sounds YES The noise/vibration occurs
occurred at the startup or
stopping?
when the refrigerant starts
or stops flowing. It is
normal.
NO
When the defrosting starts
or stops during heating
mode, the refrigerant
Is blowing
flow is reversed due to
3. Condition of error displayed sound occurred at
the start/stop of defrost
YES switching 4-way valve.
operation during
This causes a large change
heating mode? in pressure wich produces
a blowing sound. It may
also accompany the hissing
NO sound as mentioned above.
This is normal.
After the start or stop of

Is cracking noise YES heating operation or during
occurred during heating
operation?
defrosting, abrupt changes
in temperature cause resin
parts to shrink or expand.
NO
This is normal.
4. Presumable cause It is the sound produced

by the drain pump that
Is hissing
discharges drain from
noise occurred YES indoor unit.
during cooling operation
or after operation
The pump continues to run
stopped?
for 5 minutes after stopping
the cooling operation.
This is normal.
NO Apply the damper sealant
at the place considered
to be the sources such
as the pressure reducing
mechanism (Expansion
valve, capillary tube, etc.)
Note:
– 52 –
Indoor – –
Outdoor
From 2/3
If insufficient cooling/
[Adjustment heating problem happens
during commissioning]
Does noise/vibration occur when the due to anomalous operating
cooling/heating operation is performed conditions at cooling
2. Error detection method under anomalous
condition?
/heating, followings are
suspicious.
• Excessive charged
YES
amount of refrigerant
• Insufficient charge
amount of refrigerant
• Intrusion of air, nitrogen,
etc.
In such case, it is necessary

to recover refrigerant,
vacuum-dry and recharge
refrigerant.
* Since there could be

many causes of noise/
vibration, the above may
not cover all.
In such case, check the
3. Condition of error displayed conditions when, where,
how the noise/vibration
occurs according to
following check points and
ask our consultation
• Indoor/outdoor unit
• Cooling/heating/fan
mode
• Startup/stop/during
operation
• Operating condition
(Indoor/outdoor
temperatures and
pressures)
4. Presumable cause • Time it occurred
• Operation data retained
by remote controller
or Mente PC such as
compressor rotation
speed, heat exchanger
temperature, EEV
opening degree and etc.
• Tone (If available, record
the noise)
• Any other anomalies
Note:
– 53 –
7-segment display: Louver motor anomaly

� Check at the indoor unit side.
Operate after waiting for more than 1 minute.
Does the
louver operate when NO
power on?
Is there
2. Error detection method any disconnection YES
Correct it
or breakage of LM
connector?
NO
Is LM harness
YES NO broken?
YES Repair harness

Is LM locked? NO Check connector (CNJ)
Replace Louver Motor
YES
Does LM turn NO Correct it

smoothly?
NO
Is there
3. Condition of error displayed any problem on YES Correct it
the connection
link?
Replace indoor control
NO
PCB
Is the
setting of airflow
direction change YES Correct it
prohibited?
NO Check the remote controller whether

it is fixed free flow setting.
In cases of FDTW, FDTS and FDTQ

It is normal if LM can Check how LS reacts
be stopped by pressing when the power is turned
LS two times.
4. Presumable cause OFF and ON again
NO
• Louver motor anomaly
• Disconnection/breakage of
LM harness
Does the louver Adjust LM lever and then
link press LS till crick sound NO
• Limit switch anomaly can be heard? check again.
YES • LS anomalyReplace
• Indoor control PCB
Note (1) LM: Louver motor
anomalyReplace.
(2) LS: Limit switch
In cases of FDT, FDTC, FDE and FDK
Check the remote controller whether
it is fixed free flow setting or not.
Note:
– 54 –
LED Green Red
Error code Content
Power supply system anomaly
Remote controller: None Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
7-segment display:
Outdoor Stays Off 2 time flash
(Power supply to indoor unit PCB)
Is
AC 220-240V/220V
detected between L-N on NO
the indoor terminal
block?
Is AC
380/415 V for 3-phase Outdoor Noise filter PCB
unit detected between L1, L2, and L3 on NO
the outdoor terminal block anomaly  Replace it
respectively.
YES
2. Error detection method Wrong wiring or broken
Note (1) YES
FDT and FDTC series: F200, F201 wires between outdoor and
Other than FDT and FDTC: Fuse between wires indoor units
(1)
Are fuses OK? NO

(2 pcs)
(2)
Is power
supply between➀-➂ of NO Indoor power PCB
CNW0 OK? anomaly  Replace it
YES
Note (2)
Remove
YES transformer for
other than FDT and
FDTC series (CNW1)
(3)
Is power
supply to FM, LM and etc. YES Replace FM, LM and etc.
OK?
3. Condition of error displayed
NO Replace fuse
Other than FDT and FDT and FDTC series Note (3) LM: Louver motor
FDTC series FM: Fan motor
Is (4)
DC5V detected
between ➃-➄ of NO Indoor power PCB anomaly
CNW2?  Replace it
Note (4) ➄ for GND
Indoor control PCB

YES
anomaly  Replace it
Is DC18V or higher
4. Presumable cause detected between Red-
Red (CNW2) at the NO Replace transformer
transformer secondary
side?
• Wrong connection or breakage
of connecting wires
• Blown fuse Indoor control PCB
• Transformer anomaly YES anomaly  Replace it
• Indoor power PCB anomaly
• Broken harness
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
Note:
– 55 –
Indoor Stays Off Keeps lighting
Power supply system error
7-segment display:
Outdoor Stays Off Keeps lighting
(Power supply to remote controller)
Isn't there any

loose connection of remote YES Correct it.
controller wires?
NO

Isn't remote
controller wire broken or YES Replace wires.
short-circuited?
NO
Disconnect the
remote controller
wires.
Is DC15V or higher
detected between X-Y YES Replace remote controller.
of indoor unit terminal
block?
Other than NO
FDT and FDT and
FDTC Series FDTC Series
Is
DC18V
detected between NO Indoor power PCB
➀-➁ of anomaly
CNW2?
 Replace it.
YES
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it.
Is 23V
4. Presumable cause or higher detected
between Brown-Brown at the NO Replace transformer.
transformer secondary
• Remote controller wire side?
breakage/short-circuit
• Remote controller anomaly
• Malfunction by noise YES Indoor control PCB
• Indoor power PCB anomaly anomaly
• Broken harness  Replace it.
Note:
– 56 –
Remote controller: WAIT Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off WAIT (1)
7-segment display:
Outdoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing

(In case that WAIT is kept
on displaying on the remote
controller for more than 2
minutes after power ON) WAIT is kept on
displaying on the remote Once turn OFF the breaker
controller for more than 2 and turn ON it again at 3
minutes after power ON minute after power OFF
Does it become normal?
NO
Isn't
the power fuse (5A) on the
outdoor control PCB YES Replace fuse Refer next page
blown?
NO
Is
AC380-415V detected at
the secondary side of NO Replace noise filter PCB
noise filter PCB terminal?
YES
Is
the connection of wire
between noise filter and NO Connect wires correctly
inverter PCBs OK?
YES
Does
indoor green LED keep NO
Indoor control PCB anomaly
flashing?  Replace it
YES Indoor/outdoor control PCB
anomaly
Does  Replace it
indoor green LED flash NO Remote controller anomaly
2 times?  Replace it
Breakage of wires for remote
YES controller
Are  Replace it
the wires between indoor
and outdoor units NO Correct the connecting wires
connected properly ? between indoor and outdoor
units
YES
Is
AC380-415V detected
4. Presumable cause between L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1 NO Outdoor control PCB anomaly
respectively at outdoor  Replace it
terminal block?
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly YES
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs Is
• Indoor control PCB anomaly AC220-240V detected
NO
Breakage of connecting wire
between L-N at indoor Noise
• Remote controller anomaly teminal block?
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly YES
 Replace it
Note: (1) When anomaly occurs during establishing communication betweeen indoor and outdoor unit, error code E5 is displayed (outdoor red LED
flash 2-times)
In case of E5, the way of troubleshooting is same as above mentioned (except for checking of connecting wire)
When reset the power after E5 occurs, if this anomaly recurs, WAIT is displayed on remote controller. If power ON/OFF is repeated
in a short period (within 1 minute), WAIT may be displayed. In such case, please wait for 3 minute after the power breaker OFF.
(2) If any error is detected 30 minutes after displaying “ WAIT ” on the remote controller, the display changes to “INSPECT I/U”
– 57 –
Remote controller: WAIT Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
7-segment display:
WAIT (2)

(In case of fuse blown, how
to check the unit before
replacement of fuse)
Isn't
there any short circuit YES
between phases of noise
filter?
Replace noise filter

NO
Isn't
there any crack or damage
on power transistor YES
module or diode stack?
Replace inverter PCB

NO
Isn't
there any anomaly on YES
reactor?
Replace reactor
NO
Replace fuse
4. Presumable cause
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
wire between PCBs
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Note:
– 58 –
7-segment display:
WAIT (3)

(No display on the remote
controller after power ON)
No display on the remote
controller after power ON
Does
indoor green LED keep NO
2. Error detection method flashing?
Is NO
The fuse on indoor control Fuse blown
PCB OK?  Replace fuse
YES
Is
AC18V or higher is
detected between Red- NO
Red at secondary side of Transformer anomaly
YES indoor transformer? (1)
YES Note (1) except FDT

and FDTC
Is
DC10-11V between NO
X-Y at indoor control PCB Remote controller wire
side when removing short-circuited
remote controller ?
YES
3. Condition of error displayed Remote controller anomaly
Does
outdoor red LED flash NO Indoor control PCB
2-times? anomaly
Remote controller anomaly
YES Brakage of connecting
wires of remote controller
Is
the connecting wires
between indoor and outdoor NO Correct the connecting
units comnnected wires properly
properly?
YES
Is
AC380-415V detected
4. Presumable cause between L1-L2, L2-L3, NO Outdoor control PCB
L3-L1 respectively at outdoor anomaly
terminal block?
• Fuse blown  Replace it
YES
wire between PCBs Is
• Indoor control PCB anomaly AC220-240V detected NO Breakage of connecting
• Remote controller anomaly between L-N at indoor
teminal block? wire
• Breakage of connecting wires Noise
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly YES Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Note:
– 59 –
7-segment display:
WAIT (4)

(In case that WAIT is kept
on displaying on the remote
controller for more than 2 WAIT is kept on
minutes after power ON) displaying on the remote
controller for more than 2
minutes after power ON
A Refer next page
Does
outdoor green LED keep NO
2. Error detection method flashing?
YES
Does Indoor control PCB

indoor green LED keep NO anomaly
flashing?  Replace it
YES Indoor control PCB

anomaly
Does  Replace it
outdoor red LED flash NO Remote controller anomaly
2 times?  Replace it
Breakage of wires for
YES remote controller
 Replace it
Are
the wires between indoor
and outdoor units NO Correct the connecting
3. Condition of error displayed connected properly ? wires between indoor and
outdoor units
YES
Is
AC380-415V detected Outdoor control PCB
between L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1 NO anomaly
respectively at outdoor  Replace it
terminal block?
YES
Is
AC220-240V detected
NO
Breakage of connecting
between L-N at indoor wire
teminal block?
Noise
4. Presumable cause
YES Indoor control PCB
• Fuse blown anomaly
• Noise filter anomaly  Replace it
wire between PCBs
Note:
– 60 –
Remote controller: WAIT Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
7-segment display:
WAIT (5)

(In case that LED on outdoor
control PCB stays OFF) In case that LED on
outdoor control PCB stays
OFF
Once turn OFF the breaker

and turn ON it again at 3
minute after power OFF
NO Does it become normal?
Normal
YES (Malfunction by temporary
Is noise)
power fuse (5A) on the
outdoor conrol PCB NO
blown?
Check inverter before

replacement of 52C
YES
B Refer next page

Is
3. Condition of error displayed AC380-415V detected at
secondary side of noise
NO Replace noise filter
filter?
YES
Are
connecting wires between Connect the connecting
noise filter and inverter PCB NO
connected properly? wire properly
YES
Is
the connection of
NO Correct connection
connecting wire of reactor (In case of breakage of
OK?
4. Presumable cause wire replace it)
YES
• Fuse blown
• Anomalous connection of Is
Outdoor control PCB
wire between PCBs there any anomaly on NO
outdoor fan motor? anomaly
• Indoor control PCB anomaly  Replace it
• Breakage of connecting wires YES Outdoor fan motor
of remote controller anomaly
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly  Replace it
Note:
– 61 –
Remote controller: WAIT Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
7-segment display:
WAIT (6)

(In case of fuse blown, how
to check the unit before
replacement of fuse)
B
Isn't
there any short circuit YES
between phases of noise
filter?
2. Error detection method Replace Noise filter

NO
Isn't
there any short circuit
between phases at input YES
terminal of inverter
PCB?
NO
Isn't
there any crack or damage
on power transistor module YES
or diode stack?
Replace inverter PCB

NO
Isn't
reactor?
Replace reactor
NO
Isn't
electrolytic capacitor?
4. Presumable cause Replace electrolytic
NO capacitor
• Fuse blown
wire between PCBs Replace power fuse
Note:
– 62 –
Remote controller: [No display] Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
7-segment display:
[No display]

(No display on the remote
controller after power ON)
No display on the remote
controller after power ON
Is DC10V
or higher between X-Y
detected at remote NO Remote controller anomaly
controller terminal?

YES
Is DC10V
or higher between X-Y
wires detected when NO Remote controller anomaly
removing remote
controller?
YES
Are
connecting wires between
indoor and outdoor units NO Correct connecting wire
connected properly?
3. Condition of error displayed YES
Indoor control PCB

anomaly
4. Presumable cause
• Fuse blown
wire between PCBs
Note:
– 63 –
Remote controller: E1 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Remote controller
7-segment display: -
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off communication error
(2)
Is it possible to
reset normally by the power YES Malfunction by temporary
supply reset? noise.
Check peripheral
environment
NO
(1) Note (1) SW7-1: OFF ➝ ON
Turn SW7-1 OFF. ➝ ON
Disconnect the wire ➂
between indoor and outdoor
2. Error detection method units
When normal communication Reset power supply

between remote controller
and indoor unit is interrupted
for more than 2 minutes. Does
(Detectable only with the the drain pump start
automatically at one YES Indoor control PCB
remote controller) minutes after power anomaly
ON?
 Replace it
NO
Remote controller
Note (2) Does the remote controller displays “Internal check ON” even anomaly
after 3 minutes?  Replace it
Same as above
4. Presumable cause
• Anomalous communication
circuit between remote
controller and indoor unit
• Noise
Note: If the indoor unit cannot communicate normally with the remote controller for 180 seconds, the indoor unit PCB starts to
reset automatically.
– 64 –
Indoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
Remote controller: E2
7-segment display: - Duplicated indoor unit address
Is the number of
connected indoor units up NO Review number of
to 128 units? connected units.
More than 129 indoor units are

connected in the same superlink Is the different
system. address No. assigned to each NO Correct indoor unit address
Duplicated indoor unit address indoor unit? setting.
YES
Reset the power supply and restart.

Caution:
Unless the power
supply is reset,
addresses will not
be confirmed.
Is E2 displayed? NO Implement test run.

Same as above
YES Replace indoor control

PCB. *
* Before replacement,
confirm whether the
rotary switch for address
setting is not damaged.
(It was experienced that
No. 5 on rotary switch
was not recognized.)
4. Presumable cause
• Number of connected indoor

units exceeds the limitation.
• Duplicated indoor unit
address
Note:
– 65 –
Indoor Keeps flashing 2 times flash
Remote controller: E3/5
7-segment display: - Outdoor unit signal line error
E3 is a communication error that occurs when communication between

indoor and outdoor units is not established at all. Once the communication
between indoor and outdoor units is established, it changes to E5.
In both cases, check signal line wired locally
2. Error detection method Temporary malfunction by

Does E3/E5 occurs? NO
noise.
Identify the source of noise
No outdoor unit exists in the and correct it.
same superlink system.
YES
Is protective
fuse for the super link YES Change to spare circuit.
circuit blown?
NO
Is the LED
on indoor control NO Indoor control PCB
PCB OK? anomaly
 Replace it
3. Condition of error displayed YES
Same as above
Is the power
supply to outdoor NO Correct it.
unit OK?
YES
Is the
outdoor unit address
set on the indoor unit NO Correct it.
OK?
4. Presumable cause YES
• Power is not supplied to the Is the

outdoor unit superlink communication NO Correct it.
• Unmatch of pairing between wire connection
OK?
indoor and outdoor units
• Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
• Missing local wiring YES Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Note:
– 66 –
Indoor Keeps flashing *See below
7-segment display: - Communication error during operation
Outdoor Keeps flashing 2 time flash
* In case that indoor red LED flashes 2 times
Note (1) Check the connection (disconnection, looseness)

of signal wires at outdoor terminal block
Is the
connection of signal wires
at the outdoor unit side NO Repair signal wires.
OK?
YES
2. Error detection method Note (2) Check the connection (disconnection, looseness,
brakage) of signal wires between indoor and
Is the outdoor units
When the communication connection of signal wires
NO Repair signal wires.
between indoor and outdoor between indoor and outdoor
units OK?
units is interupted for more than
2 minutes YES
Does the
remote controller LCD NO Go to the diagnosis of
becomes normal? (1)
WAIT
YES Unit is normal.

(Malfunction by temporary
3. Condition of error displayed noise, etc.)
* In case that indoor red LED stays OFF
When this anomaly is detected Reset the power supply and restart.
during operation.
Does the Outdoor control PCB anomaly

remote controller NO
LCD becomes (Network communicaion
normal? circuit anomaly)
→ Replace it
YES Unit is normal.
(Malfunction by temporary
noise, etc.)
4. Presumable cause
• Unit address No. setting error

• Remote controller wires broken
• Poor connection/disconnection
of remote controller wires
Note: W
hen the pump down switch is turned on, communication between indoor and outdoor units is cancelled so that
"Communication error E5" will be displayed on the remote controller and indoor control PCB, but this is normal.
– 67 –
LED Green Red
Error code
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Content
Indoor heat exchanger
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-R)
Is
the connector of
NO Insert the connector
thermistor connected securely
properly ?
YES
2. Error detection method Regarding the characteristics of
the thermistor, see the following chart
Are
Detection of anomalously low the characteristics NO
Replace thermistor
temperature (resistance) of thermistor OK? (Thi-R)
of Thi-R1, R2, R3 *1

PCB
*1 Check several times to prove any poor connection
• If -50ºC or lower is
detected for 5 seconds
continuously, compressor
stops. After 3-minute delay,
the compressor is restarted
automatically, but if this
anomaly occurs again within Temperature-resistance characreristics of indoor heat
exchanger temperature thermistor (Thi-R1, R2, R3)
60 minutes after the initial
detection.
• Or if 70ºC or higher is
continuously.
Tempearture thermistor resistance (kΩ)
4. Presumable cause
5kΩ at 25ºC
• Anomalous connecion
of indoor heat exchanger
temperature thermistor
• Indoor heat exchanger
anomaly Temperature (ºC)
Note:
– 68 –
LED Green Red
Error code Content
Indoor return air
Remote controller: E7 Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-A)
Is
the connector of Insert the connector
thermistor connected NO
properly ? securely
YES
Regarding the characteristics of
2. Error detection method the thermistor, see the following chart
Are
Detection of anomalously low the characteristics NO Replace thermistor
temperature (resistance) of of thermistor OK? (Thi-A)
*1
Thi-A

PCB
• If -50°C or lower is
continuously, compressor
stops. After 3-minutes delay
automatically, but if this Temperature-resistance characreristics of indoor
anomaly occurs again within return air temperature thermistor (Thi-A)
detection.
• Or if 48°C or higher is
detected for 5 seconds 15
Temperature sensor resistance (kΩ)
continuously.
10
4. Presumable cause
• Anomalous connection of 5kΩ at 25°C

indoor return air temperature 5
thermistor
• Indoor return air temperature
thermistor anomaly
0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature (°C)
Note:
– 69 –
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
7-segment display: - Drain trouble
FDT, FDTC, FDTW, FDTQ, Diagnosis Countermeasure

FDTS, FDR, FDU, FDUM, and
FDQS series
Check the error data in the remote controller.
Is there any overflow? NO

Is DC
12V detected at CN1
connector?
NO YES Check float switch.
Float switch is activated Is the

CN1 connected NO Check the connection of
YES firmly CNI
If it is loose, connect it
YES securely
Is there any
anomaly on the optional NO Replace indoor control
equipment? PCB.
Is the humidifier connected?
YES Check optional equipment

NO YES
Is the
humidifier Drain
Motor interlocked by the indoor unit NO Correct setting to
function setting of remote
3. Condition of error displayed controller?
"Humidifier drain motor
interlock"
If the float switch OPEN YES
is detected for 3 seconds
continuously or if float switch Drain motor ON from the remote controller
connector is disconnected or
wire broken.
Does the
Is Indoor control PCB
AC220/240V anomaly
drain motor NO detected at NO
operate? CNR? →Replace it
YES Check the wiring of drain
YES motor
4. Presumable cause Is the

drain piping unclogged?
Is the drain pipe
NO Correct it.
slop OK?
• Mistake in setting of float
switch YES Check drain motor
• Mistake in setting of
humidifier drain motor
interlock
• Mistake in setting of optional
equipment
• Mistake in drain piping
• Drain motor anomaly
• Disconnection/breakage of
drain motor wires
Note: When this anomaly occurs at power ON, disconnection of connector or breakage of wire of float switch is suspected.
Check and correct it (or replace it, if necessary).
– 70 –
Remote controller: E10 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Excessive number of indoor units (moe than 17 units)
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off by controlling one remoto controller
Aren't more
than 17 indoor units
connected to one remote NO Remote controller anomaly
controller?  Replace it.
YES Reduce to 16 or less units.

When it detects more than 17 of

indoor units connected to one
remote contorller
Same as above
4. Presumable cause
• Excessive number of indoor

units connected.
• Remote controller anomaly.
Note:
– 71 –
Remote controller: E12 Indoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
Address setting error
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off by mixed setting method
Isn't the
automatic setting and
manual setting mixed in the address YES Review address setting.
setting method for indoor
units?
Automatic address setting and

manual adress setting are mixed NO Replace indoor control
when setting adress of indoor PCB.
units
Address setting method list (Figures in [ ] are for Previous superlink models)
Models for new superlink protocol Models for Previous superlink protocol
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
Indoor unit address setting Indoor unit address setting
address setting address setting
Indoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW Indoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW
(New SL) 000-127 00-31 00-31
Manual address setting 00-47 00-47 00-47
(Previous SL) [00-47] [00-47] [00-47]
Automatic address setting for (New SL)
000 49 49 49 49 49
single refrgerant system (Previous SL)
Automatic address setting for (New SL) 000 49 00-31
Not available
multiple refrgerant systems (Previous SL) Not available
Same as above
4. Presumable cause
Mistake in address setting for

indoor unit
Note:
– 72 –
Indoor fan motor anomaly
7-segment display: - (FDT series)
FDT series only Diagnosis Countermeasure
Does any
foreign matter intervene YES Remove foreign matter.
in rotational area of fan
propeller?
NO
Does the fan

2. Error detection method rotate smoothly when turned NO Replace the fan motor.
by hand?
Detected by revolution speed of
indoor fan motor
YES Note (1) ➃ is GND.
Is DC280V (1)
detected between ➀-➃ of NO
fan motor connector
CNM?
YES Is the fuse F202 blown? NO Check power supply

voltage.

YES Replace fan motor and
power PCB.
Replace fan motor. (If
NO
the anomaly persists after
When actual revolution speed of Does it become normal?
replacing the fan motor,
indoor fan motor drops to lower replace the indoor control
than 200min-1 for 30 seconds PCB.)
continuously, the compressor
and the indoor fan motor stop. YES Malfunction by temporary
After 2-seconds delay, fan noise
motor starts again automatically,
but if this anomaly occurs 4
times within 60 minutes after
the initial detection.
4. Presumable cause
• Indoor fan motor anomaly

• Foreign matter at rotational
area of fan propeller
• Fan motor anomaly
• Dust on control PCB
• Blown fuse
• External noise, surge
Note:
– 73 –
Indoor fan motor anomaly
7-segment display: - (FDK series)
FDK series only Diagnosis Countermeasure
Does any
foreign matter intervene
in rotational area of fan YES Remove foreign matter.
impeller?
NO
Does the fan

2. Error detection method rotate smoothly when NO Replace fan motor.
turned by hand?
Detected by revolution speed of
indoor fan motor
YES
Note (1) ➂ for GND
(1)
Is DC280V
detected between ➀-➂ of fan motor NO Replace fan motor and
connector CNM? power PCB
YES

Replace fan motor. (If
Does it become normal? NO this anomaly persists after
When actual revolution speed of replacing the fan motor,
indoor fan motor drops to lower replace indoor control PCB.)
than 200min-1 for 30 seconds
continuously, the compressor
and the indoor fan motor stop. YES Malfunction by temporary
After 3-seconds delay, fan noise
motor starts again automatically,
but if this anomaly occurs 4
times within 60 minutes after
the initial detection.
4. Presumable cause
• Indoor fan motor anomaly

• Foreign matter at rotational
area of fan impeller
• Fan motor anomaly
• Dust on control PCB
• Blown fuse
• External noise, surge
Note:
– 74 –
Indoor unit operation check,
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off drain motor check mode anomaly
E19 occurs when the

power ON
Is SW7-1
on the indoor control NO Indoor control PCB
PCB ON? anomaly
2. Error detection method (Anomalous SW7)
 Replace
E19 occurs YES
Turn SW7-1 on the indoor

control PCB OFF and reset
the power
Same as above
4. Presumable cause
Mistake in SW7-1 setting

Due to forgetting to turn OFF
SW7-1 after indoor operation
check)
Note: Indoor operation ckeck/drain pump check mode

If the power is ON after SW7-1ON, indoor operation check/drain pump check mode can be established.
1) When the communication between remote controller and indoor PCB is established 15 seconds after power ON, it goes
to indoor operation check.
2) When the communication between remote controller and indoor PCB is not established, it goes to drain pump check
(CnB connector should be open before power ON)
– 75 –
Remote controller: E28 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Remote controller
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off temperature thermistor anomaly (Thc)
Is
the connector of
thermistor connected NO Insert the connector
properly ? securely
YES
Regarding the characteristics of the thermistor,
see the following table
2. Error detection method Are
the characteristics
of thermistor OK? NO Replace thermistor
Is the thermistor wire (Thc)
Detection of anomalously low OK *1
temperature (resistance)
of Thc

PCB
Temperature-resistance characreristics of remote

controller temperature thermistor (Thc)
Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ) Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ) Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ) Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ)
0 65 14 33 30 16 46 8.5
3. Condition of error displayed 1 62 16 30 32 15 48 7.8
2 59 18 27 34 14 50 7.3
• If -50ºC or lower is detected 4 53 20 25 36 13 52 6.7
for 5 seconds continuously, 6 48 22 23 38 12 54 6.3
compressor stops. After 8 44 24 21 40 11 56 5.8
3-minutes delay, the
10 40 26 19 42 9.9 58 5.4
compressor is restarted
12 36 28 18 44 9.2 60 5.0
automatically, biut if this
anomaly occurs again within
detection.
4. Presumable cause
remote controller temperature
thermistor
• Remote controller temperature
thermistor anomaly
• Remote controller PCB
anomaly
Note: A
fter 10 seconds has elapsed since remote controller temperature thermistor was switched from invalid to valid, E28 will not be displayed
even if the thermistor harness is disconnected or broken. However, in such case, the indoor return air temperature thermistor (Thi-A) will
be valid instantly instead of the remote controller temperature thermistor (Thc).
Please note that even though the remote controller temperature thermistor (Thc) is valid, the displayed return air temperature on the
remote controller LCD shows the value detected by the indoor return air temperature thermistor (Thi-A), not by the remote controller
temperature thermistor (Thc).
– 76 –
Remote controller: E30 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Unmatch connection of
7-segment display: E30
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash indoor and outdoor unit
Outdoor unit Diagnosis Countermeasure
Is the
wiring connection between
indoor and outdoor units NO Correct the wiring
correctly?
YES
Is the voltage
between L1-L2, L2-L3
and L3-L1 at the terminal block on NO Replace outdoor control
outdoor unit AC380/415V PCB
respectively?
YES
Is
the voltage
Disconnection or breakage
3. Condition of error displayed between L1-N at the terminal
NO of wire between indoor and
block on indoor unit
AC220/240V? outdoor unit
YES
Replace indoor unit PCB
4. Presumable cause

Note:
– 77 –
7-segment display: E31 Duplicated outdoor unit address No.
Check and save the data of

operating condition.
Check the conditions
whether it occurs immediately
Save data for 30 minutes before after the power on or
stopping in Mente PC during operation.
Check the current address
Nos. of outdoor units
Reset the power supply

2. Error detection method and restart operation.
Caution:
Unless the power is reset after changing
When the microcomputer of address, the set address will not be
outdoor control PCB recognizes confirmed.
the dupplicated address No. by
scanning all adresses of outdoor Does E31 recur? NO Test run
units in the same superlink *No action is taken because
system. it is judged that the power
YES
reset is not done after
changing address
Check outdoor address Nos.
in the same superlink system
Does the same Correct address.

YES
address No. exist?
When duplicated outdoor unit

address No. exists in the same
superlink system. NO Replace outdoor control
PCB. *
* Before replacement,
please confirm whether
the rotary switch for
address setting is not
damaged.
No. 5 on rotary switch
4. Presumable cause was not recognized.)
• Mistake in the address setting

of outdoor units
• More than 129 indoor units
connected
[ ]
Maximum number can be set
by address switch is 128 units
• No setting of Master/Slave
setting switch for combination
use
Note: After taken above measure, reset the power and confirm no error is displayed occurs.
Unless the power is reset after changing address, the set address will not be confirmed.
In case of combination use, set the same address to both master and slave units. Distinction of master or slave unit is done by
setting SW4-7. (Refer the instruction manual and technical manual for details)
– 78 –
Remote controller: E32 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Open L3 Phase on
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash power supply at primary side

whether it occurs
immediately after the
Save data for 30 minutes before power on or during
stopping in Mente PC operation or stopping.
(It will be useful to
persuade the customer why
an improvement of power
2. Error detection method supply is required by
showing these data)
By Checking the power supply
voltage at primary side of the Is the power
supply voltage (between phases) at NO Propose an improvement to
outdoor control PCB the primary side OK?.
(Check only L3 phase) the customer.
YES Check it, as much as

possible, under the
operating conditions for
Reset the power supply
and restart operation. 30 minutes before error
occurred.
Does E32 recur? YES Replace outdoor control

PCB.

NO Wait and see without taking
When the power supply voltage any action.
between L1-L3 or L2-L3
becomes 0V and/or the current
of L3 decrease to 0A
4. Presumable cause
• Anomalous power supply at

primary side
anomaly.
Note:
– 79 –
LED Green Red
Error code
Content
Discharge pipe temperature
7-segment display: E36-1, 2 *1
Outdoor Keeps flashing *2
error (Tho-D1, D2)
*1 E36-1: Tho-D1, E36-2: Tho-D2 *2 E36-1: 1 time flash, E36-2: 2 time flash

Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC operating condition
Check the ROM version
Confirmation of SV1, 2 operation
Is the unit
installation environment Propose an improvement to
within the range of NO
limitation? the customer.
YES
Adjust the refrigerant
2. Error detection method Are the
refrigerant amount and
amount poperly
piping length NO (Check whether the
OK? refrigerant amount is
When anomalously high insufficient or not.)
temperature is detected by the YES (Check the gas leakage)
discharge pipe temperature
thermistor (Tho-D1, D2) Is the
insertion of the
thermistor connector into the NO Insert connector securely.
connector on outdoor
control PCB
OK?
YES
Check if the characteristics
Is the are correct by referring
discharge pipe the characteristics chart
temperature thermistor NO of E39. And if necessary,
OK?
replace the discharge pipe
temperature thermistor.
YES Check it, as much as
possible, under the
3. Condition of error displayed operating conditions for
Reset the power supply and restart operation. 30 minutes before error
occurred.
When 130°C or higher is detected
by the discharge temperature Wait and see.
thermistor, the compressor Does the error recur Continue to obtain data, if
stops. After 3 minutesdelay, NO
when restarting? possible.
the compressor starts again. (Keep connecting the
automatically, but if this anomaly Mente PC)
occurs 2 times within 60 minutes YES
after the initial detection, or Is there
130°C or higher is detected AC200V of output
continuously for 60 minutes. signal for SV1, 2 from NO Replace outdoor control
outdoor control PCB
PCB?
YES
4. Presumable cause
Is the coil of Replace the coil SV1, 2
• Discharge pipe temperature SV1, 2 energized? NO
anomaly
• SV1, 2 (liquid refrigerant
by-pass valve ) anomaly YES
• Beakage of coil Replace the SV1, 2 main body
• Faulty main body. Does the (If there is no refrigerant in
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly refrigerant flow through NO liquid line, charge refrigerant
• Insufficient amount of SV1, 2 main
body? additionall)
refrigerant
• Insufficient airflow volume YES
• Short-circuit of airflow Check refrigerant amount
again.
Note:
– 80 –
Remote controller: E36 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
7-segment display: E36-3
Liquid flooding anomaly
Outdoor units Diagnosis Countermeasure
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC Check and save the data of
operating condition
Check the ROM version
Are there Comfirmation of SV1, 2 operation
any wrong connection of
refrigerant piping and/or signal wiring ?
. Check the numbers of connected indoor units
YES Correct the connection of
recognized by outdoor unit in comparison
with those numbers in
refrigerant piping and/or
utility drawing signal wiring properly
NO
2. Error detection method Are there any

excessive refrigerant charged at site?
. Check the calculation result of additional
YES Adjust refrigerant amount
When 5ºC or lower of the refrigerant charging amount and the
properly
record of additional refrigerant
under-dome temperature charged amount
superheat is detected for 15
minutes continuously or for 30 NO
minutes continuously.
Are there any
leakage of refrigerant through
valve sheet of SV1, 2? YES Replace SV1, 2
. Check the temperature difference between
before and after SV1, 2
Replace the coil of SV1, 2
NO
3. Condition of error displayed • Replace EEVSC
Are there any • Check the coil of EEVSC
fault in subcooling coil circuit ?
. Check whether the EEVSC is kept open  Replace the coil of EEVSC
When above anomaly is (at cooling mode) • Replace Tho-H
detected 3 times within 90 . Check whether the thermistor of Tho-H is YES
inserted in the thermistor holder properly
• Replace PSL
minutes. . Check whether the characteristics
of Tho-H and PSL • Replace indoor EEV
is OK • Check the coil of EEV
NO  Replace the coil of EEV
• Check the installed position
Is the of Thi-R1, R2, R3
superheat control of
indoor unit OK at cooling mode?
 Replace Thi-R, if necessary
. Check whether the indoor EEV is kept open or not • Check the air filter
. Check whether Thi-R1, R2, R3 are installed at proper NO • Check the connection of indoor
4. Presumable cause position or the characteristics of them are OK
. Check whether the air filter is clogged fan motor connector
. Check whether the indoor Replace indoor fan motor
fan rotates * By checking Thi-R1, R2, R3
• Unmatching of refrigerant from indoor unit operation data
piping and/or signal wiring YES of Mente PC, specify the indoor
• Overcharging of refrigerant unit which tends .to be liquid
• Anomalous control of Is the flooding (Thi-R3=.Thi-R2 shows
superheat control of
superheat outdoor unit OK at heating mode? the probability of liquid flooding)
• Anomalous circuit of liquid . Check whether EEVH1 is kept open or not
. Check whether Tho-R1, R2, R3, R4 are installed at
refrigerant by-pass • Replace EEVH1, 2
proper position or the characteristics of them is OK NO • Check the coil of EEVH1, 2
• Anomalous refrigerant circuit . Check whether the characteristics of PSL are OK
of subcool coil . Check whether the fin of outdoor heat exchanger  Replace the coil of EEVH1, 2
• Under-dome temperature is clogged with snow, ice or dust
. Check whether the outdoor
• Check the installed position of
(Tho-D1, 2) anomaly fan rotates
Tho-R1, R2, R3
 Replace Tho-R, if necessary
• Clean the fin of outdoor heat
YES exchanger
• Check the connection of
outdoor fan motor connector
Replace outdoor fan motor
Is the
characteristics of Tho-C1, 2 NO • Replace Tho-C1, 2
OK ?
Correct the data with Mente PC
YES and ask our consultation
Note: If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
– 81 –
Error code LED Green Red Content Outdoor heat exchanger
Remote controller: E37 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off temperature termistor (Tho-R) and subcooling coil
7-segment display: E37-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6*1
Outdoor Keeps flashing *1 temperature thermistor (Tho-SC,-H) anomaly
*1 E37-1: one time flash (Tho-R1), E37-2: 2 time flash (Tho-R2), E37-3: 3 time flash (Tho-R3), E37-4: 4 time flash (Tho-R4), E37-5: 5 time flash (Tho-SC), E37-6: 6 time flash (Tho-H)

Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC operating conditions
Check the conditions whether
it occurs immediately after the
power on or during operation
or stopping.
Check the sensed value.
Compare the temperature
on Mente PC with actual
measured value
Is the
connector of
Detection of anomalously low properly? securely
temperature (resistance)
of Tho-R or Tho-SC or Tho-H YES
Are the
characteristics of
thermistor
NO Replace Thermistor
OK?*2 (Tho-SC, Tho-H, Tho-R)
YES
Replace outdoor control
PCB
*2
Check several times to prove any poor connection
3. Condition of error displayed Outdoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor (Tho-R1~R6)

Sub-cooling coil thermistor (Tho-SC, Tho-H)
Temperature-resistance characteristics
• If -50°C or lower is detected for 5
seconds continuously within 2-minutes to
2-minutes 20-seconds after the compressor
Temperature thermistor resistance (kΩ)
ON, the compressor stops. And after

3-minutes delay, the compressor starts
again automatically, but if this anomalous
temperature is detected 3 times within 40
minutes after the initial detection.
• If -50°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds
continuously within 20 seconds after power ON
5kΩ at 25°C
4. Presumable cause
• Broken thermistor harness or

the internal wire of sensing
section (Check the molded Temperature (°C)
section as well)
• Disconnection of thermistor
harness connection (connector)
Note:
– 82 –
LED Green Red
Error code
Content
Outdoor air temperature
thermistor anomaly (Tho-A)

Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC operating condition.
or stopping.
measured value.
2. Error detection method Is the
connector of
properly? securely
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance) of YES
Tho-A
Are the
characteristics of
NO Replace thermistor
thermistor (Tho-A).
OK?*1

YES PCB.
*1
Temperature-resistance characteristics of
outdoor air temperature thermistor (Tho-A)
100
90
• If -30°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds 80

continuously within 2-minutes to 2-minutes
70
20-seconds after the compressor ON, the
compressor stops. And after 3-minutes delay, 60
the compressor starts again automatically, but if
this anomalous temperature is detected 3 times 50
within 40 minutes after the initial detection. 40
• If -30°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds
continuously within 20 seconds after power ON. 30
20
10
4. Presumable cause 0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature (°C)
section (Check the molded
section as well)
Note:
– 83 –
Remote controller: E39 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Discharge pipe temperature
7-segment display: E39-1, 2
thermistor anomaly (Tho-D1, D2)
*1 E39-1: Tho-D1, E39-2: Tho-D2, *2 E39-1: 1 time flash, E39-2: 2 time flash

or stopping.
measured value.
connector of
thermistor connected NO Insert the connector securely
Detection of anomalously low properly?
temperature (resistance) of
Tho-D1, D2 YES
Are the
characteristics of
NO Replace thermistor
thermistor (Tho-D1 or D2).
OK? *3

YES
PCB.
*3
Temperature-resistance characteristics of discharge

pipe temperature thermistor (Tho-D1, D2)
200
Temperature thermistor
180
• If 3°C or lower is detected for 160
5 seconds continuously within
resistance (kΩ)
140
10-minutes to 10-minutes 120
20-seconds after the compressor 100
80
ON, the compressor stops. And after 60
3-minutes delay, the compressor 40
starts again automatically, but if this 20
anomalous temperature is detected 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
3 times within 40 minutes after the Temperature (°C)
initial detection.
4. Presumable cause

section as well)
Note:
– 84 –
LED Green Red
Error code
Content
High pressure anomaly
(63H1-1, 2 activated)

Check the sensed value of
high pressure sensor when the
63H1-1, 2 is activated
Check whether the high
pressure switch is activated
Was 63H1 at the sensed value of high
or 63H1-2 activated at 4.15MPa pressure sensor.
or higher?
NO
2. Error detection method High pressure sensor
YES Does the sensed anomaly is suspicious.
value of the high pressure NO Check high pressure sensor
When high pressure switch sensor show 4.15MPa? itself according to the
63H1-1 or 63H1-2 is activated (Normal?) troubleshooting procedure of
E54, after retarting operation.
YES (If the high pressure sensor
[PSH] fails, replace it)
Are the If the connector is
YES 63H1-1, 2 OK? NO disconnected or the harness
Are the connector and/or
harnesse is broken, correct it.
OK? Also check whether the
high pressure switch is
properly mounted or not
Are the
service valves fully NO Open operation valve.
open?
3. Condition of error displayed YES Check it, as much as
possible, under the
Connect a pressure gauge and operating conditions for
• If high pressure exceeds restart operation. 30 minutes before error
4.15MPa occurred.
• If 63H1-1, 2 is activated 5
times within 60 minutes Is it
• If 63H1-1 is activated for 60 stop at 4.15MPa of gauge NO Replace outdoor control
minutes continuously pressre ? PCB.
YES
Is there any
clogging in the refrigerant YES Remove clogs.
circuit ?
NO
4. Presumable cause
Check items (condenser
• Short-circuit of airflow side):
at condenser side of heat • Filter clogging
exchanger/Disturbance of • Airflow volume (Fan
airflow/Clogging filter/Fan motor)
motor anomaly • Short-circuit of airflow
• Disconnection of high
pressure switch connector
• Breakage of high pressure
switch harness
• Closed service valves
• High pressure sensor anomaly
• High pressure switch anomaly
Note:If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
– 85 –
Remote controller: E41(E51) Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
7-segment display: E41(E51)-1, 2*1 Power transistor overheat
*1 E41-1 (E51-1) : CM1, E41-2 (E51-2) : CM2 *2 E41-1 (E51-1) : 1 time flash, E41-2 (E51-2) : 2 time flash

operating conditions
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Check the temperature of
power transistor
Check the operation of
outdoor fan and cooling fan
Does the outdoor fan run ? NO Repair it according to the

troubleshooting procedure
YES of E48
2. Error detection method Check it as much as
Reset power supply and restart possible under the operating
conditions for 30 minutes
When anomalously high before error occurred
temperature is detected by
power transistor temperature Does the Wait and see.
thermistor (Tho-P1) NO
error recur when restarting? Continue to obain data, if
possible (Keep connecting
YES the Mente PC)
Is the
cooling fan for inverter running? NO If the cooling fan does not
run in spite of the operation
ON range, check the
voltage at the connector of
YES cooling fan.
If the 220/240V is detected,
repalce cooling fan motor.
If 0V is detected, replace
outdoor control PCB
Is 15V
3. Condition of error displayed of power for control PCB NO After checking the loose
detected? connection of connetor
Anomalously high temperature or breakage of harness,
YES
of power transistor is detected 5 replace inverter PCB
times within 60 minutes (E41). After power OFF
Or it is detected for 15 minutes
continuously (E51) Is the
connection of power
transistor temperature thermistor
OK? NO Connect the connector of
(Check short-circuit or breakage thermistor securely.
of harness) Or replace power transistor
YES
4. Presumable cause Is the

characteristics of power transitor NO Replace power transistor
temperature thermistor OK? *
• Power transistor anomaly
• Power transistor temperature YES * Refer the characterristics
of power transistor temperature
thermistor anomaly thermistor to E56
• Improperly fixing of power Is the fixing
transistor to radiator fin of power transistor OK? Fix power transistor on to
• Inverter PCB anomaly (Check tightening of screws or NO
the radiation fin with proper
• Outdoor fan motor anomaly application of radiation application of radiation
• Anomalous cooling fan motor silicon)
silicon
for inverter
• Inadequate installation space YES Replace power transistor
of outdoor unit
ON
Note: The operating conditions of cooling fan for inverter is shown in the right figure. OFF
If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data. 81°C 85°C
Power transistor thermistor temperature
– 86 –
7-segment display: E42-1, 2* Current cut (CM1, CM2)
*1 E42-1: CM1, E42-2: CM2 *2 E42-1: 1 time flash, E42-2: 2 time flash

Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Check pressure anomaly
Check the operation of
outdoor fan
Is the
coil resistance and insulation NO Replace compressor.
(megger check) of compressor
motor OK? Check the capillary tube
and stariner of oil separator.
If necessary, replace the
2. Error detection method YES capillary tube and strainer
as well.
When anomalously high output Repair it according to the
current of inverter is detected Does the outdoor fan run ? NO
troubleshooting of E48
by the current sensor mounted
in the power transistor YES
Is 15V
of power for control PCB
detected? Is the outdoor fan motor OK? NO Replace inverter PCB or
(Refer the checking method of outdoor fan motor
15V in page 46)
Check it as much as
YES possible under the
Reset power supply and restart
operating conditions for
30 minutes before error
occurred
Does E42 recur? NO Wait and see.
Continue to obain data, if
3. Condition of error displayed YES possible
YES (Keep connecting the
Is it the unit with 2 compressors? Mente PC)
When 88A or higher output When
current of inverter is detected 4 YES interchanging the
times within 15 minutes. cables between inverter and
YES compressor, is the compressor
failed to startup
switched?
Do you NO Replace compressor that is
have inverter checker for failed to startup
judging whether inverter PCB is
OK or not? YES
Is the
NO YES checked result by
inverter checker
OK?
After power OFF,
4. Presumable cause Remove the 1-3 layers Replace power transistor
of control box NO module
• Compressor anomaly Replace inverter PCB
• Leakage of refrigerant
• Power transistor module Is the Replace power transistor
anomaly
checked result by measuring module.
the resistance beween each terminal NO Refer Page 46.
• Anomalous power supply for of power transistor module OK?
inverter PCB (Are there any short- (Remove the power cable from
• Outdoor fan motor anomaly circuit?) compressor and check the
resistance between P-U,
P-V, P-W, N-U, N-V, N-W
respectively.
YES Replace inverter PCB
Note: In case that there is no the insulation resistance anomaly, the compressor anomaly could be considered.
If this anomaly occurs after replacement of power transistor module and/or inverter PCB, try to replace compressor as well.
If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data
– 87 –
Remote controller: E43 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Excessive number of indoor units connected,
Outdoor Keeps flashing *1 excessive total capacity of connection
*1 E43-1/1 time flash: Excessive number of indoor units connected, E43-2/2 time flash:Excessive capacity of connection

Caution:
Address will not be confirmed,
Reset the power. unless the power is reset after
changing addess.
Test run.
Is E43 dispalyed? NO No action is taken because
2. Error detection method it is judged that the power
YES reset was not done after
changing address.
When the number of connected Does
indoor units exceeds the the number of
limitation. indoor units connected
YES Check indoor unit
When the total capacity of and/or total capacity addresses and correct.
exceed limitation?
connected indoor units exceeds In case that total capacity
the limitation. of connected indoor units
exceeds the limitation,
Check the connected number if tentative operation is
of indoor units with 7-segment required turn ON the dip
display code C50 or Mente PC NO
with reference to the utilities switch SW5-4 on the
drawing. (Check not only one outdoor control PCB.
system, but also other systems) (However since this
tentative solution could
cause trouble, be sure
to correct it as soon as
possible)
Are there
3. Condition of error displayed any indoor units which
is not expected to exsist in YES Signal wire may be
that signal connected to other outdoor
• Excessive number of line? unit system.
connected indoor units Correct the signal wire.
• Excessive total capacity of Check the resistance
connected indoor units between A and B of signal NO Correct addresses.
• The total capacity of line as well. (Either one of addresses is
connected indoor units wrong.)
exceeds the limitation If the address corrected
General checking of indoor/outdoor unit addresses by means of: with rotary switch is still
� Outdoor unit: Mente PC, 7-Segemnt display and rorary wrong, replace control PCB
switch (SW1, 2) (Defective rotary switch)
� Indoor unit: Remote controller, rotary switch
(SW1, 2, 3, 4) * Before replacement,
* It is recommended to use means other than the rotary switch please confirm whether
4. Presumable cause which could be defective.
the rotary switch for
address setting is not
• Mistake in setting of indoor/ damaged. (It was
outdoor unit addresses experienced that No. 5
• Mistake in signal wire on rotary switch was not
connection recognized.)
Note: After completing the above procedure, reset the power and confirm that the error display does not recur. Unless the power
is reset for both indoor unit and outdoor unit, the set addresses will not be confirmed.
– 88 –
Remote controller: E45 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Communication error between
Outdoor Keeps flashing *2 inverter PCB and outdoor control PCB
*1 E45-1: INV1, E45-2: INVI *2 E45-1: 1 time flash, E45-2: 2 time flash
1.Applicable model 5. Troubleshooting (Inspect also the INV1 even if it is E45-2.)

Is 15V
detected? Is the outdoor fan motor OK? NO
Replace inverter PCB or
(Refer the checking method of 15V outdoor fan motor
in page 46)
Check it as much as
2. Error detection method YES possible under the operating
conditions for 30 minutes
Reset power supply and restart before error occurred
When the communication
between inverter PCB and Wait and see.
outdoor control PCB is not Does E45 recur? NO Continue to obain data, if
established. possible (Keep connecting
YES the Mente PC)
Check whether the harness

Turn off the power. is broken?
Is the harness and/or connector Check whether the
between inverter NO connector is loose?
PCB and outdoor control  If there is problem,
PCB OK ? correct it.
YES Disconnect the harness

from the resistor and
Is the rush measure the resistance.
current prevention resistor YES If broken, replace the
3. Condition of error displayed broken? resistor.
In such case check the
Same as above. NO harness between diode
module and inverter PCB
Is the as well
harness and/or connector
between NO Check whether the harness
inverter PCB and diode module is broken?
OK?
Check whether the
connector is loose?
YES  If there is problem,
correct it.
Is the
setting of switches on the inverter NO Correct the setting of
PCB OK? * switches on the inverter
4. Presumable cause PCB
YES Replace outdoor control

• Signal wire anomaly PCB
* Switch setting of inverter PCB
• Outdoor control PCB . Models: 335-K, 400 . Models: 450~680
anomaly SW1-1 OFF SW1-1 OFF
• Inverter PCB (INV1, 2) SW1-2 OFF SW1-2 OFF
anomaly SW1-3 OFF SW1-3 OFF
• Rush current prevention SW1-4 OFF SW1-4 OFF
resistor anomaly JSW1-1 ON JSW2-1 OFF
JSW1-2 OFF JSW2-2 OFF
JSW1-3 *1 JSW2-3 *1
JSW1-4 OFF JSW2-4 OFF
*1…ON, if it is set at INV2. *1…ON, if it is set at INV2.
– 89 –
Remote controller: E46 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Mixed address setting methods
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off coexistent in same network.

Check the address setting
method of faulty network
Reset power supply and restart
whether it is automatic
setting or manual setting.
Caution:
Unless the power is reset after changing
address, the set address will not be
2. Error detection method confirmed.
Does E46 recur? NO Test run.

If the signal line of a outdoor * No action is taken
unit system applied automatic because it is judged that
address setting is connected to YES the power rest is not done
other outdoor unit system after changing address
(Detected at indoor unit side)
Is't the
signal line of a outdoor
unit system applying automatic YES Correct signal line
address setting connected to
other outdoor unit *In case of automatic
system? address setting, signal line
cannot be connected to
other outdoor unit system
NO
If signal line is connected to more than

2 outdoor unit systems, address setting
should be done by manually.
Same as above.
Is E46 still displayed? NO Test run
YES
Turn ON the power of each outdoor unit

one by one and search the outdoor unit
that can start up with automatic address
setting
PCB*
(Rotary switch anomaly)
4. Presumable cause <Reference> * Before replacement,

Error display at mixed address setting please confirm whether
• Mistake in the address setting Auto Manual the rotary switch for
• Mistake in the connection of address setting is not
signal wire Auto address setting E31 E46 damaged.
Manual address setting E46 Normal
No.5 on rotary switch
was not recognized )
Note: After completing the above procedure, reset the power and confirm that the error display does not recur. Unless the power
is reset for both indoor unit and outdoor unit, the set addresses will not be confirmed.
– 90 –
Outdoor DC fan motor anomaly
*1 E48-1: 1 time flash (FMO1), E48-2 : 2 time flash (FMO2)
1.Applicable model 5. Troubleshooting ( Inspect

Inspect also the fan motor 1 even if it is E48-2. )
also the fan motor 2 even if it is E48-1.

Does the
fan rotate smoothly when turned NO Replace fan motor
by hand?
YES
2. Error detection method Is 15V

detected? Is the outdoor fan motor
OK? (Refer the checking method of
NO Replace inverter PCB
• If 400 min-1 or lower of the 15V in page or fan motor
fan rotation command and the 46)
state of overcurent are detected
for 10 times continueously. Check it as much as
YES
• If 100 min-1 of the actual fan possible under the
rotation speed is detected Reset power supply and restart operating conditions for
for 30 seconds (Fan motor is 30 minutes before error
locked) occurred
Is E48
restored at 10 seconds after NO Wait and see.
compressor starting? Continue to obain data, if
possible
YES (Keep connecting the
Mente PC)
3. Condition of error displayed Turn the power supply OFF
Same as above. Interchange the connectors of fan motor

harnesses at the connectors on outdoor
control PCB side
Start operation again
Is the
fan motor failed to start up NO Replace fan motor
switched?

PCB
4. Presumable cause
• Breakage of harness
or loose conection of
connector
• Outdoor fan motor anomaly
• Inverter PCB anomaly
– 91 –
Low pressure anomaly

Check error status.
Is the refrigerant amount
Reset power supply and restart. OK?
Check additional refrigerant
amount charged at site
according to the piping
length instructed on the
label pasted on the panel of
2. Error detection method the unit.
Does the YES
error occur immediately after Check whether the service
Detection of anomalously low the startup? valves are open.
NO
pressure
Does the low Is the

NO connection of NO Correct the connection
pressure fluctuate after the
startup? sensor connector of low pressure sensor
OK? connector
YES
Are the NO Replace low pressure

YES
sensor characteristics sensor.
* The sensor
OK?*
characteristics is shown in
page 94 YES Replace outdoor control
3. Condition of error displayed PCB.
• At start up after power on: Is the

Is the opening
When the low pressure sensor degree of EEV for
NO connection of NO Correct the connection of
thermistor connector for
detects lower than 0.003MPa evaporator side heat exchanger temperature thermistor
flucturing? OK? connector of heat
for 60 seconds continuously.
And if this anomaly occurs 2 YES YES exchanger
times.
• During operation: Replace temperature
Is the checked Are the thermistor NO thermistor of heat
When the low pressure sensor result of harness and insulation characteristics OK?
detects 0.134MPa or lower of EEV coil OK? exchanger at evaporator
for 30 seconds coninuously. side.
And if this anomaly occurs 5 YES
Replace control PCB at
times within 60 minutes YES evaporator side.
NO
Replace EEV coil.
Does the
4. Presumable cause EEV operate NO Isn’t EEV YES
normally by judging or strainer Replace EEV main body or
from Mente PC clogged?
• Low pressure sensor (PSL) data, etc? strainer.
anomaly
• Service valves closed YES NO Check for short circuit of
• EEV anomaly (EEV closed)
• Insufficient refrigerant airflow of heat exchanger
amount at evaporator side and for
• Clogging at EEV or strainer fan motor anomaly
Note: Check whether the indoor unit is connected to other outdoor superlink network.
If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
– 92 –
Remote controller: E53/E55*1 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Suction pipe temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-S),
7-segment display: E53/E55-1, 2
Outdoor Keeps flashing *2 Under-dome temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-C1, C2)
*1 E55-1 : Tho-C1, E55-2: Tho-C2 *2 E53 : E53·E55-1 time flash, E55-2: 2 time flash

Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC whether it occurs
power on or during
operation or stopping.
2. Error detection method measured value
Is
Detection of anomalously low the connector of
temperature (resistance) of properly ? securely
Tho-S or Tho-C1, C2
YES
the thermistor, see the following chart
Are
the characteristics NO Replace thermistor
of thermistor OK? (Tho-S or Tho-C1, C2)
*2

YES
PCB
• if -50°C or lower is detected
for 5 seconds continuously
within 2 minutes to 2 minutes
20 seconds after compressor
ON, compressor stops. When
automatically after 3-minutes
Temperature-resistance characreristics of Temperature-resistance characreristics of
delay, if this anomaly occurs 3 suction pipe temperature thermistor (Tho-S) under-dome temperature thermistor (Tho-C1, C2)
times within 40 minutes
200
180
160
140
4. Presumable cause 120
100
• Broken thermistor harness or 80
the internal wire of sensing 60
section (Check the molded 5kΩ at 25 (ºC)
40
section as well) 20
• Disconnection of thermistor 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
harness connection Temperature (ºC)
(connector)
anomaly Temperature (ºC)
Note:
– 93 –
Remote controller: E54 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off High pressure sensor anomaly (PSH)
Outdoor Keeps flashing *1 Low pressure sensor anomaly (PSL)
*1 E54-1: 1 time flash (PSL), E54-2 : 2 time flash (PSH)

whether it occurs
Check the data for 30 minutes before stopping immediately after the
power on or during
Is anomalous YES
pressure detected?
Is the
connector of the NO
Detection of anomalous pressure NO sensor inserted properly to Insert the connector
(voltage) of PSH or PSL the connector on the securely and restart
outdoor control
[ ]
PCB? operation
Operation range
High pressure : 0-4.15MPa YES
Low pressure : 0-1.7MPa
Reset the power and restart operation.
NO
Does E54 recur? Temporary malfunction by
noise.
YES Correct if the source of
noise is specified.
Does
the pressure
converted from the NO
sensor output voltage match the Replace sensor (PSH, PSL)
3. Condition of error displayed actual pressure measure
by pressure
gauge?
If anomalous sensor output
voltage (0V or lower or 3.49V YES
or higher) is detected for 5 Replace outdoor control
seconds within 2 minutes to 2 PCB
minutes 20 seconds after the High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor
compressor ON output characteristics output characteristics
Output voltage (V)
Output voltage (V)
4. Presumable cause
Pressure (MPa) Pressure (MPa)
• Broken sensor harness
• Disconnection of sensor Sensor output Black (GND) – White; Output voltage (Black – Red; DC5V)
• Sensor (PSH, PSL) anomaly
• Anomalous installation conditions
• Insufficient airflow volume
• Excessive or insufficient
refrigerant amount
Note:
– 94 –
Remote controller: E56 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Power transitor temperature
Outdoor Keeps flashing *1 thermistor anomaly (Tho-P1, P2)
*1 E56-1/1 time flash:Tho-P1 anomaly, E56-2/2 time flash: Tho-P2 anomaly

Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC whether it occurs
power on or during
of Mente PC data with
actual measured value
connector of
Detection of anomalously low properly OK securely
temperature (resistance) of ?
Tho-P1, P2
YES

(1) the thermistor, see the following.
Are the Replace power transistor
characteristics of NO temperature thermistor
thermistor OK?
*1 (Tho-P1, P2).

PCB.
*1. Check several times to prove any poor connection
Temperature-resistance characreristics of power transistor

3. Condition of error displayed temperature thermisor (Tho-P1, P2)
200
180
When the outdoor air temperature 160
is above 0ºC, if -10ºC or lower 140
is detected for 20 seconds
120
continuously within 10 minutes
100
to 10 minutes 30 seconds after
80
compressor ON, compressor stops.
60
When the compressor is restarted
automatically after 3-minutes 40
delay, if this anomaly occurs 3 20

times within 40 minutes 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
4. Presumable cause

section as well)
harness connection
(connector)
anomaly
Note:
– 95 –
Anomalous compressor
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash by loss of synchronism

Check the data for 30 minutes before stopping

Refrigerant might be
migrated in the refrigerant
E58 is displayed on 7-segment Is this oil in the compressor.
LED the first startup YES Wait for about one hour
within one hour after power under the condition of
is supplied?
power ON and start again.
(Turn the on crankcase
heater ON and evaporate
the liquid refrigerant
NO migrated in the compressor.
Is there any The model setting could be

YES
replacement record of wrong.
inverter Check the dip switch
PCB ? for model setting on the
outdoor control PCB.
NO
This anomaly is established 4

times within 15 minutes.
Compressor could be locked
→Replace the compressor
4. Presumable cause
• Insufficient time elapsed after

the power supplied, before
compressor startup.
(Startup the compressor
wihtout crankcase heater ON)
• Compressor anomaly
– 96 –
LED Green Red
Error code
Content
Compressor startup
failure (CM1,CM2)
*1 E59-1: CM1, E59-2: CM2 *2 E59-1: 1 time flash, E59-2: 2 time flash

Check the data for 30 minutes before stopping
Is
power supply voltage NO Check the power supply
OK?
specification of power supply
voltage and correct it
2. Error detection method YES voltage
380/415V
Is the
Check the version No. of
When it fails to change over to pressure equalized software (Is it latest?)
the operation for rotor position during 3-minute delay NO Check whether the solenoid
detection of compressor motor before startup? valve SV6 at the exit of oil
(If the compressor speed cannot separator is open during
increase 11Hz or higher) compressor stopping.
YES
(Is the pressure equalized?)
Is there
any loose connection
or breakage of cable NO Replace the cable
connected to the terminal (If there is a problem on
of the compressor?
the terminal of compressor,
replace the compressor
YES
Under the condition of no pressure difference,

startup by test operation mode

Is it
YES YES
the unit with one Can startup? Wait and see
If the compressor fails to startup compressor
?
for 20 times (10 patterns x 2
NO NO
times) continuously.
YES Is there YES
Can startup? any output from Replace compressor
inverter?
Replace inverter PCB or
NO power transistor module.
(Only one (Check 15V on the outdoor
compressor control PCB and check
can startup)
power transistor with inverter
checker.
If the power transistor is
4. Presumable cause OK, replace inverter PCB)
Interchange the
cables between
• Anomalous voltage of power inverter and NO (No compressor can)
compressor, and Replace compressor
supply try to startup YES (Both of 2 compressors can)
• Anomalous components for Wait and see
refrigerant circuit Is the NO
compressor failed to startup Replace compressor
• Inverter PCB anomaly switched?
• Loose connection of Replace inverter PCB or
connector or cable YES power transistor module.
• Compressor anomaly (Motor (Check 15V on the outdoor
or bearing) control PCB and check power
transistor by inverter checker.
If the power transistor is
OK, replace inverter PCB)
– 97 –
Remote controller: E60 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Rotor position detection failure
Outdoor Keeps flashing *2 (CM1, CM2)
*1 E60-1 : CM1, E60-2 : CM2 *2 E60-1 : 1 time flash E60-2 : 2 time flash
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC Check and save the data of
Is
power supply voltage NO Correct it
OK?
YES Check it as much as
possible under the
Reset the power supply and restart operation operating conditions for
2. Error detection method 30 minutes before error
YES
occurred
Detection of the compressor Can YES
rotor position. the compressor Does E59 occur? Correct it according to the
startup? troubleshooting procedure
of E59
NO
NO Correct it according to the

YES Does E42 occur? troubleshooting procedure
of E42
YES
Replace compressor
Is the
sound and vibration of NO ( anomalous sound and vibration )
the compressor Check the insulation
normal? resistance and coil
3. Condition of error displayed resistance of compressor.
YES If necessary, replace
NO Is it NO compressor
If it fails to detect the rotor the unit with 2
compressors?
Is it
position of compressor, after operated normally
changinging over to the operation without occurrence YES Replace inverter PCB
of compressor rotor position of E60?
detection, the compressor stops. When
When it is restart automatically interchanging the NO
cables between inverter and
after 3 minutes delay, this compressor, is the compressor Replace compressor
anomaly occurs 4 times within 15 failed to startup
switched?
minute after the initial detection
YES NO
YES Replace inverter PCB
Temporary malfunction by
4. Presumable cause noise.
• Compressor anomaly
• Inverter PCB anomaly
• Anomaly of power supply
– 98 –
Remote controller: E61 Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off Communications error between
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash the master unit and slave units
Is the
address setting of master NO Corrent.
and slave outdoor units
OK?
When the communication Reset the power supply and restart operation
between master unit and slave
units is not established.
NO
Replace the outdor unit
Is E61 occur?
PCB
YES Anomalous noise, etc.
Same as above
4. Presumable cause
• Signal wire anomaly

anomaly
• Inverter PCB (INV1, 2)
anomaly
• Rush current prevention
resistor anomaly
Note:
– 99 –
Emergency stop
Indoor unit Diagnosis Countermeasure

whether it occurs
immediately after the power
on or during operation.
Is the
remote controller setting NO Replace remote control
of Emergency Stop PCB
"Valid"?
YES
When ON signal is inputted Is ON

to the CnT terminal of indoor signal inputted to the
control PCB CnT terminal of indoor NO Replace indoor control
control PCB? PCB
YES Check the cause of

emergency stop.
(It is better to have the data
for 30 minutes before
stopping, when instructing
the installer)
Same as above
4. Presumable cause
Factors for emergency stop
Note: Indoor unit detected emergency stop signal gives command "all stop"
– 100 –
2.4 Outdoor unit control PCB replacement procedure PCB012D017B c
Precautions for Safety

¡ Since the following precaution is the important contents for safety, be sure to observe them.
WARNING and CAUTION are described as follows:
WARNING Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which will result in death or serious injury if
proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which may result in minor or moderate injury
if proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
WARNING
¡ Securely replace PCB according to this following instruction.
If PCB is incorrectly replace, it will cause an electric shock or fire.
¡ Be sure to check that the power source for the outdoor unit is turned OFF before replaceing PCB, PCB replace-
ment under current-carrying will cause an electric shock.
¡ After finishing PCB replacement, check that wiring is correctly connected with the PCB before power distribution.
If PCB is incorrectly replaced, it will cause an electric shock or fire.
CAUTION
¡ Bundle the wiring so as not to tense because it will cause an electric shock.
(Note) If cut the tie, the wiring cables should be bound with new tie again.
Exchange the control pwb according to the following procedure.
xchange the pwb after elapsing 3 minutes from power OFF.
1. E
(Be sure to measure voltage (DC) of two places (1. Power supply for pwb 2. Power supply for fan motor) and
check that the voltage is discharged sufficiently. (Refer to Fig.1 next page))
2. Disconnect the connectors from the pwb.
3. Disconnect the blue wiring passing through CT1 and CT2 on the pwb before exchanging the pwb.
4. Match the setting switches (SW1-6) with the former pwb.
5. Tighten up a screw after passing blue wiring through CT1 and CT2 of the changed.
6. Connect the connectors to the pwb. (Contirm the connectors are not half inserted.)
- 101 -
- 102 -
2.5 Inverter PCB replacement procedure pcb012d018ab
Exchange the inverter pwb according to the following procedure.
1. Exchange the pwb after elapsing 3 minutes from power OFF.
(Be sure to measure voltage (DC) of two places (1. Power supply for pwb 2. Power supply for fan motor) and
check that the voltage is discharged sufficiently. (Refer to Fig.3 next page))
2. Disconnect the connectors from the pwb.
3. Exchange the pwb.
4. Match the setting switches (JSW10, 11) with the former pwb. (Refer to Table.1)
5. Connect the connectors, wiring, and snubber capacitor. (Contirm the connectors are not half inserted.)
6. Cautions for maintenance of the control box
This control box has its front part hinged so as to be able to open and close for maintenance of the inverter.
Following cautions must be observed during the maintenance.
Always follow the instructions described in the technical manual when implementing the maintenance.
(1) Turn off the power supply before starting the maintenance.
(2) A
fter waiting for minimum 3 minutes after turning off the main power supply, measure the DC power supply voltage
(between F1 and DS (-) of the control power supply) to confirm according to the technical manual that the electricity
has been discharged sufficiently.
Only then disconnect the power supply cable and the signal cable from the terminal board.
(3) Remove a total 8 pieces of screw at the sections A, B and C in Figure 1.
• Take care not to drop screws on the PCB, etc. when removing them.
• Make sure to collect when dropped any.
(4) Open the front part of the control box as shown in Figure 2.
• Don’t open the front part more than 90º.
• Avoid exerting undue force on the open front part.
• Provide a support under the open fuont part.
(5) After opening the front part of the control box, you can access to the inverter. Start the maintenance according to the tech-
nical manual.
• When a tie wrap band has been cut off, fix it firmly at the original position with a new tie wrap band.
• When a connector has been disconnected from the PCB, insert firmly the connector again at the original position.
• Some of electrical parts are designed specifically to INV1 or INV2.
They are stamped or indicated with the lead mark to which of INV1 or INV2 they are used.
Take care not to use wrong parts duing repair.
If wrong parts are used, the equipment will not operate properly.
(6) When the maintenance is over, close the front part of the control box as shown in Figure 3.
• Take care not to nip the wiring with the front part.
(7) Reinstall and tighten the 8 screws removed at the sections A, B and C.
Don’t overlook to tighten the screws at the sectiong B particularly.
• Take care not to drop screws on the PCB, etc. when tightening them.
• Make sure to collect when dropped any, and tighten them at proper positions.
(8) Confirm visually that all screws have been tightened, and all cables have been connected properly.
- 103 -
Table. 1 Switch Setting
JSW11
Model JSW10
1 2 3 4
INV1 ↑ OFF ON OFF OFF
All models
INV2 ↑ OFF ON OFF ON
- 104 -
 Function of Dip switch for control (SW3, 4, 5)
• SW3 (Function setting) • SW5 (Function setting)
Switch Function ON/OFF Function
ON Inspection LED reset ON Test run switch test run
SW3-1 SW5-1
OFF Test run switch Normal
OFF Normal
ON Test run operation mode Cooling
ON Auto SW5-2
SW3-2 OFF Test run operation mode Heating
OFF Normal ON Pump down switch Pump down
SW5-3
ON Refrigerant quantity check OFF Pump down switch Normal
SW3-4
OFF Normal ON Super Link protocol : Previous SL
SW5-5
ON Check operation OFF Super Link protocol : New SL
SW3-5
OFF Normal
ON Forced cooling/heating
SW3-7 • SW7,8,9 (Function setting)
OFF Normal
Switch Function
SW7 Data erase/data write
 Function of Jumper wire (J13, 15)
SW8 7-segment display No. UP order of 1
(With: Shorted / None: Opened)
SW9 7-segment display No. UP order of 10
Jumper Function
With External input Level input
J13
None External input Pulse input
With Defrost time Normal
J15
None Defrost time Cold weather region
• SW4 (Model selection)

Switch SW4
Model 1 2 3 4
FDC335 OFF ON OFF OFF
FDC400 OFF OFF ON OFF
FDC450 ON OFF ON OFF
FDC504 OFF ON ON OFF
FDC560 ON ON ON OFF
FDC615 OFF OFF OFF ON
FDC680 ON OFF OFF ON
• SW4 (Change demand ratio)
ON/OFF Function
OFF Compressor capacity 60%
ON
ON Compressor capacity 0%
SW4-5 SW4-6
OFF Compressor capacity 80%
OFF
ON Compressor capacity 40%
• SW4 (Master/Slave setting)
ON/OFF Function
OFF Slave 1
ON
ON Slave 3
SW4-7 SW4-8
OFF Master
OFF
ON Slave 2
- 105 -
 Function of Connection
(1) Control PCB input (2) Ountrol PCB input
Mark Connecter Function Mark Connector Function

Tho-A CNTH Outdoor air thermistor 52X1 CNM1 Solenoid value for CM1
Tho-R1 CNTH Heat exchanger thermistor (exhaust) 52X2 CNM2 Solenoid value for CM2
Tho-R2 CNB2 Heat exchanger thermistor (exhaust) 20S CNN1 4-way valve
Tho-R3 CNB3 Heat exchanger thermistor (inlet) SV6 CNN2 Solenoid valve (oil return CM1)
Tho-R4 CNB4 Heat exchanger thermistor (inlet) SV7 CNN3 Solenoid valve (oil return CM2)
Tho-D1 CNTH Discharge pipe thermistor 1(CM1) SV1 CNN6 Solenoid valve (CM1:liquid bypass)
Tho-D2 CNC2 Discharge pipe thermistor 2(CM2) SV2 CNN7 Solenoid valve (CM2:liquid bypass)
Tho-C1 CNU1 Under-dome thermistor 1(CM1) FMC1,2 CNN8 Fan for IPM
Tho-C2 CNU2 Under-dome thermistor 1(CM2) SV13 CNN11 Solenoid valve (gas bypass)
Tho-P1 CNP1 Power transistor thermistor 1(CM1) CH1 CNR1 Crankcase heater (CM1)
Tho-P2 CNP2 Power transistor thermistor 2(CM2) CH2 CNR2 Crankcase heater (CM2)
Tho-S CNTH Suction pipe thermistor 52XR CnH Operation output
Tho-SC CNF1 Sub-cooling coil thermister 1 52XE CnY Error output
Tho-H CNF2 Sub-cooling coil thermister 2 CnZ1 EEV selection
CT1 Current sensor (CM1) CnE RAM Checker output
CT2 Current sensor (CM2) CnV For servicing (for rewriting soft ware)
PSH CNL1 High pressure sensor LED1 Inspection (Red)
PSL CNL2 Low pressure sensor LED2 Inspection (Green)
63H1-1 CHQ1 High pressure switch (CM1) LED3 For service (Green)
63H1-2 CHQ2 High pressure switch (CM2) 7 SEG G1 7 seg LED1 (function indication)
CNS1 External operation input 7 SEG G2 7 seg LED2 (data indication)
CNS2 Demand input R,S CNA1
CNG1 Forced operation input cooling/heating
CNG2 Silent mode input
Power source CNW1 Open phase detection 380-415V
Power source CNW2 For transformer (DC10,15.1V)
Power source CNA2 Fan motor
(3) Control PCB input/output (4) Expansion value PCB

Mark Connecter Function Mark Connecter Function
FM01 CNFAN1-1 DC 15 V output (Vcc) CT2 CNCT4 Compressor current (CM2)
-2 Reverse turn detection output (REV) EEVH1 CNEEV1 EEVH1 for heating (Front)
-3 Speed command output (Vsp) EEVH2 CNEEV2 EEVH2 for heating (Rear)
-4 RPM monitor input (FG) EEVSC CNEEV3 EEV-SC for Subcooling coil
-5 Over-current error input (OverC)
-6 Overheat error input (OverH)
FM02
CNFAN2-1 DC 15 V output (Vcc)
-2 Reverse turn detection output (REV)
-3 Speed command output (Vsp)
-4 RPM monitor input (FG)
-5 Over-current error input (OverC)
-6 Overheat error input (OverH)
Cnl11 Inverter protocol
CnX1 Super Link protocol
CnX2 Spare for Super Link protocol
- 106 -
3. ELECTRICAL WIRING
3.1 Indoor unit
(a) Ceiling cassette-4 way type (FDT)
Models All : models
PJF000Z053 C
- 107 -
(b) Ceiling cassette-4 way Compact type (FDTC)
Models All : moddels
PJA003Z331 B
- 108 -
(c) Ceiling cassette-2 way type (FDTW)
Models FDTW28KXE6, 45KXE6, 56KXE6
PJB001Z560 B
- 109 -
Models FDTW71KXE6, 90KXE6
PJB001Z561 B
- 110 -
Models FDTW112KXE6, 140KXE6
PJB001Z562 B
- 111 -
(d) Ceiling cassette-1 way type (FDTS)
Model FDTS45KXE6
PJC001Z195 A
- 112 -
Model FDTS71KXE6
PJC001Z196 A
- 113 -
(e) Ceiling cassette-1 way compact type (FDTQ)
Models All models
PJC001Z190 A
- 114 -
Models All models
• Duct panel
PJC001Z240 A
- 115 -
Model FDU71KXE6
(f) Duct connected-High static pressure type (FDU)
-
116 -
5 or 6 wires
Notes 1. indicates wiring on site.

2. Use twin core cable（0.75∼1.25mm 2 ）at signal line between indoor unit
PJD011G034 A
and outdoor unit, and signal line between indoor units.

3. Use twin core cable（0.3mm 2 ）at remote controller line. See spec sheet
of remote controller in case that the total length is more than 100m.
4. Do not put signal line and remote controller line alongside power source line.
(f) Duct connected-High static pressure type (FDU)
Models 90KXE6, 112KXE6, 140KXE6
PJD001Z229 B
- 117 -
Models FDU224KXE6, 280KXE6
PJD001Z230 B
- 118 -
(g) Duct connected-Middle static pressure type (FDUM)
Models FDUM22KXE6, 28KXE6, 36KXE6, 45KXE6, 56KXE6, 71KXE6, 90KXE6
PJR002Z258 B
- 119 -
Models FDUM112KXE6, 140KXE6
PJR002Z259 B
- 120 -
(h) Duct connected (Ultra thin)-Low static pressure type (FDQS)
Models All models
PJC001Z200 C
- 121 -
(i) Wall mounted type (FDK)
Models FDK22KXE6, 28KXE6, 36KXE6, 45KXE6, 56KXE6
PHA000Z983 B
- 122 -
Models FDK71KXE6
PHA000Z984 B
- 123 -
(j) Ceiling suspended type (FDE)
Models FDE36KXE6A, 45KXE6A, 56KXE6A
PFA003Z826 B
- 124 -
Models FDE71KXE6A, 112KXE6A, 140KXE6A
PFA003Z827 B
- 125 -
(k) Floor standing (with casing) type (FDFL)
Models All models
PGD000Z053 B
- 126 -
(l) Floor standing (without casing) type (FDFU)
Models All models
PGD000Z058 A
- 127 -
(m) Duct Connected-Compact and Flexible type (FDUH)
Models All models
PJC001Z255 A
- 128 -
3.2 Outdoor unit
Models FDC335KXE6-K, 400KXE6, 450KXE6, 504KXE6, 560KXE6, 560KXE6-K, 615KXE6, 680KXE6
PCB003Z060
- 129 -
Models FDC335KXE6-K, 400KXE6, 450KXE6, 504KXE6, 560KXE6, 560KXE6-K, 615KXE6, 680KXE6
4. PIPING SYSTEM
-
130 -
Notes (1) Preset point of protective deviees ThI-R1, R2 : Heating operation : Indoor fan control.
63H1-1 : Open 4.15MPa, Close 3.15MPa Cooling operation : Frost prevention control.
(For protection) Super heat control.
(2) Function of thermistor ThI-R3 : For super heat control of cooling operation.
PSH : For compressor control Tho-D : For control of discharge pipe temperature.
Cooling: 3.70 ON (MPa) Tho-C : For control of temperarure under the dome.
Heating: 3.00 ON (MPa) Tho-S : For control of suction pipe temperature.
PSL : ON 0.18MPa, OFF 0.20MPa Tho-R1, R2 : For control of defrosting.
PCB003Z067
(For compressor control) Tho-A : For control of defrosting.

ON 0.134MPa, OFF 0.18MPa Tho-R3, R4 : Electronic expansion valve (EEVH1, 2) control of heating operation
(For protection) Tho-SC : Electronic expansion valve (EEVSC) control of cooling operation.
Tho-H : For super heat control of sub-cooling coil.
5INSTALLATION
APPLICACTION DATACASSETTE
MANUAL FOR CEILING PJF012D007 A
5.1 Installation of indoor

-4WAY- unit
TYPE (FDT) ①B
This manual is for the installation of an indoor unit. ●In
For electrical wiring work (Indoor), refer to the electrical wiring work installation manual. For remote
controller installation, refer to the installation manual attached to a remote controller. For wireless kit
CAUTION ●Co
　○
installation, refer to the installation manual attached to a wireless kit. For electrical wiring work ●　Perform earth wiring surely.
(Outdoor) and refrigerant pipe work installation for outdoor unit, refer to the installation manual Do not connect the earth wiring to the gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod and telephone earth wiring. Improper earth could Acce
attached to an outdoor unit. cause unit failure and electric shock due to a short circuit.
This unit must always be used with the panel. ●　Use the circuit breaker of correct capacity. Flat wash
Using the incorrect capacity one could cause the system failure and fire.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ●　Do not use any materials other than a fuse of correct capacity where a fuse should be used.
Connecting the circuit by wire or copper wire could cause unit failure and fire.
●　Read the “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully first of all and then strictly follow it during the installation work 8
in order to protect yourself. ●　Do not install the indoor unit near the location where there is possibility of flammable gas leakages. For unit
●　The precautionary items mentioned below are distinguished into two levels, and CAUTION . If the gas leaks and gathers around the unit, it could cause fire.
: Wrong installation would cause serious consequences such as injuries or death. ●　Do not install and use the unit where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas etc.) or flammable gas
CAUTION : Wrong installation might cause serious consequences depending on circumstances. (such as thinner, petroleum etc.) may be generated or accumulated, or volatile flammable substances
Both mentions the important items to protect your health and safety so strictly follow them by any means. are handled.
●After completing the installation, do commissioning to confirm there are no abnormalities, and explain to the It could cause the corrosion of heat exchanger, breakage of plastic parts etc. And inflammable gas could cause fire.
②S
customers about “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS”, correct operation method and maintenance method (air filter ●　Do not use the indoor unit at the place where water splashes such as laundry.
cleaning, operation method and temperature setting method) with user’s manual of this unit. Indoor unit is not waterproof. It could cause electric shock and fire. ①　S
Ask your customers to keep this installation manual together with the user’s manual. Also, ask them to hand
● Do not use the indoor unit for a special purpose such as food storage, cooling for precision 　・
over the user’s manual to the new user when the owner is changed. instrument, preservation of animals, plants, and a work of art.
It could cause the damage of the items.
WARNING ● Do not install nor use the system near equipments which generate electromagnetic wave or high ・
harmonics. ・
●Installation should be performed by the specialist.
Equipments like inverter equipment, private power generator, high-frequency medical equipment, or telecommunication
If you install the unit by yourself, it may lead to serious trouble such as water leakage, electric shock, fire, and injury due to overturn ・
equipment might influence the air conditioner and cause a malfunction and breakdown. Or the air conditioner might
of the unit.
influence medical equipments or telecommunication equipments, and obstruct their medical activity or cause jamming. ・
●Install the system correctly according to these installation manuals. ● Do not install the remote controller at the direct sunlight. ・
Improper installation may cause explosion, injury, water leakage, electric shock, and fire. It could cause breakdown or deformation of the remote controller. ・
●Consider measurement not to exceed the limit of the density of refrigerant in the event of leakage especially ・
● Do not install the indoor unit at the place listed below.
when it is installed in a small room. ・
· Places where flammable gas could leak.
Consult the specialist about the measure. If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit in the event of the leakage, serious accidents · Places where carbon fiber, metal powder or any powder is floated.
may occur due to lack of oxygen. · Place where the substances which affect the air conditioner are generated such as sulfide gas, chloride gas, acid or
●Use the genuine accessories and the specified parts for installation. alkali.
· Places exposed to oil mist or steam directly.
If parts unspecified by our company are used it could cause water leakage, electric shock, fire, and injury due to overturn of the unit.
· On vehicles and ships
●Ventilate the working area well in case the refrigerant leaks during installation. · Places where machinery which generates high harmonics is used.
If the refrigerant contacts the fire, toxic gas is produced. · Places where cosmetics or special sprays are frequently used. ・
· Highly salted area such as beach. ・
●Install the unit in a location that can hold heavy weight. · Heavy snow area
Improper installation may cause the unit to fall leading to accidents. · Places where the system is affected by smoke from a chimney. ・
●Install the unit properly in order to be able to withstand strong winds such as typhoons, and earthquakes. · Altitude over 1000m
・
Improper installation may cause the unit to fall leading to accidents. ● Do not put any valuables which will break down by getting wet under the air conditioner. ・
●Do not mix air in to the cooling cycle on installation or removal of the air conditioner. Condensation could drop when the relative humidity is higher than 80% or drain pipe is clogged, and it damages user’s
belongings.
If air is mixed in, the pressure in the cooling cycle will rise abnormally and may cause explosion and injuries.
● Do not use the base frame for the outdoor unit which is corroded or damaged after a long period of
●Be sure to have the electrical wiring work done by qualified electrical installer, and use exclusive circuit. use. ②Ch
Power source with insufficient capacity and improper work can cause electric shock and fire. It could cause the unit falling down and injury. no
●Use specified wire for electrical wiring, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cable securely in ● Pay attention not to damage the drain pan by weld sputter when brazing work is done near the unit.
order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal. str
If sputter entered into the unit during brazing work, it could cause damage (pinhole) of drain pan and leakage of water. To ③If
Loose connections or hold could result in abnormal heat generation or fire. avoid damaging, keep the indoor unit packed or cover the indoor unit.
du
●Arrange the electrical wires in the control box properly to prevent them from rising. Fit the lid of the services ● Install the drain pipe to drain the water surely according to the installation manual.
panel property. ④W
Improper connection of the drain pipe may cause dropping water into room and damaging user’s belongings.
Improper fitting may cause abnormal heat and fire.
● Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfide gas is generated.
●Check for refrigerant gas leakage after installation is completed. Spac
Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious damage to user’s health and safety.
If the refrigerant gas leaks into the house and comes in contact with a fan heater, a stove, or an oven, toxic gas is produced. ●W
● Do not share the drain pipe for indoor unit and GHP (Gas Heat Pump system) outdoor unit.
●Use the specified pipe, flare nut, and tools for R410A. Toxic exhaust gas would flow into room and it might cause serious damage (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen) to un
Using existing parts (R22) could cause the unit failure and serious accident due to explosion of the cooling cycle. user’s health and safety. sh
●Tighten the flare nut according to the specified method by with torque wrench. ● For drain pipe installation, be sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100, not to make traps, ●In
If the flare nut were tightened with excess torque, it could cause burst and refrigerant leakage after a long period. and not to make air-bleeding.
Check if the drainage is correctly done during commissioning and ensure the space for inspection and maintenance.
●Make sure there is no dust or clogging on both the plug and the socket nor loose connection of the socket
before plugging, and plug in securely to the end of the blade. ● Ensure the insulation on the pipes for refrigeration circuit so as not to condense water.
Accumulation of dust, clogging on the socket or plug, or loose installation of the socket could cause electric shock and fire. Replace Incomplete insulation could cause condensation and it would wet ceiling, floor, and any other valuables.
the socket if it is loose. ● Do not install the outdoor unit where is likely to be a nest for insects and small animals.
●Connect the pipes for refrigeration circuit securely in installation work before compressor is operated. Insects and small animals could come into the electronic components and cause breakdown and fire. Instruct the user to
keep the surroundings clean. C
If the compressor is operated when the service valve is open without connecting the pipe, it could cause explosion and injuries due Wall s
to abnormal high pressure in the system. ● Pay extra attention, carrying the unit by hand.
De
●Stop the compressor before removing the pipe on pump down work. Carry the unit with 2 people if it is heavier than 20kg. Do not use the plastic straps but the grabbing place, moving the unit
by hand. Use protective gloves in order to avoid injury by the aluminum fin. 10
If the pipe is removed when the compressor is in operation with the service valve open, air would be mixed in the refrigeration
circuit and it could cause explosion and injuries due to abnormal high pressure in the cooling cycle. ● Make sure to dispose of the packaging material.
●Use the genuine optional parts. And installation should be performed by a specialist. Leaving the materials may cause injury as metals like nail and woods are used in the package.
If you install the unit by yourself, it could cause water leakage, electric shock and fire. ● Do not operate the system without the air filter.
It may cause the breakdown of the system due to clogging of the heat exchanger. Set
●Do not repair by yourself. And consult with the dealer about repair.
Improper repair may cause water leakage, electric shock or fire. ● Do not touch any button with wet hands. ●S
It could cause electric shock. w
●Consult the dealer or a specialist about removal of the air conditioner.
Improper installation may cause water leakage, electric shock or fire. ● Do not touch the refrigerant piping with bare hands when in operation. ●If
The pipe during operation would become very hot or cold according to the operating condition, and it could cause a burn (s
●Turn off the power source during servicing or inspection work. or frostbite.
If the power is supplied during servicing or inspection work, it could cause electric shock and injury by the operating fan. ●In
● Do not clean up the air conditioner with water. ●D
●Do not run the unit when the panel or protection guard are taken off. It could cause electric shock.
Touching the rotating equipment, hot surface, or high voltage section could cause an injury to be caught in the machine, to get (O
● Do not turn off the power source immediately after stopping the operation.
burned, or electric shock. ●It
Be sure to wait for more than 5 minutes. Otherwise it could cause water leakage or breakdown.
●Shut off the power before electrical wiring work. fo
● Do not control the operation with the circuit breaker.
It could cause electric shock, unit failure and improper running.
It could cause fire or water leakage. In addition, the fan may start operation unexpectedly and it may cause injury.
- 131 -
(a) Ceiling cassette-4way type (FDT)
7 A PJA012D007 b
①Before installation ③Preparation before installation
●Install correctly according to the installation manual. ●If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant.
●Confirm the following points: 　○For grid ceiling
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items 　　When suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof is
over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
Accessory item
　　○In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which
For unit hanging For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe has enough strength.
When suspension bolt length is over 1000mm, apply the earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
Flat washer (M10) Level gauge Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover (small) Strap Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover(small) Drain hose Hose clamp
●Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10 or M8) on site.
Ceiling opening, Suspension bolts pitch, Pipe position
8 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1
For unit hanging For unit hanging For heat insulation For heat insulation For pipe cover fixing For heat insulation For heat insulation For drain pipe For drain hose
860 to 910 (Ceiling hole size)
and adjustment of gas pipe of liquid tube of drain socket of drain socket connecting mounting
778 (Suspension bolts pitch) (mm)
G
s H Series Type a
Single Split (PAC) 40 to 71 type 246
series 100 to 140 type 298
control box
②Selection of installation location for the indoor unit
725 (Suspension bolts pitch)

VRF (KX) 28 to 71 type 246
H H series 90 to 160 type 298
①　Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user.
Symbol
　・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user
A Gas piping
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on B Liquid piping
420
420
the ceiling. C Drain piping
648
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service. D Hole for wiring
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be F Suspension bolts
G Outside air opening for ducting
taken. H
260 H Air outlet opening for ducting
・Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port. Drain hose piece 345 303
・Areas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner. (Accessory)
(Installed on site)
・Areas where the supply air does not short-circuit.
C
・Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. Hanger plate
F
B A
・Areas not exposed to direct sunlight. for suspention bolt
・Areas where dew point is lower than around 28°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%.
This indoor unit is tested under the condition of JIS (Japan Industrial Standard) high humid-
207
a
173
150
123
ity condition and confirmed there is no problem. However, there is some risk of condensa- 65 140
50 or more
tion drop if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned 11 60
35
above. control box D
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to
100
140
Air filter
137
hole
Air return grille
83 76
hole
97
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe.
112
・Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.)
52.5
100
68
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food,
65
13 50
table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. 38
・Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates.
・Areas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly such as above fryer. G H
・Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect
the operation.
(A beam from lighting device sometimes affects the infrared receiver for the wireless remote
controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.) ④Installation of indoor unit
②Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is
Work procedure
not able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. 1. Prepare a ceiling hole with the size of from 860mm × 860mm to 910mm × 910mm
referring to the template attached in the package.
③If there are 2 units of wireless type, keep them away for more than 6m to avoid malfunction
2. Arrange the suspension bolt at the right position (725mm×778mm).
due to cross communication. 3. Make sure to use four suspension bolts and fix them so as to be able to hold 500N load.
④When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 4 to 5m. 4. Ensure that the lower end of the suspension bolt should be 50mm above the ceiling
plane. Temporarily put the four lower nuts 150mm above the ceiling plane and the upper
Space for installation and service nuts on distant place from the lower nuts in order not to obstruct hanging the indoor unit
or adjust the indoor unit position, and then hang the indoor unit.
●When it is not possible to keep enough space between indoor unit and wall or between indoor 5. Adjust the indoor unit position after hanging it by inserting the level gauge attached on
units, close the air supply port where it is not possible to keep space and confirm there is no the package into the air supply port and checking if the gap between the ceiling plane
short circuit of airflow. and the indoor unit is appropriate. In order to adjust the indoor unit position, adjust the
, ●Install the indoor unit at a height of more than 2.5m above the floor. lower nuts while the upper nuts are put on distant place. Confirm there is no backlash
between the hanger plate for suspension bolt and the lower nut and washer.
4000 to 5000mm or more
Indoor unit Indoor unit
Suspension bolt
Ceiling
Wall surface Nut (upper)
1000mm or more
Decorative panel 2500mm or more
Flat washer
1000mm or more
Obstacle Spring wasler
Nut (lower)
150mm
Floor 50mm
Set blow-out pattern

Ceiling surface
●Select the most proper number of blow-out air supply port direction from 4 way, 3 way or 2
way according to the shape of the room and installation position. (1 way is not available.)
●If it is necessary to change the number of air supply port, prepare the covering materials. Correct Wrong
(sold as accessory) Keep the distance between 20-24 mm.
Exceeding the range of distance may cause
●Instruct the user not to use low fan speed when 2way or 3way air supply is used. Unit
failure etc. Unit
●Do not use 2way air supply port under high temperature and humidity environment.
(Otherwise it could cause condensation and leakage of water.)
●It is possible to set the airflow direction port by port independently. Refer to tne user’s manual 20 +4
0 mm
Touch the nut (lower) and Play is left between the fixture
for details. Ceiling opening dimensions
washer without any play and the nut (lower) and washer.
Level gauge
(Inserted into the unit)
- 132 -
④Installation of indoor unit (continued) ⑥Drain pipe ⑥D
6. Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally. Confirm the
Caution
levelness of the indoor unit with a level gauge or transpar-
●　Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly. Drain
ent hose filled with water. Keep the height difference at Indoor unit
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods，etc. ●　A
both ends of the indoor unit within 3mm.
hose ●　Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and w
7. Tighten four upper nuts and fix the unit after height and inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious o
levelness adjustment. damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may ●　D
cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. ●　F
Caution ●　Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint. b
●　Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. 1. P
●Do not adjust the height by adjusting upper nuts. It will cause unexpected stress on the indoor in
unit and it will lead to deformation of the unit, failure of attaching a panel, and generating noise ●　Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end
c
from the fan. of the drain pipe after installation. 2. M
●　Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap is
●Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally and set the gap between the unit underside and
in the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained out properly th
the ceiling plane properly. Improper installation may cause air leakage, dew condensation,
from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance. C
water leakage and noise.
d
●Even after decorative panel attached, still the unit height can be adjusted finely. Refer to the (
Work procedure
installation manual for decorative panel for details. d
●Make sure there is no gap between decoration panel and ceiling surface, and between decora- 1. Insert the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the indoor unit 3. U
tion panel and the indoor unit. The gap may cause air leakage, dew condensation and water and fix it securely with the clamp. Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end.　 r
leakage. ●Do not apply adhesives on this end. it
pipe cover (big)
Joint for VP-20
●In case decorative panel is not installed at the same time, or ceiling material is installed after Fasten the screw securely (For insulation) (Prepare on site)
Hose clamp Drain hose (Accessory) Drain
the unit installed, put the cardboard template for installation attached on the package (packing Drain socket
material of cardboard box) on the bottom of the unit in order to avoid dust coming into the indoor Unit ○In
unit. Metal plate
10mm 　Dr
Drain hose VP-20
Drain socket (Accessory) (Prepare on site) 　Fo
The step part Drain hose Connect
Clamp wo
Drain socket (Accessory) Pipe cover (small)
(For insulation) ○In
⑤Refrigerant pipe Pipe cover (small)
(For insulation)
(Prepare on site)
Dra
(Accessory)
No adhesive allowed tor
Caution 2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose Ma
(the end made of rigid PVC), and adhere and connect VP-20 pipe (prepare on site).
●Use the new refrigerant pipe.
※As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market.
　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items.
●　Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose.
　・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts.
It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid.
　・Do not use thin-walled pipes.
●Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for
●　The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit or drain pipes. ⑦W
Do not bend or make an excess offset on the drain hose as shown in the picture.
refrigeration pipe installation.
Bend or excess offset will cause drain leakage.
　In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful ●　E
substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. e
●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. e
　Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air Over 20mm
in
getting into refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, B
etc. ●　U
●Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to o
avoid any dust, dirt or water getting into pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration ●　D
3. Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend
oil and compressor breakdown, etc. n
and/or trap in the midway.
●Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. ●　B
●Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix
the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe. ●　F
Work procedure ●Do not set up air vent. w
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit.
1.5m ~ 2m Supporting metal Trapped air will 1. R
※　Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving torque No bump
generate noises.
to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and then Air vent No trap th
remove them. Not touching the water 2. H
Insulation material
(Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.) Descending slope greater than 1/100 th
●　Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.) 3. F
2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. As wide as possible 4. In
●When sharing a drain pipe for more than (about100mm)
※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm
addition, do not twist and crush the pipes. below the drain outlet of the unit. In
※Do a flare connection as follows: addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for
main drain pipe. VP-30 or bigger
●　Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving Descending slope greater than 1/100
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper 4. Insulate the drain pipe.
pipe, and then remove them. ●　Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may
●　When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw cause dew condensation and water leakage.
the nut for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque ※　After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then
mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain
spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe. hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless.
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas
Drain up
leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps.
●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. ●　The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 700mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
※　Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical pipe,
the backflow of water will increase when the unit is stopped, and it may cause overflow of water from
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit.
the drain pan on the indoor unit. In order to avoid overflow, keep the horizontal pipe length and offset of
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation the pipe within the limit shown in the figure below.
manual attached to the outdoor unit.
295 to 325mm 100 or less
Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory)
Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m Drain hose
700mm or less
φ 6.35 14 to 18
φ 9.52 34 to 42
φ 12.7 49 to 61
φ 15.88 68 to 82
φ 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more. Joint for VP-20
(Prepare on site)
- 133 -
⑥Drain pipe (continued) ⑧Panel installation
●Attach the panel on the indoor unit after electrical wiring work.
Drain test ●Refer to attached manual for panel installation for details.
tc. ●　After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no (See next page)
rmful and water leakage from joint and drain pan. Check if the motor sound of drain pump is normal
serious or not.
n, it may ●　Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
●　For new building cases, make sure to complete the test ⑨Check list after installation
before hanging the ceiling. Checking window
1. Pour water of about 1000cc into the drain pan in the for draining
indoor unit by pump so as not to get the electrical ●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
the end
component wet.
2. Make sure that water is drained out properly and there
d/or trap is no water leakage from any joints of the drain pipe at Check if; Expected trouble Check
properly the test. The indoor and outdoor units are fixed securely? Falling, vibration, noise
e. Confirm that the water is properly drained out while the Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
drain motor is operating. At the drain socket Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
(transparent), it is possible to check if the water is
drained out properly. Water is drained properly? Water leakage
door unit Drain plug
3. Unplug the drain plug on the indoor unit to remove Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
he end.　 remaining water on the drain pan after the test, and re-plug There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
it. And insulate the drain pipe properly finally.
VP-20
Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
on site) Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all
Drain pump operation
Any obstacle blocks airflow on air inlet and outlet? Insufficient capacity
○In case electrical wiring work finished
　Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired).
VP-20
are on site) 　For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring
work.
(small)
ation) ○In case electrical wiring work not finished
n site)
Drain pump will run continuously when the dip switch“SW7-1” on the indoor unit PCB is turned ON, the Connec- ⑩How to check the dirt of drain pan (Maintenance)
tor CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (230VAC on the terminal block ① and ②) is turned ON.
ose Make sure to turn OFF “SW7-1” and reconnect the Connector CNB after the test. The method of checking the dirt of drain pan
●It is possible to check the dirt for inlet of drain pan without detaching the panel.
（Inspection is not possible when the high efficient filter and option spacer is installed.)
１．Open the air return grille and remove the panel corner cover on drain pan side.
pes. ⑦Wiring-out position and wiring connection ２．Remove the cover of inspection window. (1screw)
３．Check the drain pan from the inspection window.　
●　Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an 　　If the drain pan is very dirty，remove the drain pan and clean it.
electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be ４．After checking of the dirty of drain pan, restore the cover of the inspection window
executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical securely. Improper restoration of the cover may cause dew condensation and water
installation in the country. leakage.
Be sure to use an exclusive circuit. Available checking part
●　Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in for inlet of drain pan.
Panel
Corner cover Cover of
order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal. checking
end ●　Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommu- window
nication and malfunction.
d fix ●　Be sure to do D type earth work.
●　For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring
work.
1. Remove a lid of the control box (3 screws) and

the wiring cover (2 screws). Power source line Signal line
Attention for removing drain pan
2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten
them to terminal block securely. ●The fixing components have been attached the with drain pan. Pay attention to these
components during installation and removing. Take off the hanging hook after removing
3. Fix the wiring with clamps.
four screws. During the installation of drain pan, fix the drain pan firmly by using four screws
4. Install the removed parts back to original place. after hanging it up with the fixing hook.
Wiring cover
Single Split (PAC) series
Power source line clamp Earth Wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Remove the screws
Drain pan
Power source side Rotate the hook
may terminal block Fixing piece
Remote Controller line
then
Signal line clamp
ain
Signal side terminal block
pe,
m VRF (KX) series
et of Power source side Power source
terminal block line clamp Earth Indoor power source line
Signal line (Shielded cord)

Remote controller line
Signal line clamp
Earth (Signal line)
PJF012D007 A
- 134 -
- 135 -
- 136 -
(b) Ceiling cassette-4way compact type (FDTC)
PJA012D756 a
6 A Before installation Preparation before installation
z Install correctly according to the installation manual. z If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant.
z Confirm the following points: c For grid ceiling
c Unit type/Power supply specification c Pipes/Wires/Small parts c Accessory items When suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof is over
700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
Accessory itme c In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which has
For unit hanging For refrigerant pipe For draom pipe
enough strength.
Flat washer Level gauge
Pipe cover(big)
Pipe cover
Strap Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover(small) Drain hose Hose clamp
(M10) (Insulation) (small)
z Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10 or M8) on site.

Ceiling opening, Suspension bolts pitch, Pipe position
8 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 1
For adjustment For heat For heat For heat For heat
For pipe cover For drain pipe For drain hose 530 (Suspension bolts pitch) F Decorative panel
For unit hanging in hoisting in the insulation insulation insulation insulation
fixing connecting mounting
unit's main body of gas pipe of liquid tube of drain socket of drain socket
Symbol Content

A Gas piping
(F F B Liquid piping
Selection of installation location for the indoor unit C
D
Drain piping
Hole for wiring
E Suspension bolts
M Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user. Air outlet opening
321
348
F
xAreas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user to use for ducting
541
a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on the ceiling.
64
xAreas where there is enough space to install and service.
32
Control Air return
185 box Air supply grille
xAreas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be taken. 190 223
D
ญ413
xAreas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port. 200
21
46 ญ700
xAreas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner. Drain hose piece
(Accessory)
xAreas where the supply air does not short-circuit. (Installed on site)
‫غ‬570 140
xAreas where it is not influenced by draft air. 323 60
6-Ø4
Holes for
A B 144 C E
xAreas not exposed to direct sunlight. tapping screws
xAreas where dew point is lower than around 28°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%.
115
Hole
140
This indoor unit is tested under the condition of JIS (Japan Industrial Standard) high humidity
248
195
194
135
100
condition and confirmed there is no problem. However, there is some risk of condensation drop
91
100
if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned above.
45 or more
35
Hanger plate for
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to suspension bolt F
xAreas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.)
xAreas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, table
wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. Installation of indoor unit
xAreas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates.
xAreas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly such as above fryer. Work procedure
xAreas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect the 1. This units is designed for 2 x 2 grid ceiling.
operation. If necessary, please detach the T bar temporarily before you install it.
(A beam from lighting device sometimes affects the infrared receiver for the wireless remote If it is installed on a ceiling other than 2 x 2 grid ceiling, provide an inspection port on the control box
controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.) side.
N Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is not 2. Arrange the suspension bolt at the right position (530mm×530mm).
able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the strength 3. Make sure to use four suspension bolts and fix them so as to be able to hold 500N load.
is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. 4. Ensure that the lower end of the suspension bolt should be 45mm above the ceiling plane.
O If there are 2 units of wireless type, keep them away for more than 5m to avoid malfunction due to Temporarily put the four lower nuts 91mm above the ceiling plane and the upper nuts on distant
cross communication. place from the lower nuts in order not to obstruct hanging the indoor unit or adjust the indoor unit
P When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 4m. position, and then hang the indoor unit.
Control box
Space for installation and service
T bar Ceiling
z When it is not possible to keep enough space between indoor unit and wall or between indoor units, panel
close the air supply port where it is not possible to keep space and confirm there is no short circuit
of airflow.
z Install the indoor unit at a height of more than 2.5m above the floor.
5. Adjust the indoor unit position after hanging it by inserting the level gauge attached on the package
4000mm or more into the air supply port and checking if the gap between the ceiling plane and the indoor unit is
appropriate. In order to adjust the indoor unit position, adjust the lower nuts while the upper nuts are
Indoor unit Indoor unit put on distant place. Confirm there is no backlash between the hanger plate for suspension bolt and
the lower nut and washer.
Drain piping
Suspension bolt
Ceiling Refrigerant piping
Wall surface
1000mm or more
Nut (upper)
Decorative panel 2500mm or more
1000mm or more Flat washer
Obstacle
Spring washer
Floor 91mm Nut (lower)

45mm
Level gauge
Ceiling surface
Use level gauges as Use level gauges as

reference, adjust the reference, adjust the
bottom to the face of bottom to the face of
30
30
the indoor unit. the indoor unit.

Diffuser Diffuser
Level gauge
(insulation)
T-bar Level gauge Ceiling panel T-bar
Ceiling panel
(insulation)
When the ceiling panel comes below the T
bar, align the bottom of the level gauge to
the lower face of the ceiling panel.
Correct Wrong
Unit Unit
Touch the nut (lower) and Play is left between the fixture
washer without any play and the nut (lower) and washer.
- 137 -
Installation of indoor unit (continued) Drain pipe (continued) D
6. Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally. Confirm the Work procedure Drain p
levelness of the indoor unit with a level gauge or transparent hose Indoor unit 1. Insert
Insert the
thesupplied
supplieddrain
drainhose (the(the
hose end end
mademade of softofPVC)
soft to the step
PVC) of the
to the stepdrain socket
of the on socket
drain the indoor
on unit c In cas
filled with water. Keep the height difference at both ends of the
indoor unit within 3mm. hose
and
the fix it securely
indoor withfithe
unit and x itclamp. Attach
securely withthethehose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end.　
clamp. Drain
pipe cover (big) Joint for VP-20
7. Tighten four upper nuts and fix the unit after height and levelness z
●　Do not apply adhesives on this end. (For insulation) (Prepare on site) For th
(Accessory)
pipe cover (big)
adjustment. (For insulation)
Joint for VP-20 work.
Fasten the screw securely (Prepare on site)
Hose clamp Drain hose Unit
(Accessory) c In cas
Drain socket
Caution The step part Drain hose Drain
Drain socket Unit
Metal plate Drain hose VP-20 the Co
z Do not adjust the height by adjusting upper nuts. It will cause unexpected stress on the indoor unit 10mm (Accessory) (Prepare on site) [ a
and it will lead to deformation of the unit, failure of attaching a panel, and generating noise from the Clamp Drain hose
Connect VP-20
Drain socket (Accessory) Pipe cover (small)on site)
(Prepare Make
fan. The step part Drain hose Drain socket (Accessory* Connect (For insulation)
z Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally and set the gap between the unit underside and No adhesive allowed
Clamp
(Prepare on site)
the ceiling plane properly. Improper installation may cause air leakage, dew condensation, water Pipe cover(Accessory)
Drain socket (small)
(For insulation)
Pipe cover (small)
(For insulation)
(Accessory) (Prepare on site)
leakage and noise. W
Pipe cover (small)
(For insulation)
z Even after decorative panel attached, still the unit height can be adjusted finely. Refer to the No adhesive allowed (Accessory)
installation manual for decorative panel for details. 2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose (the end z Electr
z Make sure there is no gap between decoration panel and ceiling surface, and between decoration 2. made
Prepare a joint
of rigid for connecting
PVC), and adhereVP-20 pipe, adhere
and connect VP-20and pipeconnect
(preparethe onjoint
site).to the drain hose install
panel and the indoor unit. The gap may cause air leakage, dew condensation and water leakage. (theAsend
for made of rigid
drain pipe, PVC),
apply VP-20 and made
adhereofand rigidconnect
PVC which VP-20 pipe
is on the(prepare
market.on site). to the
z In case decorative panel is not installed at the same time, or ceiling material is installed after the ※As
z Makefor sure
drainthat
pipe, theapply VP-20will
adhesive made
not getof rigid
into PVC which isdrain
the supplied on the market.
hose. Be su
unit installed, put the cardboard template for installation attached on the package (packing material Make
●　 It may sure
causethat
thethe adhesive
flexible part will not get
broken afterinto
thethe supplied
adhesive drain up
is dried hose.
and gets rigid. z Use s
of cardboard box) on the bottom of the unit in order to avoid dust coming into the indoor unit. It mayflexible
z The cause the flexible
drain hosepartis broken aftertotheabsorb
intended adhesive is drieddifference
a small up and getsatrigid.
installation of the unit or drain to app
The flexible
●　 pipes. drain hose
Intentional is intended
bending, to absorb may
expanding a small difference
cause the flatexible
installation
hoseofbroken
the unit and
or drain pipes.
water leakage. z Do no
Do not bend or make an excess offset on the drain hose as shown in the picture.
Refrigerant pipe Bend or excess offset will cause drain leakage.
misco
z Be su
Caution z For th
z Use the new refrigerant pipe. Over 20mm
When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. 1. Remo
xChange the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts. 2. Hold e
xDo not use thin-walled pipes. 3. Fix the
z Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for 3. Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or 4. Install
refrigeration pipe installation. trap in the midway.
In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful z Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix the pipe
substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe.
z Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. z Do not set up air vent.
Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting
into refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc.
z Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid 1.5m ~ 2m Supporting metal Trapped air will
No bump
any dust, dirt or water getting into pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil and generate noises.
Air vent No trap
compressor breakdown, etc.
z Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. Not touching the water
Insulation material
Descending slope greater than 1/100
Work procedure
As wide as possible
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. z When sharing a drain pipe for more than one (about100mm)
Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving unit, lay the main pipe 100mm below the drain
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe,
outlet of the unit. In addition, select VP-30 or
and then remove them.
(Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.) bigger size for main drain pipe.
VP-30 or bigger
z Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.) Descending stop greater than 1/100
2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. 4. Insulate the drain pipe.
Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In addition, do z Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may cause
not twist and crush the pipes. dew condensation and water leakage.
Do a flare connection as follows: After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size),
z Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving then use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, drain hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless.
z When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw the nut
for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque mentioned in the Drain up
table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a spanner when tightening z The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 600mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe. installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas pipe, the backflow of water will increase when the unit is stopped, and it may cause overflow of
leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. water from the drain pan on the indoor unit. In order to avoid overflow, keep the horizontal pipe
z Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. length and offset of the pipe within the limit shown in the figure below.
Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping.
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit. 295 to 325mm 100 or less
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation manual
attached to the outdoor unit. Drain hose
600mm or less

P
Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m
I 6.35 14 to 18 z After w
I 9.52 34 to 42 z Refer
I 12.7 49 to 61
Joint for VP-20
I 15.88 68 to 82 Access
(Prepare on site)
I 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
Drain test
z After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no water 1 H
Drain pipe leakage from joint and drain pan. Check if the motor sound of drain pump is normal or not. 2 C
z Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
Caution z For new building cases, make sure to complete the test before 3 Bo
z Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly. hanging the ceiling. 4 Sc
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods etc. 1. Pour water of about 1000cc into the drain pan in the indoor unit by 5 Sc
z Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and pump so as not to get the electrical component wet.
inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious 2. Make sure that water is drained out properly and there is no water
damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may leakage from any joints of the drain pipe at the test.
cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. Confirm that the water is properly drained out while the drain motor is
z Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint. operating. At the drain socket (transparent), it is possible to check if
z Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. the water is drained out properly.
z Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end of 3. Unplug the drain plug on the indoor unit to remove remaining water
the drain pipe after installation. on the drain pan after the test, and re-plug it. And insulate the drain
z Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/ pipe properly finally. Drain plug
or trap in the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained
out properly from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and
maintenance.
- 138 -
Drain pipe (continued) Panel installation (continued)
Drain pump operation Work procedure
c In case electrical wiring work finished 1. Make sure that the indoor unit is positioned at the correct height with the supplied level gauge.
Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired). Remove the level gauge before you install the panel.
VP-20
n site) For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring 2. Screw the two bolts of the supplied four bolts by about 5mm. (z mark ) [Figure 1]
work. 3. Attach the supplied hook to the indoor unit with the screw (1 screw). [Figure 2]
c In case electrical wiring work not finished 4. Open the air return grille.
Drain pump will run continuously when the dip switch“SW7-1” on the indoor unit PCB is turned ON, 5. Remove the screw of a corner panel and remove a corner panel. (four places) [Figure 3]
VP-20 the Connector CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (220-240VAC on the terminal block 6. Hang the panel on two bolts. (z mark ) [Figure 4]
are on site) [ and ] or [ and ] ) is turned ON. 7. Rotate the hook and put it into the slot of the panel. And install the panel temporarily.
small)
Make sure to turn OFF “SW7-1” and reconnect the Connector CNB after the test.. [Figure 5]
ation) 8. Tighten the two bolts which were used to install the panel temporarily and the other two bolts.
n site)
9. Open a lid of the control box.
10. Fix the louver motor wiring and the drain pump wiring with clamp. And put louver motor wiring into
Wiring-out position and wiring connection the control box. [Figure 6]
he end z Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an electrical 11. Connect the connector of louver motor. [Figure 6]
installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be executed according 12. Attach two chains to the air return grille with two screws. [Figure 7]
to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installation in the country. 13. Install the corner panels back to original places. At that time attach the chains to the panel with
Be sure to use an exclusive circuit. screws together.
z Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in order not 14. Close the air return grille.
or drain to apply unexpected stress on the terminal. Control box
age. z Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause Piping side Drain hose Side
miscommunication and malfunction.

z Be sure to do D type earth work.
z For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring work. Corner panel
[Figure 2]
1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws).
2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to terminal block securely.
3. Fix the wiring with clamp.  
and/or 4. Install a lid of the control box back to original place.
[Figure 1]
Screw
Single split (PAC) series [Figure 3]
he pipe
[Figure 5]
Power source side terminal block

l
es. Earth

Wiring between indoor 
and outdoor unit 
[Figure 5]
Remote controller line [Figure 4] Drain pump connector Louver motor connector
Wiring clamp Wire intake
Chain Wiring clamp

Louver motor wiring
VRF (KX) series
y cause [Figure 7] Chain [Figure 6]

size),
rt of the Earth
Indoor power source line

Signal line (shielded cord)
Check list after installation
for Wiring clamp
rtical z Check the following items after all installation work completed.
w of
pe Earth (signal line) Check if Expected trouble Check
The indoor and outdoor units are fixed securely? Falling, vibration, noise
Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
Water is drained properly? Water leakage
Panel installation Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
z After wiring work finished, install the panel on the indoor unit. Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
z Refer to attached panel installation manual for details. (see next page)
Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all
Accessory items
water 1 Hook 1 piece For fixing temporarily

2 Chain 2 pieces
3 Bolt 4 pieces For installing the panel
4 Screw 1 piece For attaching a hook
5 Screw 2 pieces For attaching a chain
PJA012D756 A
- 139 -
b
- 140 -
- 141 -
(C) Ceiling cassette-2way type (FDTW)
7 A PJB012D227 a
①Before installation ③Preparation before installation (continued)
●Install correctly according to the installation manual. ●If placing the unit with the top plate facing up (in the reversed orientation of packaging) is
●Confirm the following points: unavoidable, use care so that the area other than supporting member of the unit, will not be
subjected to excessive loads. (A heavy load on the central part of this area could cause a
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items
damage to the filter).
Accessory item Ceiling opening, Suspension bolts pitch, Pipe position
UNIT: mm
For unit hanging For refrigerant pipe Type Type
Flat washer (M10) Paper pattern Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover (small) Strap 28 ~ 56 71, 90 112, 140 28 ~ 56 71, 90 112, 140
INSERT THIS SLOT
INTO HANGING
FIXTURE
HOW TO USE
THIS PATTERN
INSERT THIS SLOT
INTO HANGING FIXTURE
1 1015 1260 1730 13 234 284 299
UNIT BOTTOM
2 885 1130 1600 14 98 95 110
3 468 590 825 15 91 88 103
67 70
UNIT BOTTOM FIT THIS NOTCH UNIT BOTTOM
TO CEILING
LEVEL
FIT THIS NOTCH TO CEILING LEVEL FIT THIS NOTCH TO CEILING LEVEL
4 417 540 775 16 47 50 50
5 817 1054 1524 17 127 127 137
4 1 1 1 4 6 460 460 240 18 56 66 66
For heat insulation For heat insulation For pipe cover fixing
s For unit hanging For unit hanging and adjustment
of gas pipe of liquid tube
7 178 382 672 19 74 78 78
8 161 240 255 20 124 128 128
For drain pipe For wiring fixing 9 287 342 357 21 130 - -
Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover(small) Drain hose Hose clamp Flat washer (M4) Nut (M4) Bolt (M4) 10 214 226 241 22 70 82.5 80.5
11 405 410 410 23 60 65 70
12 155 155 170
(Ceiling hole size) Drain hose piece
(Accessory)
(Suspension bolts pitch) 90 (Installed on site)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 40
For heat insulation For heat insulation For drain pipe For drain hose
of drain socket of drain socket connecting mounting
97
Control
box
(Suspension bolts
(Ceiling hole size)

446
640
pitch)
Center of
panel
97
②Selection of installation location for the indoor unit 20 10 620 10 20
405 A
295~
(Max. Drain lift)

310 240 240 325 364
278
5-Ø4
200 200 310 C1
Holes for
B
① Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user. E 264
tapping screws
230
C2
100
or less
64
140
67
750
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on 20
95
20
8
Unit undersurface
the ceiling. Hanger plate for
F Hole Hole
G Hole D
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service. suspension bolt 8-Ø4
Holes for Symbol
tapping screws
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be Decorative panel A Gas piping
1055
taken. Air supply Air return
B Liquid piping
・Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port. C1 Drain piping
C2 Drain piping (Gravity drainage)
160
・Areas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner.
・Areas where the supply air does not short-circuit. D Hole for wiring
360
680
E Suspension bolts
・Areas where it is not influenced by draft air.
F Outside air opening for ducting
160
・Areas not exposed to direct sunlight. G Air outlet opening for ducting
・Areas where dew point is lower than around 28°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%. 45 965 45
ity condition and confirmed there is no problem. However, there is some risk of condensa-
tion drop if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned
above. ④Installation of indoor unit
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. Work procedure
・Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) 1. Cut an installation opening in the ceiling to the measurements specified for ceiling
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, opening.
table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. 2. Set the suspension bolts in place.
・Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates. ※ The suspension bolts pitch center do not match the panel center.
3. Make sure to use four suspension bolts and fix them so as to be able to hold 500N load.
・Areas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly such as above fryer.
4. Ensure that the lower end of the suspension bolt should be 50mm above the ceiling
・Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect plane. Temporarily put the four lower nuts 150mm above the ceiling plane and the upper
the operation. nuts on distant place from the lower nuts in order not to obstruct hanging the indoor unit
(A beam from lighting device sometimes affects the infrared receiver for the wireless remote or adjust the indoor unit position, and then hang the indoor unit.
controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.) 5. Adjust the indoor unit position after hanging it by inserting the level gauge attached on
②Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is the package into the air supply port and checking if the gap between the ceiling plane
not able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the and the indoor unit is appropriate. In order to adjust the indoor unit position, adjust the
lower nuts while the upper nuts are put on distant place. Confirm there is no backlash
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. between the hanger plate for suspension bolt and the lower nut and washer.
③When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 4 to 5m. Suspension bolt
Correct Wrong
Nut (upper)
Flat washer Unit
●Install the indoor unit at a height of more than 2.5m above the floor. Unit
Spring wasler
150mm Nut (lower)

4000 to 5000mm or more Touch the nut (lower) and Play is left between the fixture
95mm washer without any play and the nut (lower) and washer.
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit
Ceiling surface
Ceiling
Wall surface Wall
1000mm
or more
Decorative
panel 1500mm
100mm or more
or more Obstacle
Paper pattern
67
Ceiling surface
Adjust height to fit this notch
to ceiling level.
6. Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally. Confirm the levelness of
the indoor unit with a level gauge or transparent hose filled with water.
③Preparation before installation Keep the height difference at both ends of the indoor unit within 3mm. Indoor unit
7. Tighten four upper nuts and fix the unit after height and Hose
●If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant. levelness adjustment.
○For grid ceiling
Caution
When suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof is
over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt. ●Do not adjust the height by adjusting upper nuts. It will cause unexpected stress on the indoor unit and
it will lead to deformation of the unit, failure of attaching a panel, and generating noise from the fan.
○In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which
●Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally and set the gap between the unit underside and the ceiling plane
has enough strength. properly. Improper installation may cause air leakage, dew condensation, water leakage and noise.
When suspension bolt length is over 1000mm, apply the earthquake resistant brace to the bolt. ●Even after decorative panel attached, still the unit height can be adjusted finely. Refer to the
●Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10) on site. installation manual for decorative panel for details.
- 142 -
⑤Refrigerant pipe ⑥Drain pipe (continued) ⑥D
Caution 2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose Drain
●Use the new refrigerant pipe. (the end made of rigid PVC), and adhere and connect VP-20 pipe (prepare on site).
○In
　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. ※As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market.
　・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts. ● Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose. 　Dr
　・Do not use thin-walled pipes. It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid. 　Fo
●Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for refrigeration pipe installation. ● The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit wo
　In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful or drain pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and ○In
water leakage. Dra
substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes.
●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. tor
　Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting into Over 20mm Ma
refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc.
●Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid any dust, dirt or In ca
water getting into pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil and compressor breakdown, etc.
1. R
●Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. 3. Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend
and/or trap in the midway. 2. C
Work procedure se
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe. (﹡
※ Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving ●Do not set up air vent. be
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper 3. F
pipe, and then remove them. 1.5m~2m Supporting metal Trapped air will (﹡
No bump
(Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.) generate noises.
th
Air vent No trap
● Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.) Insulation material Not touching the water
2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit.
※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In
addition, do not twist and crush the pipes.
As wide as possible
※Do a flare connection as follows: ●When sharing a drain pipe for more than (about100mm)
● Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper below the drain outlet of the unit. In
addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for
pipe, and then remove them. VP-30 or bigger
main drain pipe.
● When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw Descending slope greater than 1/100
the nut for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque
G
mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a 4. Insulate the drain pipe.
spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe. ● Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas cause dew condensation and water leakage.
leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. ※ After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then
●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain
※ Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless.
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit. ⑦W
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation Drain up
manual attached to the outdoor unit. ●E
● The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 750mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory)
installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical pipe, el
φ 6.35 14 to 18 the backflow of water will increase when the unit is stopped, and it may cause overflow of water from ex
φ 9.52 34 to 42 the drain pan on the indoor unit. In order to avoid overflow, keep the horizontal pipe length and offset of in
φ 12.7 49 to 61 the pipe within the limit shown in the figure below. B
●U
φ 15.88 68 to 82 295～325mm 100mm or less or
φ 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
●D
ni
750mm or less
●B
●F
⑥Drain pipe w
1. R
Caution 2. H
● Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly. 3. F
Drain test 4. In
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods，etc.
● After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no
● Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and
water leakage from joint and drain pan. Check if the motor sound of drain pump is normal
inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious or not.
damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may ● Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. ● For new building cases, make sure to complete the test before hanging the ceiling.
● Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint. 1. Pour water of about 1000cc into the drain pan in the indoor unit by pump so as not to get
● Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. the electrical component wet.
● Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end 2. Make sure that water is drained out properly and there is no water leakage from any joints
of the drain pipe after installation. of the drain pipe at the test.
● Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap Confirm that the water is properly drained out while the drain motor is operating. At the
drain socket (transparent), it is possible to check if the water is drained out properly.
in the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained out properly
3. Unplug the drain plug on the indoor unit to remove remaining water on the drain pan after the test,
from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance. and re-plug it. And insulate the drain pipe properly finally.
Work procedure
1. Insert the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on
the indoor unit and fix it securely with the clamp.
Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end.
　 ●Do not apply adhesives on this end. VP-20
(Prepare on site) VP-20
Pipe cover (big) (Prepare on site)
(For insulation) (Accessory)
Fasten the screw securely
Hose clamp Drain hose Unit Joint for VP-20
Drain socket
(Prepare on site)
Metal plate 10mm

Drain hose
(Accessory)
PJC012D012
Clamp (Accessory) Pipe cover (For insulation)
Drain socket (No adhesive allowed) Pipe cover
(Prepare on site)
Pipe cover (small) Pull in the hose pump about 50mm.
- 143 -
⑥Drain pipe (continued) ⑧Panel installation
hose Drain pump operation
Work procedure
○In case electrical wiring work finished
　Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired). 1. Using the paper pattern attached as an accessory, check to ensure the unit height and
　For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring ceiling opening are finished true to the specified dimensions.
Remove the suction panel from the panel assembly. (Ref. below diagram)
e unit work.
and ○In case electrical wiring work not finished Suction panel Pin(B) Panel outer Pin(A)
Panel assembly frame
Drain pump will run continuously when the dip switch“SW7-1” on the indoor unit PCB is turned ON, the Connec-
tor CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (230VAC on the terminal block ① and ②) is turned ON. Remove
Make sure to turn OFF “SW7-1” and reconnect the Connector CNB after the test. Panel inside
parts
In case of gravity drainage

1. Remove the rubber plug and insulation from the gravity drainage port. 2. Among the bolts which are attached to the panel, 2 screw must
bend
2. Connect the drain hose (VP-20) using the Gravity drainage connecting tube (option) and be inserted 5mm at the diagonal positions. Louver support
Short bolt
secure firmly with a clamp. 3. Hang the panel on the 2 bolts and temporarily tighten them.
nd fix
4. Tighten the temporarily tightened 2 bolts and the remaining
(﹡If the drain tube is directly connected with the gravity drainage port, the drain pan could not
2 bolts.
be removed.) 5. Tighten the 2 short bolts (15mm) at the louver supporting section of (Sectional view of blower
3. Find CNR drain motor connector (blue, 2P) in the control box, and remove it. blower outlet central part. outlet central part)
(﹡If the unit is used with this connector being connected, the drainage will go out through 6. Connect the connecter of louver motor and limit switch through the
the standard drain connecting port, causing leaks.) side cutout of control box.
Transparent soft tube Passing through this side cutout

(option)
Signal cable for Signal cable

B
A
remote controller
General hard type
Y
Insulation PV pipe VP-20
X
Connect to relay connector
in the controll box.
Rubber plug Connector for drain motor CNR (blue, 2P)
(Remove)
7. When the louver motor does not operate by the remote controller operation, check the
connection of the connector, turn off the power for 10 seconds or longer, and reset.
Gravity drainage port Control box
Remove
may
⑨Check list after installation
, then
ain ●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
⑦Wiring-out position and wiring connection
Check if Expected trouble Check
● Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
ipe, electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
om executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical
set of installation in the country.
Be sure to use an exclusive circuit. Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
● Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal. Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
● Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommu- Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all
● Be sure to do D type earth work.
● For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring
work.
2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to a terminal block securely.
3. Fix the wiring with supplied screw, nut and washer.
4. Install the removed parts back to original place.
d no
mal
get CNW1 CNM3 CNJ2 CNR
ints
for Signal cable
e
B
A
oller
e test,
Y
X
Earth
Signal line
(Shielded cord)
Power cable
Remote controller
2
line
1
Indoor power
source line
Earth
PJB012D227 A
- 144 -
(d) Ceiling cassette-1way type (FDTS)
PJC012D012 a
012 Before installation Preparation before installation (continued)
z Install correctly according to the installation manual. Ceiling opening dimension 
z Confirm the following points: F2  Suspension bolt position  
 
c Unit type/Power supply specification c Pipes/Wires/Small parts c Accessory items Control box
F1 250 25
40
25
Ceiling opening dimension
Accessory item 383
Suspension bolt position

Panel center 168
315
For main unit 60
For refrigerant For panel For drain pipe
suspension Drain hose (Accessory)
600
710
Paper pattern Pipe cover Pipe cover Strap Round machine Pipe cover Pipe cover Drain hose Hose clamp Locally installation
(big) (small) screw (M5 x 35) (big) (small) 90
285
45 15
600mm or less maximum dimension

70
30 650 30
Locally drain up
2 pcs 1 pcs 1 pcs. 4 pcs. 7 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. E 295 to 325
415
(One for left and For heat For heat For pipe cover Fixing of direct For heat For heat For drain pipe For drain hose 370
one for right) insulation of gas insulation of fixing air flow panel insulation of drain insulation of drain connecting mounting
  235 B 275
pipe liquid pipe socket socket 100
215 23
194
172
165
Selection of installation location for the indoor unit
110
155
105
10
30   30 A D C
Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user.
x Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user to use Unit: mm
Multi Type 45 Type 71
a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on the ceiling. 1230 1440
x Areas where there is enough space to install and service. 990 1250
x Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be taken. A Refrigerant gas piping

555
435
675
575
x Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port. B Refrigerant liquid piping 60 45
x Areas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner. C Drain piping 180 145
D Power supply inlet
x Areas where the supply air does not short-circuit. E Suspension bolt

940
85
1200
70
x Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. F1,2 Outlet air hole 205 170
x Areas not exposed to direct sunlight. 115 100
x Areas where dew point is lower than around 28°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%.
if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned above. Installation of indoor unit
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. Delivery
x Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) c Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation location without unpacking it.
x Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, table c If unpacked and delivery can not be avoided, use a nylon sling or a rope with pads placed where the
wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit.
x Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates. rope contacts the unit so it is not scratched.
x Areas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly such as above fryer. c To place the unit on the floor after unpacking, be sure that the unit bottom surface is facing up. (To
x Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect the avoid damage to the unit bottom surface as it is made of a styrene foam).
operation. c The unit and wood are fixed with two wood screws. When unpacking them, remove the two wood
x (A beam from lighting device sometimes affects the infrared receiver for the wireless remote screws.
controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.) Bottom surface facing up
Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is not
able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the strength
is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling.
If there are 2 units of wireless type, keep them away for more than 6m to avoid malfunction due to
cross communication. (Indoor unit)
When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 4 to 5m.
Each installation
Standard installation High-ceiling installation (40 to 80 only) method in common use Wood base
Remove the wood screw.
Securing suspension bolts

100mm or more 100mm or more Hole-in anchor
Tighten the bolts firmly according to the method shown Hole-in plug Inset
3m or more, 4m or less
in the drawing or other suitable methods.

2.5m or more,
100mm or more 100mm or more

3m or less
Concrete
Installation Suspension bolt (M10)
c Ceiling hole drilling procefure
Panel
Floor Floor mounting hole Ceiling port
Low-ceiling installation Paper pattern Paper pattern

securing screw
C (Accessory)
Duct Unit : mm Detail A
A B Using the paper pattern as a reference,
make holes in the ceiling board
Symbol
A B C
Grille and duct
c Unit mounting procedure
Grille 150 240
Suspension bolt
Separately solid Nut (M10)
2.5m or more,
Flat washer (for M10)

3m or less
100mm or more 90 to to
Mitsubishi Attention: Use the * marked length
100mm or less
standard 200 290 since too long of bolt may

Body interfere with the piping
work.
Spring washer (for M10)
Purchased locally C = 400 or less
Floor
If the holes on the unit and the ceiling do not match, use a mounting bracket with oval
hole to adjust the position.
Preparation before installation <Horizontal adjustment>

z If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant. Use a level or the following procedure to adjust horizontally.
c For grid ceiling
When the suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof is over Pipe side
700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt. Water supply
c In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which has Water level
enough strength. 0-3mm
When suspension bolt length is over 1000mm, apply the earthquake resistant brace to the bolt. Vinyl hose
z Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10) on site.
- 145 -
Refrigerant pipe Drain pipe (continued) D
Refrigerant pipe
Caution Drain
Work pipe (continued)
procedure Drate
Drain
z Use the new refrigerant pipe. 1. Insert
Work the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the
procedure z After
Caution Drain test
When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. indoor unit and fix it securely with the clamp. Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end. leaka
z Use the new refrigerant pipe. 1. Insert the
z Do notsupplied
apply drain hose on
adhesives (thethis
endend.
made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the z After ins
xChange the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts. indoor unit and fix it securely with the clamp. z Do dr
When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. leakage
xDo not use thin-walled pipes. z Do not apply adhesives
Pipe cover on this end. Fasten the screw securely z For ne
xChange the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts. Joint for VP20 (Prepare on site) Hose clamp Drain hose z Do drain
z Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for (big) (For insulation) Drain socket 1. Pour w
xDo not use thin-walled pipes. (Accessory)
Pipe cover
z For new
refrigeration pipe installation. Joint for VP20 (Prepare on site)
electr
z Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for (big) (For insulation)
Metal plate 1. Pour wat
In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful (Accessory) 10mm
Drain socket Slap Drain hose 2. Make
refrigeration pipe installation. Main frame electrica
substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. drain
In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful Drain hose VP20 (Prepare on site) Drain socket Slap Drain hose 2. Make su
z Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. Main frame (Accessory) Connect Confir
substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. drain pip
Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting Clamp
Drain(Accessory)
hose Pipe cover (Prepare on site)
VP20 (Prepare on site) (trans
z Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. Drain socket (Adhesive must
(Accessory) not be used)
Connect (For insulation) Confirm
into refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc. Pipe cover (small) (For insulation) (Accessory) 3. Unplu
Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting Clamp (Accessory) Pipe cover (Prepare on site) (transpa
z Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid Drain socket (Adhesive must not be used) (For insulation) and re
into refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc. Pipe cover (small) (For insulation) (Accessory) 3. Unplug t
any dust, dirt or water getting into the pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil
z Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid 2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose (the end and re-p
and compressor breakdown, etc.
any dust, dirt or water getting into the pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil made of rigid PVC), and adhere and connect VP-20 pipe (prepare on site).
z Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. 2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose (the end
and compressor breakdown, etc. As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market.
z Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. made of rigid PVC), and adhere and connect VP-20 pipe (prepare on site).
z Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose.
Work procedure As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market.
It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid.
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. z Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose.
Work procedure z The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit or drain
Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid.
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and water leakage.
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, z The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit or drain
Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and water leakage.
and then remove them. (Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.)
z Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
and then remove them. (Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.) Over 20mm
z Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In addition, do
2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. Drain p
not twist and crush the pipes.
Do a flare connection as follows: c Inpum
Drain cas
z Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving Drain
Do a flare connection as follows: 3. Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or c In case e
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, For th
z Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving trap in the midway. Drain pu
and then remove them. 3. Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or work.
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, z Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix the pipe For the o
z When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw the nut trap in the midway. c In cas
and then remove them. as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe. work.
for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque mentioned in the z Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix the pipe Drain
z When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw the nut z Do not set up air vent. c In case e
table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a spanner when tightening as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe. the C
for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque mentioned in the fixture 1.5m~2m Supporting metal Drain pu
the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe. zSupporting
Do not set up air vent. No bump
Trapped air will and
table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a spanner when tightening generate noises. the Conn
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas Supporting fixture 1.5m~2m Supporting metal Air vent No trap
Trapped air will
Make
the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe. No bump Not touching and )
leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. the water generate noises.
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas Insulation material Air vent No trap Make su
z Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. Descending slope greater than 1/100 Not touching
leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. the water
z Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely.
Insulation material W
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit. Descending slope greater than 1/100
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation manual z When sharing a drain pipe for more than one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm below the drain Wir
z Electr
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit. outlet of the unit. In addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for main drain pipe. install
attached to the outdoor unit. z When sharing a drain pipe for more than one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm below the drain z Electrica
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation manual As wide as possible to the
outlet of the unit. In addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for main drain pipe.
(about100mm) installatio
Be su
attachedPipe
to the outdoor unit.Tightening torque N·m
diameter Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory)
As wide as possible to the
z Usetecs
I 6.35 14 to 18
I 9.52
Pipe diameter Tightening34 to 42N·m
torque Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory)
(about100mm) Betosure
app
I 6.35
I 12.7 14 49
to 18
to 61 zzUseDospeno
I 9.52
I 15.88 34 68
to 42
to 82 to apply
VP-30 or bigger and m
I 12.7
I 19.05 49100
to 61
to 120 zzDoBenotsup
I 15.88 68 to 82 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
VP-30 or bigger andFor
z malf
th
I 19.05 100 to 120
Descending slope greater than 1/100 z Be sure
The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more. 4. Insulate the drain pipe.
z Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may cause ForRemo
z 1. the d
4. Insulate the drain pipe.
dew condensation and water leakage. 2. Hold e
z Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may cause 1. Remove
3. Fix th
After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size),
dew condensation and water leakage. 2. Hold
4. eac
Instal
then use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the
Drain pipe After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), 3. Fix the w
drain hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless. 4. Install th
then use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the
Drain pipe
Caution
drain hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless.
z Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly. Drain up
Caution
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods etc. z The
Drain up position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 600mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
z Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
z Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods etc. z The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 600mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious pipe, the backflow of water will increase when the unit is stopped, and it may cause overflow of
z Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical
damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may water from the drain pan on the indoor unit. In order to avoid overflow, keep the horizontal pipe
inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious pipe, the backflow of water will increase when the unit is stopped, and it may cause overflow of
cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. length and offset of the pipe within the limit shown in the figure below.
damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may water from the drain pan on the indoor unit. In order to avoid overflow, keep the horizontal pipe
z Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. length and offset of Specific
the pipe within the limit shown in the figure below.
z Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. configurations as shown below when the drain head is raised.
z Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint. 295-325mm
z Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end of 100mm or less
z Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. Specific configurations as shown below when the drain head is raised.
the drain pipe after installation. Drain hose
z Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end of 295-325mm 100mm or less
z Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/
Max. 600mm
the drain pipe after installation. Drain hose

z Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/
Max. 600mm
maintenance. Ceiling
Joint for VP20 (Prepare on site)
maintenance. Ceiling
All piping work except above piping are performed in a similar normal drain piping.
Joint for VP20 (Prepare on site)
All piping work except above piping are performed in a similar normal drain piping.
- 146 -
Drain pipe (continued) Panel installation
Drain test z Attach the panel on the indoor unit after electrical wiring work.
z Refer to attached manual for panel installation for details.
the z After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no water
leakage from joint and drain pan. Check if the motor sound of drain pump is normal or not. Open the grille and remove the baffle plate. Connect the connectors of louver motor and
z Do drain test even if installation of heating season. (Loosing the two screws.) limit switch using "opening" space.
z For new building cases, make sure to complete the test before hanging the ceiling.
1. Pour water of about 1000cc into the drain pan in the indoor unit by pump so as not to get the
electrical component wet.
Drain hose 2. Make sure that water is drained out properly and there is no water leakage from any joints of the
drain pipe at the test. Opening
Confirm that the water is properly drained out while the drain motor is operating. At the drain socket Ceiling opening
Connector
(transparent), it is possible to check if the water is drained out properly.

3. Unplug the drain plug on the indoor unit to remove remaining water on the drain pan after the test, Baffle plate
Return the baffle plate at its original position.
and re-plug it. And insulate the drain pipe properly finally.
Screw the two installation screws to the indoor
Close the grille.
e end unit.
Approx. 15mm
Confirm the grille fixed with a hook securely.
* The grille may take the liberty to open if grille is not
fixed securely.
or drain
Detail A
age.
Hook the panel the two screws (-), and slide

the panel approximately 10mm along the allow
in following figure. Screw left five installation
Drain pump operation screw to the indoor unit.
c In case electrical wiring work finished Sliding direction

Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired).
and/or
For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring
work.
e pipe
c In case electrical wiring work not finished
Drain pump will run continuously when the dip switch“SW7-1” on the indoor unit PCB is turned ON,
the Connector CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (230VAC on the terminal block
will and ) is turned ON.
ses.
Make sure to turn OFF “SW7-1” and reconnect the Connector CNB after the test.
Wiring-out position and wiring connection Check list after installation

drain z Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an electrical z Check the following items after all installation work completed.
installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be executed according
to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installation in the country. Check if: Expected trouble Check
Be sure to use an exclusive circuit. The indoor and outdoor units are fixed securely? Falling, vibration, noise
z Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in order not Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
to apply unexpected stress on the terminal. Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
z Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommunication Water is drained properly? Water leakage
and malfunction. Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
z Be sure to do D type earth work. There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
z For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring work. Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
cause 1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws). Any obstacle blocks airflow on air inlet and outlet? Insufficient capacity
size), 3. Fix the wiring with clamps.
t of the 4. Install the removed parts back to original place.
or
tical
w of Power source side
terminal block
pe
L N
Earth (Signal line)
Earth
Remote controller Indoor power

line source line
Signal line
(Shielded cord)
PJC012D012
- 147 -
(e) Ceiling cassette-1way compact type (FDTQ)
6 B
PJC012D116 c
●Direct blow panel
●Install correctly according to the installation manual.
●Confirm the following points:
210 Short panel
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items 140 Drain hose piece
625
d (Accessory)
(Installed on site) 288 288
Hanger plate for
suspension bolt
250 35 514
Air supply
21
Accessory item A 65
135
197
248
(Suspension bolts pitch)

259
61
Ø125
Ø170
For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe F1
B
650
528
570
Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover (small) Strap Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover(small) Drain hose Hose clamp 273 Control
box Panel
center
269
C
42
139
Hole
21
4-Ø4
D
(Max.Drain lift)
Holes for Air return grille
45
295~325
F2 550
E tapping screws 138 580
1 1 4 1 1 1 1 4-Ø4
53 255 Holes for
For heat insulation For heat insulation For pipe cover fixing For heat insulation For heat insulation For drain pipe For drain hose
s
tapping screws
of gas pipe of liquid tube of drain socket of drain socket connecting mounting
or less
600
210
138
125
Hole
85 or more
570
Wide panel
740 (Ceiling hole size) 780

Drain hose piece
82 576 (Suspension bolts pitch) 82 250 35 514
(Accessory) Hanger plate for
(Installed on site) 288 288 suspension bolt Air supply
36
21
65
① Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user.

61
600 (Ceiling hole size)

259
Ø125
Ø17
F1
・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user
650
0
528
570
Control
273
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on box Panel
center
269
139
the ceiling. Hole
21
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service.
36
4-Ø4
tapping screws 138 580
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be ●Duct panel
taken.
37.5
68
Supply air duct
・Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port.
(Duct dimension)
100
155
37.5
12-Ø4
Holes for
30 150 150 150 30
tapping screws 30 490 30
・Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. 210
140 Drain hose piece
(Duct dimension) Short panel
・Areas not exposed to direct sunlight. (Accessory)
(Installed on site) 288 288
Hanger plate for
suspension bolt
250 35 625
Cover
40
21
A
This indoor unit is tested under the condition of JIS (Japan Industrial Standard) high 65
135
197
248

259
61
humidity condition and confirmed there is no problem. However, there is some risk of
Ø125
Ø170
F1
B
650
528
570
condensation drop if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than 273 Control
box Panel
center
269
mentioned above. C
42
139
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to Hole
21
4-Ø4
D
(Max.Drain lift)
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. 45
295~325
F2 550
E
Holes for
tapping screws 138
Air return grille
580
・Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) 53 255
4-Ø4
Holes for
tapping screws
or less
table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit.

600
Ø17
210
25 0
138
125
Ø1
Hole
85 or more
570
② Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is Drain hose piece 740 (Ceiling hole size)
Wide panel
250 35 780
not able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the (Accessory)
(Installed on site)
82 576 (Suspension bolts pitch)
288 288
82 Hanger plate for
suspension bolt Cover
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling.

36
21
③ When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 3m. 65
61
600 (Ceiling hole size)
259
Ø17
Ø125
F1
0
650
528
570
Control
Space for installation and service 273 box Panel
center
269
139
●Install the indoor unit at a height of more than 2.5m above the floor. Hole
21
36
4-Ø4
tapping screws 138 580
3000mm or more
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

④Installation of indoor unit
Ceiling
, Wall surface
Decorative
1000mm 2500mm Wall Wall Work procedure
panel
or more or more Air supply
1500mm Air return 100mm 1. In case of installing on a ceiling other than 2 × 2 grid ceiling, prepare a ceiling hole with the
100mm or more or more or more
Obstacle size of 600mm × 740mm.
Floor 2. Arrange the suspension bolt at the right position (528mm × 576mm).
4. Ensure that the lower end of the suspension bolt should be 85mm above the ceiling plane.
Temporarily put the four lower nuts 125mm above the ceiling plane and the upper nuts on
distant place from the lower nuts in order not to obstruct hanging the indoor unit or adjust the
indoor unit position, and then hang the indoor unit.
③Preparation before installation 5. Adjust the indoor unit position after hanging it so that the bottom surface of the indoor unit is
on the same level as the ceiling (bottom surface of the T bar).
●If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant. The allowable gap between the bottom surface of the ceiling and that of the indoor unit is
when the bottom surface of the indoor unit is no higher than 5mm.
　○For grid ceiling In order to adjust the indoor unit position, adjust the lower nuts while the upper nuts are put
　　When suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof is on distant place. Confirm there is no backlash between the hanger plate for suspension bolt
and the lower nut and washer.
over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt. Suspension bolt
○In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which Caution
Nut (upper)
has enough strength. ● Do not install the bottom surface of the inddor unit
When suspension bolt length is over 1000mm, apply the earthquake resistant brace to the bolt. lower than the bottom surface of the ceiling. Flat washer
Spring wasler
●Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10) on site.
125mm Nut (lower)
85mm
Ceiling opening, Suspension bolts pitch, Pipe position Ceiling surface
Content
[For 2 x 2 grid ceiling] [For ordinary ceiling]
Symbol Correct Wrong
A Gas piping T bar
Celling
panel
B Liquid piping Colling
Unit Unit
C Drain piping panel
D Hole for wiring
T bar
E Suspension bolts
F1,2 Outside air opening for ducting Adjust the indoor unit position so that the bottom Adjust the indoor unit position so that the bottom Touch the nut (lower) and Play is left between the
surface of the indoor unit is on the same level as surface of the indoor unit is on the same level as washer without any play fixture and the nut (lower)
the ceiling's bottom surface. the ceiling's bottom surface. and washer.
- 148 -
④Installation of indoor unit (continued) ⑤The indoor unit change procedure for duct type (continued) ⑦D
6. Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally. Confirm the Caution
levelness of the indoor unit with a level gauge or transpar- Wor
●Take care that the static pressure does not exceed 30 Pa. 50
ent hose filled with water. Keep the height difference at The indoor unit has condensation owing to the decrease of air flow, may 1. I
Indoor unit
both ends of the indoor unit within 3mm. cause wetting the ceiling and household goods. 40
a
7. Tighten four upper nuts and fix the unit after height and Hose 　
Static pressure (Pa)

t
Request imi
levelness adjustment. 30 er l
●The duct should be minimum bends. (Make the bend radius as Upp
Caution large as possible.) 20 Drain soc

●Conduct the duct work before ceiling attachment. High
●Do not adjust the height by adjusting upper nuts. It will cause unexpected stress on the indoor 10
Low
Bad example Bad example Good example
unit and it will lead to deformation of the unit, failure of attaching a panel. No adhe
●Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally and set the gap between the unit underside and 0
6.5 7 7.5 7.8
Air flow (m3/min)
D
●Make sure there is no gap between decoration panel and ceiling surface, and between decora- (3) Connecting duct for outside air intake
tion panel and the indoor unit. The gap may cause air leakage, dew condensation and water ① Outside air intake
leakage. ●Use the intake, which is easier for work, either at the rear or the side. M
●In case decorative panel is not installed at the same time, or ceiling material is installed after ② Duct connection
●Connect the 125 mm diameter duct, using the duct flange for 125mm diameter duct. (Clamp with 2. P
the unit installed, avoid dust coming into the indoor unit.
band) (
●Insulate the duct to prevent condensation. ※
●
⑤The indoor unit change procedure for duct type
Prepare a duct panel.
⑥Refrigerant pipe ●
(1) Drill hole for duct Caution ●

① While referring to the dimensions, cut the insulation. ●Use the new refrigerant pipe.
② Cut sheet metal for the hole, and drill hole. When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items.
③ Install the duct joint with screws attached to the panel. ・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts.
④ Install the bottom plate with screws attached to the panel. ・Do not use thin-walled pipes.
●Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for refrigeration
[Upward] Duct joint
pipe installation.
C
40 40 45 120 120 45 40 40 In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful substances 3. M
C
C C
27
C
C
such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. a
C
Cut.
C
C
●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A.

C
C C
37
●
C C
C
Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting into
C C
Outlet
C
100
155
80
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
●Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid any ●
27
20 150 150 150 20 dust, dirt or water getting into pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil and compressor
30 490 30 Control Box breakdown, etc.
Bottom plate ●Use special tools for R410 refrigerant.
⑤ Set up as follows: Work procedure Insulat
Changing the fan tap 1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit.
※ Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving torque to the nut ●
Change the fan tap to the high speed by the remote controller. with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and then remove them.
[Method] (Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.)
① Stop the operation of air conditioner. Press (SET) button and (MODE) button ● Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
for 3 seconds at the same time. 2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit.
② Select “ ” (Indoor Unit Function) and press (SET) button. ※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In addition, do not
4. I
twist and crush the pipes.
③ Select “ ” (Fan Speed Setting) of No.”02” and press (SET) button. ●
※Do a flare connection as follows:
④ Select “ ” (High Fan Speed 1) and press (SET) button. ● Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving torque
⑤ Press button to exit. to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and then
As for details, refer to the installation manual of remote controller. remove them.
● When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw the nut for
CATEGORY NUMBER FUNCTION SETTING
3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque mentioned in the table
02 below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a spanner when tightening the nut in
order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe.
Drai
Invalidating the louver switch 3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas leakage
inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. ●T
Invalidate the louver switch by the remote controller. ●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. in
[Method] ※ Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. t
① Stop the operation of air conditioner. Press (SET) button and (MODE) button 4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit. t
for 3 seconds at the same time. As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation manual
t
② Select “ ” (Remote Controller Function) and press (SET) button. attached to the outdoor unit.
③ Select “ ” (Louver Switch Setting) of No. “07” and press (SET) button. Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory)
④ Select “ ” (Louver Switch Invalid) and press (SET) button.
⑤ Press button to exit. φ 6.35 14 to 18
As for details, refer to the installation manual of remote controller. φ 9.52 34 to 42
φ 12.7 49 to 61
CATEGORY NUMBER FUNCTION SETTING φ 15.88 68 to 82
07 φ 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
(2) Duct work Drain

●A
⑦Drain pipe w
Indoor unit o
Caution ●D
●F
● Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly. 1. R
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods, etc. i
● Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and 2. M
inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious o
Selling surface Insulate duct
damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may C
Air return cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. t
Supply air duct ● Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint. (
Air supply (Prepare on site)
● Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. d
3. U
● Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end r
Request of the drain pipe after installation. r
● Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap 4. M
●Calculate air flow and the static pressure to select the duct’s length and shape. in the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained out properly p
from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance. 5. I
- 149 -
d) ⑦Drain pipe (continued) ⑦Drain pipe (continued)
Work procedure Drain pump operation

1. Insert the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the indoor unit ○In case electrical wiring work finished
and fix it securely with the clamp. Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end. 　Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired).
　 ●Do not apply adhesives on this end. 　For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring work.
Pipe cover (big)
(For insulation)
(Accessory)
Joint for VP-20 ○In case electrical wiring work not finished
The step part (Prepare on site) VP-20
Drain socket Drain hose (Prepare on site) Drain pump will run continuously when the dip switch“SW7-1” on the indoor unit PCB is turned ON, the Connec-
Unit VP-25
gh (Prepare on site) tor CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (220-240VAC on the terminal block L and N ) is turned
Pipe cover (big)
Drain hose VP-20 (For insulation) (Accessory)
No adhesive allowed (Accessory) Connect (Prepare on site) ON. Make sure to turn OFF “SW7-1” and reconnect the Connector CNB after the test.
Drain socket Clamp (Accessory)
Pipe cover (small) Pipe cover (For insulation) Joint for VP-20
(Prepare on site) Unit (Prepare on site)
7.8 (For insulation) (Accessory)
Drain hose (Accessory)
Fasten the screw securely Pipe cover
Clamp (Accessory)
⑧Wiring-out position and wiring connection
(For insulation)
Drain socket Hose clamp Drain hose Drain socket (No adhesive allowed) (Prepare on site)
Pipe cover (small)
Metal plate 10mm ● Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an
electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be
mp with 2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical
(the end made of rigid PVC), and adhere and connect VP-20 pipe (prepare on site). installation in the country.
※As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market. Be sure to use an exclusive circuit.
●When drain pipe is set to rising in the nearest of the unit, use the VP-20 pipe. ● Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in
When drain pipe is set to after the horizontal pulling, use the VP-25 and above pipe. order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal.
● Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose. ● Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommu-
It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid. nication and malfunction.
● The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit ● Be sure to do D type earth work.
or drain pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and ● For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring
water leakage. work.
Over 20mm
1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws) and the wiring cover (2 screws).
eration
tances
3. Take out the wiring to upper direction of wiring cover, and fix the wiring with clamp.
3. Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend 4. Install the removed parts back to original place.
●Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix Caution
ng into
the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe. Make sure to install the wiring cover. Otherwise it may cause dew condensation into the control
oid any ●Do not set up air vent. box.
pressor 1.5m ~ 2m Supporting metal Trapped air will
No bump
generate noises.
Air vent No trap
Not touching the water Wiring input port
Insulation material
●When sharing a drain pipe for more As wide as possible

the nut (about100mm)
than one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm Power source side Signal side
below the drain outlet of the unit. In terminal block terminal block
addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for Control box
Wiring cover
main drain pipe. VP-30 or bigger Earth
do not Descending slope greater than 1/100 (Signal line)
CNU
● Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may Clamp L N
L N
torque cause dew condensation and water leakage.
nd then ※ After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then Wiring
nut for use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain
e table hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless. Earth Indoor power
Wiring cover source line Remote controller line
e nut in
Drain up Signal line (Shielded cord)
eakage
● The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 600mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical pipe,
manual
the pipe within the limit shown in the figure below. ⑨Panel installation
ory) 295 to 325mm 100mm or less
600mm or less
●Refer to attached manual for panel installation for details.
ore.
Joint for VP-20 (Prepare on site) ⑩Check list after installation
Drain test
● After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no ●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
water leakage from joint and drain pan. Check if the motor sound of drain pump is normal
or not. Check if Expected trouble Check
● Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
● For new building cases, make sure to complete the test before hanging the ceiling.
1. Remove the drain grommet, and pour water of about 1000cc into the drain pan in the Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
. indoor unit by pump so as not to get the electrical component wet. Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
mful and 2. Make sure that water is drained out properly and there is no water leakage from any joints Water is drained properly? Water leakage
serious of the drain pipe at the test.
Confirm that the water is properly drained out while Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
, it may
the drain motor is operating. At the drain socket There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
(transparent), it is possible to check if the water is Pump Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
drained out properly.
3. Unplug the drain plug on the indoor unit to remove
the end remaining water on the drain pan after the test, and Remove grommet Any obstacle blocks airflow on air inlet and outlet? Insufficient capacity
re-plug it. Make sure to install
d/or trap 4. Make sure to install the grommet back to original it back after test.
properly place. Insert the edge of water pump
. 5. Insulate the drain pipe properly finally. hose in the drain pan.
PJC012D116 B
- 150 -
(f) Duct connected High static pressure type (FDU)
8 A
PJC012D048 b
(1) Models 71～140
○This model is middle static ducted type air conditioning unit. Therefore, do not use this model for direct
blow type air conditioning unit. ③Preparation before installation
①Before installation ●If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant.
　○For grid ceiling
●Install correctly according to the installation manual. 　　When the suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof
●Confirm the following points: is over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which
　○Pipes/Wires/Small parts has enough strength.
　○Accessory items When suspension bolt length is over 1000mm, apply the earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
Accessory item
Suspension Bolt Location
For refrigerant pipe
Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover (small) Strap
Suspension bolt (M10)
560
Accessory parts are stored inside ○ Adhere to the
this suction side.
Unit measurements given
1 1 4
Under 60 mm
A below for the length of
For heat insulation the suspension bolts.
For heat insulation For pipe cover fixing
of gas pipe of liquid tube UNIT: mm
Multi type 71 90, 112, 140
Single type 71 100, 125, 140
For drain pipe
A 986 1406
Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover(small) Drain hose Hose clamp
Pipe locations UNIT: mm

Multi type 71
Single type 71
1 1 1 1
For heat insulation For heat insulation For drain pipe For drain hose
420
of drain socket of drain socket connecting mounting
475
480
525
70
②Selection of installation location for the indoor unit Liquid

piping
58 25
① Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user. 71 Gas 100
piping 150
　・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user Air outlet duct
260
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on Drain
(Connectable with VP20)
the ceiling. Drain
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service. (Natural drainage VP25)
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be 28
taken. Multi type 90, 112, 140
・Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port. Single type 100, 125, 140
・Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. 420
475
480
・Areas not exposed to direct sunlight.
525
・Areas where dew point is lower than around 28°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%. 70
ity condition and confirmed there is no problem. However, there is some risk of condensa- Liquid
tion drop if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned piping
58 25
above. 77 Gas 100
piping 150
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to Air outlet duct
260
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. Drain
・Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) (Connectable with VP20)
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, Drain
(Natural drainage VP25)
table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. 28
the operation. ④Installation of indoor unit
(A beam from lighting device sometimes affects the infrared receiver for the wireless
remote controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.) Installation
[Hanging]
Hang the unit up.
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. If the measurements between
Suspension bolt
the unit and the ceiling hole do
M10 nut Washer for M10 not match upon installation, it
Space for installation and service may be adjusted with the long
●Make installation altitude over 2.5m. Unit holed installation tool.
(Indoor Unit) Spring washer for M10
Installation Space
Adjustment for horizontality
UNIT: mm
Multi type 71 90, 112, 140 ○Either use a level vial, or adjust the level according to the method below.
635 Single type 71 100, 125, 140
●Adjust so the bottom side of the unit will be leveled with the water surface as
600
Inspection A 1200 1720

hole illustrated below.
Pipe side
Pour water
A
Water
surface
0~5mm
Vinyl hose
100
Let the pipe side be slightly sloped.
○If the unit is not leveled, it may cause malfunctions or inoperation of the float switch.
- 151 -
⑤Duck Work ⑥Refrigerant pipe ⑦D
A corrugated board (for preventing sputtering) is attached to the main body of the air conditioner Caution 2. P
(on the outlet port). Do not remove it until connecting the duct. (
●Use the new refrigerant pipe. ※
①●The air conditioner main unit does not have an air filter. Incorporate it into the easy-to-clean 　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items.
●
suction grille. 　・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts.
②Blowout duct 　・Do not use thin-walled pipes.
●
●Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for refrigeration pipe installation.
●The ducts should be at their minimum lengths. 　In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful
●Keep the bends to a minimum. (The bending radius should be as large as possible.) substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. ●
●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A.
　Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting into
Bad example Bad example Good example refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc.
●Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid any dust, dirt or
●Use special tools for R410 refrigerant.
●Conduct the duct work before ceiling attachment.
Piping work 3. M
③Suction duct
●Make sure to insulate the duct to prevent dewing on it. Refrigerant pipe When conducting piping work, make sure to allow the pipes a
④Location and form of blow outlet should be selected so that air from the outlet will be distrib- ●
to be aligned in a straight line for at least 250 mm, as shown
uted all over the room, and equipped with a device to control air volume. in the left illustration. (This is necessary for the drain pump
⑤Make sure provide an inspection hole on the ceiling. It is indispensable to service elecric 250mm ●
(Section where attached to function)
equipment, motor, functional components and cleaning of heat exchanger. in a straight line)
Air conditioner main unit Work procedure

Insulation
※ Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving torque
to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and then ●
Ceiling suriace remove them.
(Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.)
Blow outlet Suction duct Suction hole ● Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
(marketed item) (marketed item)
Blowout duct (with air filter) 2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit.
(optional or marketed item) Inspection hole
※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In 4. I
●
● Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving
Suction grille Suction grille
(option) (Locality) torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper
pipe, and then remove them.
● When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw
mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a Drai
Bad example of duct work spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe.
●T
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas in
①If a duct is not provided at the suction side but it is substituted with the space over the ceiling, leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps.
humidity in the space will increase by the influence of capacity of ventilation fan, strength of ●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. th
wind blowing against the out door air louver, weather (rainy day) and others. ※ Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. th
a)Moisture in air is likely to condense over the external plates of the unit and to drip on the th
ceiling. Unit should be operated under the conditions as listed in the above table and within As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation
the limitation of wind volume. When the building is a concrete structure, especially immedi- manual attached to the outdoor unit.
ately after the construction, humidity tends to rise even if the space over the ceiling is not Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory)
substituted in place of a duct. In such occasion, it is necessary to insulate the entire unit with
glass wool (25mm). (Use a wire net or equivalent to hold the glass wool in place.) φ 6.35 14 to 18
b)It may run out the allowable limit of unit operation (Example: When outdoor air temperature φ 9.52 34 to 42
is 35°C DB, suction air temperature is 27°C WB) and it could result in such troubles as φ 12.7 49 to 61 Othe
compressor overload, etc.. φ 15.88 68 to 82
Drai
c)There is a possibility that the blow air volume may exceed the allowable range of operation φ 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
due to the capacity of ventilation fan or strength of wind blowing against external air louver 1. C
so that drainage from be heat exchanger may fall to reach the drain pan but leak outside 2. D
(Example: drip on to the ceiling) with consequential water leakage in the room. le
②If vibration damping is not conducted between the unit and the duct, and between the unit and ⑦Drain pipe 3. I
4. B
the slab, vibration will be transmitted to the duct and vibration noise may occur. Also, vibration
may be transmitted from the unit to the slab. Vibration damping must be performed. Caution Proc
● Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly. 1. S
Bad example of duct work Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods，etc. 2. C
Louver to inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious
outdoor air
damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may
cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell.
● Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
For ventilation
● Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop.
● Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end
of the drain pipe after installation.
● Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap
from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance. Outl
Work procedure ●I
d
1. Insert the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the indoor unit c
and fix it securely with the clamp. Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end.
　 ●Do not apply adhesives on this end. VP-25
(Prepare on site)
　 ●Do not use acetone-based adhesives
VP-20
to connect to the drain socket. (Prepare on site)
Stage difflernce part Pipe cover (big)

Drain socket (For insulation) (Accessory) Unco
Drain hose Unit Joint for VP-20 ●U

(Prepare on site) a
Fasten the screw securely
(
Hose clamp Drain hose Drain hose
Drain socket (Accessory) Note
Drain socket
Clamp (Accessory)
(No adhesive allowed)
Pipe cover (For insulation) drain
Metal plate 10mm Pipe cover (small)
(Prepare on site)
pipe
- 152 -
⑦Drain pipe (continued) ⑦Drain pipe (continued)
2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose Drain pump operation
※As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market. ○In case electrical wiring work finished
● When installing drain pipe, use VP-20 for the pipe goes up the closest to the unit, and 　Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired).
VP-25 or higher number product for farther pipes. 　For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring
● Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose. work.
ation.
armful It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid. ○In case electrical wiring work not finished
● The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit
or drain pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and
ng into water leakage. tor CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (230VAC on the terminal block ① and ②) is turned ON.
t, dirt or Over 20mm
etc.
● Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an
e pipes and/or trap in the midway. electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be
●Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical
shown
the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe. installation in the country.
pump ●Do not set up air vent. Be sure to use an exclusive circuit.
1.5m~2m Supporting metal Trapped air will ● Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in
No bump
generate noises.
No trap order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal.
Air vent
Not touching the water
● Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommu-
Insulation material nication and malfunction.
Descending slope greater than 1/100 ● Be sure to do D type earth work.
torque As wide as possible ● For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring
nd then ●When sharing a drain pipe for more than (about100mm) work.
one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm
below the drain outlet of the unit. In
ured.) addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for 3. Fix the wiring with clamps.
VP-30 or bigger Top
or unit. main drain pipe. 4. Install the removed parts back to original place.
dly. In 4. Insulate the drain pipe.
Power source side Signal side Signal side
Power source side
● Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may terminal block terminal block
terminal block terminal block
CND CNK2
CND CNK2 CNK1

giving cause dew condensation and water leakage. Control box
CNA
copper ※ After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then
CNA
CNS CNV CNT2 CNN CNH CNZ
CNS CNV CNT2 CNN CNH CNZ Earth

use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain (Shielded cord)
screw Remote
torque hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless. controller line Superlynk line Bottom Power source
CNR2
(Shielded cord) line clamp

y by a Drain up
CNR2
Remote
ipe. controller line
● The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 600mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for Earth Inner/outer
a gas installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical pipe, connecting line Earth Inner/outer
Single unit wiring connection Multi unit wiring connection connecting line
allation
290~325mm ⑨Check list after installation
drain up dimension
Drain hose
Right overhead
●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
Maximum local
600
ssory)
Joint for VP20 (local procurement)
Otherwise, the construction point makes it same as drain pipe construction. Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
Drain test
m or more. Water is drained properly? Water leakage
1. Conduct a drain test after completion of the electrical work. Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
2. During the trail, make sure that drain flows properly through the piping and that no water
leaks from connections.
3. In case of a new building, conduct the test before it is furnished with the ceiling. Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
4. Be sure to conduct this test even when the unit is installed in the heating season. Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all
Procedures Any obstacle blocks airflow on air inlet and outlet? Insufficient capacity
1. Supply about 1000 cc of water to the unit through the air outlet by using a feed water pump.
tc. 2. Check the drain while cooling operation.
ul and ⑩Tap selection on blower unit (when the high peformance filter is used)
Insert water supply hose
serious for 50mm to Attached drain hose clamp
, it may supply water.
Pour water into a convex joint The fan tap’s factory setting is “Standard.” If you want to change it to the high static-pressure setting,
(Insert hose facing Drain
toward bottom.) Main piping you can avail yourself of the following two methods. Use one of the two methods to set the fan tap.
unit
Drain situation can be checked with transparent socket.
Make sure to perform the functional setting with remote controller.
Remove grommet
If the electrical work has not been completed, connect a convex
Select [Indoor function] in the functional setting mode, and change the function number [01]
the end Make sure to Install
it back after test. joint in the drain pipe connection to provide a water inlet. [High wall setting].
Then, check if water leaks from the piping system and that
drain flows through the drain pipe normally. For operation method, refer to the user’s manual of the remote controller.
d/or trap
properly Function number A Functional content B Setting content C Default setting
e. Outline of bottom drain piping work
Standard ○
01 High wall setting
● If the bottom drain piping can be done with a Connecting port of top drain pipe High wall 1
descending gradient (1/50-1/100), it is possible to UNIT: Pa
door unit connect the pipes as shown in the drawing below. Static Standard Tap 50
end. Pressure High Tap 130
Standard hard polyvinyl
VP-25
chloride pipes
pare on site) Connecting port of bottom drain pipes
Insulating material
Rubber stopper (to be removed)
CAUTION
Uncoupling the drain motor connector
P.C. board ● Taps should not be used under static pressure outside the unit mentioned above.
● Uncouple the connector CNR for the drain motor Dew condensation may occur with the unit and wet the ceiling or furniture.
as illustrated in the drawing on the right.
● Do not use under static pressure outside the unit of 50Pa or less. Water drops may be
( )
Note: If the unit is run with the connector coupled, e
blown from the diffuser outlet of the unit and wet the ceiling or furniture.
s
Fu
drain water will be discharged from the upper drain For drain motor
pipe joint, causing a water leak. connector CNR (blue)
- 153 -
(2) Models 224, 280
D036 PJD012D036 a
○This model is high static ducted type air conditioning Control box Air outlet
unit. Therefore, do not use this model for direct blow ③Preparation before installation
type air conditioning unit.
●If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant.
　○For grid ceiling
Air inlet This surface becomes 　　When the suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof
downside during installing.
is over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
①Before installation has enough strength.
●Install correctly according to the installation manual.
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items Suspension bolts pitch, Pipe position
250 (Duct inner dimension)

E
(Duct inner dimension)

Accessory item Accessories storage position (during packing) 20-M5 Screw Duct connecting port of air inlet 20-M5 Screw Air outlet
13
138
138
13
s
250
D
Hose clamp ?
Documents and accessories
49
(Secure with adhesive tape)
13
138
13 200 13 45 200
65
138
13
6X200=1200 13
77
163 163 13
35 1500 (Duct inner dimension) 35 138 6X200=1200 138
1 60 1450 (Duct inner dimension) 60
830
For drain hose 18 Suspension bolt pitch 794 18
25
80
60
mounting 510 25
25
Top surface
360
310
30
Bottom
Suspension bolt pitch 1640
(Bottom surface of
surface
hanging bracket)
270 85
106
C
1690
1570
530
Symbol Item
① Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user. Unit: mm A Refrigerant gas side piping
B Refrigerant liquid side piping
　・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user C Drain piping connection port
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on D Power source inlet port
100
the ceiling. E Suspension bolt
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service. 25
Control box
95
60
B A
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be
taken.
・Areas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner. ④Installation of indoor unit
・Areas not exposed to direct sunlight. Installation
・Areas where dew point is lower than around 28°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%. [Hanging] Suspension bolt
○Hang the unit up. M10 nut Washer for M10
above. Unit
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. Spring washer for M10
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, ○If the measurements between the unit and the ceiling hole do not match upon installation,
table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. it may be adjusted with the long holed installation tool.
the operation.
controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.)
not able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the [Method for Fixing the Suspension Bolt]
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. ○Secure the suspension bolt with one of the methods shown in the following illustration.
150~ Reinforcing
Insert 160mm steel rod Hole-in anchor/
Space for installation and service Hole-in plug
●Make installation altitude over 2.5m.

Top view (Unit: mm) Frontal view (Unit: mm)
Duct installing or removing space
All models All models Slab (Approve of the determine on site
Over Working Over Working that shorten this measurement) Concrete
900 space 900 space
Inspection hole
Over
300
Blowing out (600 x 600)

Suspension bolt M10
Horizontal Adjustment
Inspection hole
(600 x 600) ○Use a level vial or adjust the level as shown in the following illustration.
Over
200
Suction Piping side

Ceiling Space for drain lap and drain inclination
(The same for the working space on the side and bottom faces.)
Pour water
If the conditions shown in the left hand side cannot be met, the
Water
following method is also possible. surface
Over
Inspection hole 400 0~5 mm Vinyl hose
Top view (Unit: mm) (900 x 1730) Piping space
All models
60 Set the pipe side slightly lower than the other side.
Blowing out
The frontal view is as the left
○If it is not horizontal, the float switch malfunctions or does not function.
35
hand illustration.
900
35
(Packing Tools)
Suction
100 The packing tools (4) are not necessary.
Air Conditions and Airflow Limits Packing tools (4) should be removed.
After removing the tools,
Packing tools (4) secure the screws again.
Airflow m3/min Temperature of the blow-in air of the indoor unit Air temperature (for fixing the duct flange)
Single Multi surrounding
Rating Lower
Upper
limit limit Cooler Heater the indoor unit
Upper limit 26°C WB Upper limit 27°C DB
200 224 51 38 65 When outdoor temperature is 35°C Outdoor temperature is below 20°C WB
Lower limit 16°C WB Lower limit 10°C DB Dew point temperature
When outdoor temperature is 15°C Outdoor temperature is above 10°C WB below 28°C
250 280 68 51 87 Refer to the technical document published by our Wooden base
company for more details.
The wood screws should be removed.
- 154 -
⑤Duck work ⑥Refrigerant pipe ⑦D
②Silencing chamber (blowout)
②Silencing chamber (blowout) Caution 3. M
Detailed view of part A
(hanger, vibration proof) ●Use the new refrigerant pipe.
⑦Heat insulation ③Campus joint ③A ③Campus joint ④Airflow adjustment damper a
OA 　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. ●
Ceiling surface
⑤Blowout
Air conditioner
Suction
　・Do not use thin-walled pipes. ●
main frame
inlet
hole
⑥Inspection hole ①(with air filter)
(600□) 　In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful
①Air filters are not provided with the main frame of the air conditioner. Assemble on to the suction ●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. In
grill which can be cleaned easily. 　Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting into
②Fit the silencing chamber according to the noise level tolerance inside the installation room. If it refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc.
is particularly necessary to keep the noise level low, further silencing devices is required (always ●Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid any dust, dirt or ●
install them in offices, and conference rooms).
③In order to keep the vibration from transferring to the ceiling and the slab, use a campus joint for
●The indoor unit pipes allow the maintenance panel to be removed. Therefore, regardless of the
the duct and a vibration proof rubber for the main frame.
piping direction, there should be a straight section of 400 mm or more.
④Attach an airflow adjustment damper to the connection point of the OA duct so airflow adjust-
Work procedure 4. I
ment may be possible after installation.
●
⑤For the blowing outlet, select a shape and location where air may circulate, and a structure where 1. When brazing work, perform it while cool down around the brazing port with wet towels to
airflow may be controlled. prevent the overheating.
⑥An inspection hole must be made in the ceiling surface. This is necessary for the repair and 2. After check the gas leak test, install the heat insulation (prepare on site) to the brazing port of
maintenance of the electrical parts, motor and functional parts, as well as for cleaning the heat the indoor unit.
exchanger. ●Be sure to perform the heat insulation both of gas side piping with liquid side piping.
⑦Insulation must be performed for the duct to prevent water condensation on the duct. The ※If heat insulation does not install to the pipes, dew condensation may occurs and it may
Cau
thickness of the insulating material is 65 mm (JISA 9501). cause the water leakage.
Whe
The thickness of the heat insulation should be more than 20mm. beco
A bad example of duct work
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation
② ①If the suction duct is not used, and the attic is manual attached to the outdoor unit.
used as a suction duct, the attic will become
① Single unit Multi unit
extremely humid depending on the perfor-
Atmospheric Liquid piping φ 9.52 Liquid piping φ 9.52 Flaring
gallery mance of the ventilation fan, the strength of Type 200 Type 224
Gas piping φ 25.4 Gas piping φ 19.05 Flaring
Ventilation fan wind blowing to the atmospheric gallery and Liquid piping φ 12.7 Liquid piping φ 9.52 Flaring Exam
the climate (e.g., rainy days). Type 250 Type 280
Gas piping φ 25.4 Gas piping φ 22.22 Flaring
a. Condensation occurs on the outer board of the unit and water may fall on the ceiling. Use the unit
according to the air conditions in the above table and airflow limits. In concrete constructions, high
Fixin
humidity can occur in new constructions even when the attic is not used as a suction duct. In this
case, insulate the entire unit with glass wool (25 mm) (use a metal net to hold the wool). The
⑦Drain pipe (duri
b. Operation of the unit may exceed its limits (for example, when the temperature of the suction air is
mak
24 °C with the outdoor temperature of 35 °C DB). In such a cases, problems such as an overload
Caution illust
of the compressor may occur. the u
c. The volume of the air blowing in may increase due to the performance of the ventilation fan and the ● Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
wind strength blowing against the atmospheric gallery. The air usage limit may be exceeded, and
the water from the heat exchanger will not be able to drain to the drain pan. Instead it will drain inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious
outside and cause a water leak (to the ceiling). damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may
②If vibration damping is not conducted between the unit and the duct, and between the unit and cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell.
the slab, vibration will be transmitted to the duct and vibration noise may occur. Also, vibration ● Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint. H1 =
may be transmitted from the unit to the slab. Vibration damping must be performed. ● Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. H2 =
● Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end
of the drain pipe after installation. Drai
Simple setting method for duct measurement ● Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap
Upo
The following shows the method when duct is used at one side of 250mm as 1Pa/m by frictional from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance. ○
resistance per the unit length of the duct, and in case of 250 type (single unit)/280 type (multi unit) ,
60Hz rating airflow for a example. Work procedure
[Simplified duct dimension
Air conditioning unit
selection table] 1. Insert the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the indoor unit
1Pa/m
4800m /h3
Air Fillter and fix it securely with the clamp. Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end.
Duct type
Quadrangle duct 　 ●Do not apply adhesives on this end.
Item Drain socket
1200m3/h Dimensions
Supply (air inlet) 4800m3/h
Airflow
1200m3/h chamber Hose clamp Fasten the screw securely
(Accessory)
Indoor unit Drain socket Hose clamp Drain hose
Airflow Duct (mm x mm)
4800m3/h
250 x 950 Metal plate
(80m3/min) VP-25 10mm
1200m3/h (Prepare on site)
250 x 310 Pipe cover
(20m3/min) (For insulation)
(Prepare on site)
○Calculation of duct resistance
2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-25 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose (the
(Simplified calculate as following table)
end made of rigid PVC), and adhere and connect VP-25 pipe (prepare on site).
Straight piping port Calculate at 1Pa per 1m length to 1Pa/m ※As for drain pipe, apply VP-25 made of rigid PVC which is on the market.
Bending port
Calculate at 3 to 4 m straight pipe per 1 piece ● Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose.
of binding pipe It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid.
Air outlet port Calculate at 25Pa
● The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit or
Chamber Calculate at 50Pa per 1 piece
drain pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and water
Air inlet grille (with filter) Calculate at 40Pa per 1 piece
leakage.
Over 20mm
- 155 -
⑦Drain pipe (continued) ⑧Wiring-out position and wiring connection
● Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an
executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical
installation in the country.
the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe.
Be sure to use an exclusive circuit.
●Do not set up air vent.
ation. ● Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in
armful 1.5m~2m Supporting metal
No bump
Trapped air will order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal.
generate noises.
● Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommu-
Air vent No trap
Insulation material nication and malfunction.
Not touching the water
ing into ● Be sure to do D type earth work.
Descending slope greater than 1/100 ● For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring
st, dirt or As wide as possible work.
●When sharing a drain pipe for more than (about100mm)
etc. one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm
below the drain outlet of the unit. In 1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws) and a hook which is located on top of it.
s of the addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for 2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to terminal block securely.
main drain pipe. VP-30 or bigger 3. Fix the wiring with clamps.
4. Insulate the drain pipe. 4. Install the removed parts back to original place.
● Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may
wels to
cause dew condensation and water leakage. Power source side Signal side
※ After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then
port of
use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain
hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless.
it may
Caution Remote Controller line
When the duct is connected and the blowing device is operated, the pressure inside the unit
becomes negative to the atmospheric pressure.
Earth Inner/outer Power source line clamp
Pressure loss in the connecting line
allation suction side 100 Pa Single unit wiring connection
Duct
Duct
Air filter Operating

Suction grill Drain pipe Not Operating Power source side Signal side
10mm

Drain pan Earth
(Shielded cord)
Example: As shown in the above illustration, if the pressure loss of the suction grill, air filter,
and the suction side of the duct is 100 Pa, the drain water level during operation is
10mm higher than when it is not operating.
L N Signal line
(Shielded cord)
Fixing Traps L N
The pressure loss varies depending on the clogging in the air filter. Therefore, make one trap
(during the piping work) to prevent water from remaining in the drain pan. It is necessary to Earth Remote controller Indoor power
line source line
make a trap with a structure that allows cleaning. Use the T joint as demonstrated in the left Power source line clamp
Multi unit wiring connection
illustration. Also, set the trap height as shown in the left illustration. Arrange the trap near to
the unit.
tc. Indoor unit ●Make one trap along the drain pipe as the left
mful and illustration.
H2 H 1
serious
n, it may
H1 = 100 mm or the static pressure of the blowing device
H2 = 1/2 H1 or 50 ～ 100 mm ●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
the end
Drain test Check if Expected trouble Check
d/or trap The indoor and outdoor units are fixed securely? Falling, vibration, noise
Upon completion of drain piping, check by running water through it.
properly
○Remove the side panel and gradually pour 1000 cc of water into the drain pan. Ensure Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
e.
that the water drains smoothly. Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
Also, ensure that there are no water leaks from the connections and joints. Water is drained properly? Water leakage
Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
ndoor unit There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
e end.
ose (the
e unit or
d water
PJD012D036
- 156 -
(g) Duct connected Middle static pressure type (FDUM)
317 PJR012D317 a
○This model is middle static ducted type air conditioning unit. Therefore, do not use this model for direct
blow type air conditioning unit. ③Preparation before installation (continued)
①Before installation Pipe locations UNIT: mm
Multi type 22~90
●Install correctly according to the installation manual. Single type 50~71
●Confirm the following points: 510
Removal opening for the humidifier pipe 480
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items (outer panel hole ø14)
465 Drain pipe
connection
Accessory item 405 VP20(PVC pipe)
40
For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe
260
264
Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover (small) Strap Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover(small) Drain hose Hose clamp
150
100
Hole for electrical wiring
25
250 (outer panel hole ø35)
Refrigerant gas pipe
1 1 4 1 1 1 1
460 (For natural drainage)
Refrigerant liquid pipe drain pipe connection VP 20 (PVC pipe)
For heat insulation For heat insulation For pipe cover fixing For heat insulation For heat insulation For drain pipe For drain hose Accessory parts are stored inside
of gas pipe of liquid tube of drain socket of drain socket connecting mounting this suction side.
Multi type 112, 140

Single type 100~140 510
480
②Selection of installation location for the indoor unit Removal opening for the humidifier pipe 465
Drain pipe
(outer panel hole ø14) 405 connection
①　Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user. VP20(PVC pipe)
40
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on
310
the ceiling.
264
150
100
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be 155 Hole for electrical wiring
25
(outer panel hole ø35)
taken. Refrigerant gas pipe 460
(For natural drainage)
・Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port. Refrigerant liquid pipe drain pipe connection VP 20 (PVC pipe)
・Areas not exposed to direct sunlight. ④Installation of indoor unit
Installation
tion drop if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned [Hanging]
above. Hang the unit up. Suspension bolt If the measurements between
M10 nut Washer for M10 the unit and the ceiling hole do
not match upon installation, it
Unit may be adjusted with the long
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, Spring washer for M10 holed installation tool.
the operation. Adjustment for horizontality
○Either use a level vial, or adjust the level according to the method below.
②Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is ●Adjust so the bottom side of the unit will be leveled with the water surface as
not able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the illustrated below.
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. Pipe side
Space for installation and service Pour water
Water
●Make installation altitude over 2.5m. surface
(Indoor Unit) 0~5mm
Vinyl hose
UNIT: mm
Installation Space Multi type 22~56 71, 90 112, 140
620 Let the pipe side be slightly sloped.
Single type 50 60, 71 100~140
600
Inspection
A 1100 1300 1720
hole
A
⑤Duck Work
①A corrugated board (for preventing sputtering) is attached to the main body of the air conditioner
100
(on the outlet port). Do not remove it until connecting the duct.
　 ●An air filter can be provided on the main body of the air conditioner (on the inlet port).
Remove it when connecting the duct on the inlet port.
③Preparation before installation ②Blowout duct
　 ●Use according to the spot numbers shown in the table below with a 200 circular duct.
　○For grid ceiling Multi type 22 36, 45, 56 71, 90 112, 140
Single type - 20 25, 30 40~50
　　When the suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof Spot numbers 1 spot 2 spots 3 or 2 spots 4 or 8 spots
is over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
　 ●The difference of the duct lengths between each spot should be less than 2:1.
　　○In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which
　 ●The ducts should be at their minimum lengths.
has enough strength.
　 ●Keep the bends to a minimum. (The bending radius should be as large as possible.)
●Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10) on site. Bad example Bad example Good example

　 ●Tie and secure the connection to the duct flange of the main unit/blowout hole with a band.
○ Adhere to the Then, apply insulation materials to the secured part for dew condensation prevention.
472
Unit measurements given 　 ●Use of the sound and heat insulated flexible duct is recommended for condensation
Under 60 mm
below for the length of

the suspension bolts.
prevention and soundproofing. (sold separately; 1m, 2m, 4m available)
　 ●Conduct the duct work before ceiling attachment.
A
UNIT: mm ③Inlet port
Multi type 22~56 71, 90 112, 140
　 ●When shipped the inlet port lies on the back.
Single type 50 60, 71 100~140
A 786 986 1406 　 ●When connecting the duct to the inlet port, remove the air filter if it is fitted to the inlet port.
- 157 -
⑤Duck Work (continued) ⑥Refrigerant pipe ⑦D
　 ●When placing the inlet port to carry out suction from the bottom side, use the following Caution 2. P
procedure to replace the suction duct joint and the bottom plate. (
●Use the new refrigerant pipe. ※
　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items.
●
●
　In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful
　 ●Remove the screws which fasten the ●Replace the removed bottom plate
bottom plate and the duct joint on the and duct joint.
inlet port side of the unit. ●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A.
●Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. 3. M
　 ●Fit the duct join with a screw; fit the bottom plate. a
　 ●Make sure to insulate the duct to prevent dewing on it. Piping work ●
④Install the specific blowout duct in a location where the air will Secure with a band, etc.
Refrigerant pipe When conducting piping work, make sure to allow the pipes
circulate to the entire room. ●
　 ●The duct connection is specific to the 200 circular duct. to be aligned in a straight line for at least 250 mm, as shown
　 ●Conduct the installation of the specific blowout hole and the Blowout in the left illustration. (This is necessary for the drain pump
250mm
connection of the duct before attaching them to the ceiling. duct (Section where attached to function)
in a straight line) In
　 ●Insulate the area where the duct is secured by a band for
dew condensation prevention.
⑤Make sure provide an inspection hole on the ceiling. It is indispensable to service elecric Work procedure
equipment, motor, functional components and cleaning of heat exchanger. ●
Air conditioner main unit
※　Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving torque
to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and then
remove them.
Ceiling suriace
●　Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.) 4. I
Blow outlet Suction duct
(marketed item) Suction hole 2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. ●
(marketed item)
Blowout duct
(optional or marketed item) Inspection hole (with air filter) ※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In
●　Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving
Suction grille
(Locality)
Suction grille torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper
Bad example of duct work (option)
①If a duct is not provided at the suction side but it is substituted with the space over the ceiling, ●　When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw Drai
humidity in the space will increase by the influence of capacity of ventilation fan, strength of the nut for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque ●　T
wind blowing against the out door air louver, weather (rainy day) and others. mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a
in
a)Moisture in air is likely to condense over the external plates of the unit and to drip on the spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe.
th
ceiling. Unit should be operated under the conditions as listed in the above table and within 3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas th
the limitation of wind volume. When the building is a concrete structure, especially immedi- leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps.
●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. th
ately after the construction, humidity tends to rise even if the space over the ceiling is not
※　Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping.
substituted in place of a duct. In such occasion, it is necessary to insulate the entire unit with
glass wool (25mm). (Use a wire net or equivalent to hold the glass wool in place.) 4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit.
b)It may run out the allowable limit of unit operation (Example: When outdoor air temperature
is 35°C DB, suction air temperature is 27°C WB) and it could result in such troubles as
compressor overload, etc.. Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory)
c)There is a possibility that the blow air volume may exceed the allowable range of operation φ 6.35 14 to 18
due to the capacity of ventilation fan or strength of wind blowing against external air louver φ 9.52 34 to 42
so that drainage from be heat exchanger may fall to reach the drain pan but leak outside φ 12.7 49 to 61 Othe
(Example: drip on to the ceiling) with consequential water leakage in the room. φ 15.88 68 to 82
②If vibration damping is not conducted between the unit and the duct, and between the unit and Drai
φ 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
the slab, vibration will be transmitted to the duct and vibration noise may occur. Also, vibration 1. C
may be transmitted from the unit to the slab. Vibration damping must be performed. 2. D
Bad example of duct work le
⑦Drain pipe 3. I
Louver to 4. B
outdoor air
Caution Proc
Notice 1. S
For ventilation ●　Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
A specific cover plate is available when changing the 4 spot to the 3 spot, or when changing the Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods，etc. 2. C
3 spot to the 2 spot. ●　Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and
Note: Do not change from 2 spot to 1 spot. inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious
Connecting the air intake/vent ducts
Side fresh air intake hole
(Pipe side)
①Fresh Air Intake ●　Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
[for air intake duct only] ●　Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop.
○Use the side fresh air intake hole, or supply ●　Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end
through a part of the suction duct. of the drain pipe after installation.
Fresh air intake through the
suction duct ●　Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap
from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance. Outl
(Pipe side)
[for simultaneous air intake/vent] ●　I

○Intake air through the suction duct.
Air vent hole Work procedure
d
(the side cannot be used) 1. Insert the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the indoor unit c
and fix it securely with the clamp. Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end.　
Fresh air intake through the
suction duct 　　　●Do not apply adhesives on this end.
　　　●Do not use acetone-based adhesives to connect to the drain socket.
Pipe cover (large)
(Pipe side)
Stage difflernce part

②Air Vent Drain socket (For insulation) VP20 joint
Air vent hole (Accessory) (Prepare on site) Unco
○Use the side air vent hole.
(always use together with the air intake) Drain hose Unit ●　U
VP20 a
Fresh air intake through the Fasten the screw securely Drain hose Adhesion
Hose clamp Drain hose (Prepare on site)
suction duct (Accessory)
(
Drain socket Pipe cover Note
○Use the duct flange for the air intake/vent (sold separately; for 125 circular duct connection), Drain socket
Clamp (Accessory) (For insulation) drain
and connect the 125 circular duct (tighten with band). Metal plate (Prepare on site)
10mm
Pipe cover (small) pipe
○Insulate the duct to protect it from dew condensation. (For insulation) (Accessory)
- 158 -
⑦Drain pipe (continued) ⑦Drain pipe (continued)
2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose Drain pump operation
※As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market. ○In case electrical wiring work finished
●　Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose. 　Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired).
It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid. 　For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring
●　The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at installation of the unit work.
tion.
armful or drain pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and ○In case electrical wiring work not finished
water leakage.
ng into Over 20mm tor CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (230VAC on the terminal block ① and ②) is turned ON.
, dirt or
tc.
●Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix ●　Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an
pipes the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe. electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be
●Do not set up air vent. executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical
shown
Supporting metal
pump
1.5m~2m
No bump
Trapped air will installation in the country.
generate noises.
Air vent No trap Be sure to use an exclusive circuit.
Insulation material Not touching the water ●　Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in
order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal.
●　Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommu-
As wide as possible nication and malfunction.
●When sharing a drain pipe for more than (about100mm) ●　Be sure to do D type earth work.
torque ●　For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring
d then below the drain outlet of the unit. In work.
addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for
VP-30 or bigger 1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws).
main drain pipe.
Descending slope greater than 1/100 2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to terminal block securely.
red.) 4. Insulate the drain pipe. 3. Fix the wiring with clamps.
r unit. ●　Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may 4. Install the removed parts back to original place.
dly. In
cause dew condensation and water leakage.
CNK1
CNK1
Signal side Signal side
CNACND CNK2
Power source side
CND CNK2
terminal block Power source side
※　After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then terminal block terminal block terminal block Signal line (Shielded cord)
giving use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain
CNA
Remote controller line CNI CNS CNV CNT2 CNN CNH CNZ
opper
CN CNS CNV CNT2 CNN CNH CNZ
screw Drain up Power source
Power source
line clamp
orque ●　The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 600mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
line clamp
y by a Remote controller line

installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical pipe,
pe. Inner/outer
the backflow of water will increase when the unit is stopped, and it may cause overflow of water from connecting line
a gas the drain pan on the indoor unit. In order to avoid overflow, keep the horizontal pipe length and offset of Earth Earth Earth (Shielded cord)
Single unit wiring connection Multi unit wiring connection
290~325 100 or less
llation
Drain hose ⑨Check list after installation
600 max.

sory)
Joint for VP-20 (Prepare on site) unit (mm)

Otherwise, the construction point makes it same as drain pipe construction. Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
Drain test
m or more. Water is drained properly? Water leakage
1. Conduct a drain test after completion of the electrical work. Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all
2. During the trail, make sure that drain flows properly through the piping and that no water
3. In case of a new building, conduct the test before it is furnished with the ceiling. Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
4. Be sure to conduct this test even when the unit is installed in the heating season. Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all
Procedures Any obstacle blocks airflow on air inlet and outlet? Insufficient capacity
1. Supply about 1000 cc of water to the unit through the air outlet by using a feed water pump.
c. 2. Check the drain while cooling operation.
ul and ⑩Tap selection on blower unit (when the high peformance filter is used)
Insert water supply hose
serious for 20mm ~ 30mm to Attached drain hose clamp
, it may supply water.
Pour water into a convex joint The fan tap’s factory setting is “Standard.” If you want to change it to the high static-pressure setting,
(Insert hose facing Drain
toward bottom.) Main piping you can avail yourself of the following two methods. Use one of the two methods to set the fan tap.
unit
Drain situation can be checked with transparent socket.
Make sure to perform the functional setting with remote controller.
Remove grommet
Select [Indoor function] in the functional setting mode, and change the function number [01]
he end Make sure to Install
it back after test. joint in the drain pipe connection to provide a water inlet. [High wall setting].
Then, check if water leaks from the piping system and that
drain flows through the drain pipe normally. For operation method, refer to the user’s manual of the remote controller.
d/or trap
properly Function number A Functional content B Setting content C Default setting
. Outline of bottom drain piping work
Standard ○
01 High wall setting
●　If the bottom drain piping can be done with a Connecting port of top drain pipe High wall 1
descending gradient (1/50-1/100), it is possible to Unit: Pa
door unit connect the pipes as shown in the drawing below. Multi type 22~90 112 140
end.　 Single type 50~71 １００ 125, 140
Standard hard polyvinyl
chloride pipes Static Standard Tap 50 60 60
Connecting port of bottom drain pipes Pressure High Tap 85 90 85
Insulating material
Rubber stopper (to be removed)
CAUTION
Uncoupling the drain motor connector
P.C. board ●　Taps should not be used under static pressure outside the unit mentioned above.
●　Uncouple the connector CNR for the drain motor Dew condensation may occur with the unit and wet the ceiling or furniture.
as illustrated in the drawing on the right.
●　Do not use under static pressure outside the unit of 50Pa or less. Water drops may be
on site)
blown from the diffuser outlet of the unit and wet the ceiling or furniture.
( Note: If the unit is run with the connector coupled,

) s e
) Fu
te)
drain water will be discharged from the upper drain For drain motor
pipe joint, causing a water leak. connector CNR (blue)
- 159 -
(h) Duct connected (Ultra thin) Low static pressure type (FDQS)
3 A PJC012D013 b
○This model is low static ducted type air conditioning unit. Therefore, do not use this model for direct
blow type air conditioning unit. ③Preparation before installation
①Before installation ●If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant.
○For grid ceiling
●Install correctly according to the installation manual. 　　When suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof is over
●Confirm the following points: 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items ○In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the ceiling plane which has
enough strength.
Accessory item When suspension bolt length is over 1000mm, apply the earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe ●Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10) on site.
Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover (small) Strap Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover(small) Drain hose Hose clamp
990
1 1 4 1 1 1 1 ○ Adhere to the
s For heat insulation For heat insulation For pipe cover fixing For heat insulation For heat insulation For drain pipe For drain hose Accessory parts are stored inside measurements given
Unit
530
of liquid tube of drain socket
Under 60 mm
of gas pipe of drain socket connecting mounting this suction side. below for the length of
the suspension bolts.
Unit : mm
②Selection of installation location for the indoor unit Pipe locations Unit: mm
415
①　Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user.
Remote control wires and 370
　・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user Signal wires connection 275
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on Refrigerant gas pipe 215
the ceiling. Drain pipe connection
Refrigerant liquid pipe VP20(PVC pipe)
taken.
180
146
Power supply wiring
15
101
96
connection
・Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. 290 290
580
600
above.
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to ④Installation of indoor unit
Installation
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, Suspension bolt
table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. [Hanging]
M10 nut
・Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates. Hang the unit up. Washer for M10
・Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect Unit Spring washer for M10
the operation.
controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.) If the measurements between the unit and the ceiling hole do not match upon installation,
②Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is it may be adjusted with the long holed installation tool.
Adjustment for horizontality
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling.
○Either use a level vial, or adjust the level according to the method below.
●Adjust so the bottom side of the unit will be leveled with the water surface as
●Make installation altitude over 2.5m.
illustrated below.
Pipe side
(Indoor Unit) Installation Space
Pour water
Water
surface
0~5mm Vinyl hose
Let the pipe side be slightly sloped.
⑤Duck Work
(Prepare on site)
Suspension bolt
(Prepare on site) (Prepare on site)
(Prepare on site)
(Prepare on site)
(Prepare on site)
Notice
1. This unit is designed for installation in a soffit. It is not designed to inhale fresh air directly.
2. In the case of an underside-intake ceiling-return type installation, remove the bottom plate
of the unit on the fan side to make it an underside intake type. The rear intake should be
used together.
- 160 -
⑤Duck Work (continued) ⑦Drain pipe (continued) ⑦D
3. The air conditioning unit main body is not equipped with air filters. Incorporate air filters in Drain
Work procedure
an air intake grille, which will facilitate the cleaning of air filters.
4. In the case of a rear-intake type with duct and a rear-intake ceiling-return type installation, 1. Insert the supplied drain hose (the end made of soft PVC) to the step of the drain socket on the indoor unit ○In
be sure to provide a 350 mm x 1300 mm inspection opening right beneath the unit's fan side and fix it securely with the clamp.　Attach the hose clamp to the drain hose around 10mm from the end. 　D
bottom plate to permit servicing of the unit as illustrated in installation geometries. In the case of 　　●Do not apply adhesives on this end. 　Fo
an underside-intake type with duct and underside-intake ceiling-return type, provide an intake 　　●Do not use acetone-based adhesives to connect the drain socket. wo
opening right beneath the unit's fan side bottom plate so that it will serve as an inspection Drain socket
Stage difflernce part Pipe cover (large) (For insulation)
○In
(Accessory)
opening as well. Also see to its dimensions so that the intake opening will be made to 350 mm x VP20 joint (Prepare on site)
Dra
1300 mm. Unit
5. Take care to install a duct horizontally in connecting the unit with a diffuser. Drain hose tor
Drain hose VP20 (Prepare on site) Ma
6. When a canvas duct is used for either intake or outlet duct, install it with care so that it may Fasten the screw securely (Accessory) Adhesion
Hose clamp Drain hose
not get flattened. Drain socket Drain socket
Clamp (Accessory) Pipe cover (For insulation)
(Prepare on site)
7. Select a desirable diffuser position and diffuser form to ensure the distribution of winds Pipe cover (small)
throughout the room and use a diffuser employing a structure that provides the capability to Metal plate
regulate winds.
10mm
⑧W
8. Install the air conditioning unit main body via vibration-isolating rubbers to prevent vibrations 2. Prepare a joint for connecting VP-20 pipe, adhere and connect the joint to the drain hose
from propagating directly from the air conditioning unit main body to the ceiling and slab. (the end made of rigid PVC), and adhere and connect VP-20 pipe (prepare on site). ●　E
9. Secure at least 0.15m2 for the opening of an air intake. ※As for drain pipe, apply VP-20 made of rigid PVC which is on the market. e
10. Never fail to heat-insulate the ducts to prevent condensation on their surfaces. ●　Make sure that the adhesive will not get into the supplied drain hose. e
It may cause the flexible part broken after the adhesive is dried up and gets rigid. in
●　The flexible drain hose is intended to absorb a small difference at the unit or installation B
of drain pipes. Intentional bending, expanding may cause the flexible hose broken and ●　U
⑥Refrigerant pipe water leakage. o
●　D
Caution Over 20mm n
●Use the new refrigerant pipe. ●　B
　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. ●　F
　・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts. w
　・Do not use thin-walled pipes. 3. Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend
●Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for refrigeration pipe installation. and/or trap in the midway. 1. R
　In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful ●Pay attention not to give stress on the pipe on the indoor unit side, and support and fix 2. H
substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe.
3. F
●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. ●Do not set up air vent.
　Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air 4. In
Supporting fixture 1.5m~2m Supporting metal Trapped air will
getting into refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc. No bump
generate noises.
●Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid any dust, dirt or Air vent No trap
Not touching
water getting into pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil and compressor breakdown, etc. the water
Insulation material
●Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. Descending slope greater than 1/100
Work procedure
As wide as possible
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. ●When sharing a drain pipe for more than (about100mm)
※　Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving torque one unit, lay the main pipe 100mm
to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and then below the drain outlet of the unit. In
remove them. addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for
main drain pipe. VP-30 or bigger
●　Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. 4. Insulate the drain pipe.
※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In
●　Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may
cause dew condensation and water leakage.
※　After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then
use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper
●　When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw
the nut for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque Drain up
mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a ●　The position for drain pipe outlet can be raised up to 600mm above the ceiling. Use elbows for
spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe. installation to avoid obstacles inside ceiling. If the horizontal drain pipe is too long before vertical pipe,
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas the backflow of water will increase when the unit is stopped, and it may cause overflow of water from
leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. the drain pan on the indoor unit. In order to avoid overflow, keep the horizontal pipe length and offset of
⑨C
●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. the pipe within the limit shown in the figure below.
※　Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. ●C
290~325mm
drain up dimension
Drain hose
Right overhead Che
Maximum local
Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory) The

600
Insp
Insu
φ 6.35 14 ~ 18
Joint for VP20 (Prepare on site) Wat
φ 9.52 34 ~ 42
φ 12.7 49 ~ 61
Drain test Sup
The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more. 1. Conduct a drainage test after completion of the electrical work. The
2. During the trial, make sure that drain flows properly through the piping and that no water Ear
Cab
3. In case of a new building, conduct the test before it is furnished with the ceiling.
⑦Drain pipe 4. Be sure to conduct this test even when the unit is installed in the heating season. Any
Caution
Procedures
●　Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods, etc. 1. Supply about 1000 cc of water to the unit through the air outlet by using a feed water pump.
2. Check the drain while cooling operation.
●　Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and
inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious Attached drain
damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency of oxygen). In addition, it may Pour water in the drain pan with a siphon. hose clamp Pour water into a
convex joint
cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. Drain
Unit
●　Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint. piping
●　Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop. Drain situation can be checked with
●　Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end Pouring water hose
Drain pan transparent socket.

●　Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap Remove this pipe bracket from the unit. joint in the drain pipe connection to provide a water inlet.
in the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained out properly Then, check if water leaks from the piping system and that
drain flows through the drain pipe normally.
from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance.
- 161 -
⑦Drain pipe (continued)
Drain pump operation
door unit ○In case electrical wiring work finished
end. 　Drain pump can be operated by remote controller (wired).
　For the operation method, refer to Operation for drain pump in the installation manual for wiring
work.
○In case electrical wiring work not finished
site)
tor CNB is disconnected, and then the power supply (230VAC on the terminal block ① and ②) is turned ON.
re on site) Make sure to turn OFF “SW7-1” and reconnect the Connector CNB after the test.
insulation)
e)

ose
●　Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an
tion Be sure to use an exclusive circuit.
and ●　Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in
●　Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscommu-
●　Be sure to do D type grounding work.
●　For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring
work.
end
1. Remove a lid of the control box (3 screws) and the wiring cover (2 screws).
d fix 2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to terminal block securely.
ill
es.
Earth
(Shielded cord)
Power source side Signal side terminal block

may terminal block
Earth
then
ain Power source line clamp
Indoor power source line Signal line (Shielded cord)
pe,
m
et of

er Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
ump.
to a
convex
at
PJC012D013 A
- 162 -
(i) Wallmounted type (FDK)
D033 PHA012D033
①Before installation ③Preparation before installation
●Install correctly according to the installation manual. Front view for installing position and installing space UNIT: mm
Service space 100
●Confirm the following points: Service space 50 3 1 3
Service space
5 4 6
　○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items 7 450 8
4-12x18 oval hole
Installing plate 50 Indoor unit 50
Installation-related items
8.5
16
65
18
14
Mounting plate Tapping screw Insulation Strap
Hole for public corporation
D
2
17
15
19
25
44.5
44.5
s
13
9
Service space
53.5 B A 10
C
1 10 1 4 20 -5x17.5 oval hole 11
Attached to the backside of the indoor unit. For the mounting plate, For heat insulation, 50mm x 160mm For wire clamp E 12
4mm (dia.) x 25mm (length)
21 3 Symbol Type 22 - 56 Type 71
1 693 886
2 284.2 301.8
3 73.5 106
F
4 - 610
5 - 269
6 - 219
207.5 349
60
7
②Selection of installation location for the indoor unit 8 182.5 299
9
9 63.5 77
55
G 10 533.5 633.5
11 603.5 703.5
Symbol 12 515 772
①　Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user. 13 5.3 7.7
A Gas piping
　・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user B Liquid piping
14 - 43
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on C Wall pulling hole for right rear piping
15 220.5 221.5
D Wall pulling hole for left rear piping
16 47.5 49.5
the ceiling. 17 - 225
E Drain piping
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service. F Outlet for wiring
18 - 46
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be G Outlet for piping
19 0 25
taken. 20 2 6
21 259 248
・Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. ④Installation of indoor unit
・Areas where dew point is lower than around 23°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%. Haulage ATTENTION
●In carrying the unit into an installation site, carry it in the original
ity condition and confirmed there is no problem. However, there is some risk of condensa- packaging to a point as close to the proposed installation site as
tion drop if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned possible.
above. ●When the unit needs to be unpacked during haulage due to a
・Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) compelling reason, wrap it with nylon slings or the like to prevent
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, possible damages.
table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. Note: Do not hold the unit by the diffuser louver in carrying it.
・Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates. ●When the unit needs to be laid on a floor after unpacking, always lay
・Areas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly such as above fryer. it with its front facing upward.
・Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect the
operation. Installation of the mounting plate
(A beam from lighting device sometimes affects the infrared receiver for the wireless remote ATTENTION
●This unit cannot be installed directly onto a wall surface. Regardless of the surface it is to be
installed onto, you should use the mounting plate supplied with the unit.
not able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the 　○Install it securely by spotting a structural member running underneath the wall (stud or the
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. like) and after ascertaining its levelness.
B

Level guide (2 places)
UNIT: mm
Model Type 22 56 Type 71

Over 65
Level positioning mark
B Size 450 450,610
　○The levelness of the mounting plate should be adjusted with the four fixing screws fastened
Over 50 Over 100 temporarily.
Datum hole
UNIT: mm
　○Rotate the plate around the datum hole to achieve the levelness.
ATTENTION
●Secure a working space for inspection and maintenance. Hints for making a hole on a wall
Wall
Wall
Indoor Outdoor
Sleeve Sealing plate Sleeve
65 mm
　○Give a descending grade of 5°from the interior to the exterior.
- 163 -
④Installation of indoor unit (continued) ⑥Shaping of pipes and drain hoses ⑦R
Indoor unit (When it is routed through the rear) Cau

Unit installation
Mounting plate
○Shaping of pipes ○Tape wrapping ●U
Latch (2 places)
Lid (Right) 　W
Pipe Make sure that wires are connected 　・
Mounting
securely onto the terminal block, 　・
before you dress them with a tape
plate
after shaping the pipe. ●U
Wall Drain hose 　In
Indoor unit base su
bottom latch ●Hold the root of the pipe ●Wrap a tape for the length that corresponds to a penetration
●D
to change its direction, through the wall.
　Us
straighten it and then ●The connecting wires must be wrapped together with the pipe. re
• To remove the unit from the mounting plate, first remove the right and left lids and then
shape it.
disengage the indoor unit base bottom latches. ●S
Installation steps w
(Points for attention when the pipe is routed through the left or the rear of the unit.) ●U
View from the top
Wor
Pipe routed through the left Pipe routed through the right 1. R
Pipe routed through the left rear Pipe routed through the right rear
※
①Hang the upper part of the ②Push the lower part of the
indoor unit onto the mounting indoor unit lightly against the
plate. wall for one-touch installation.
Pipe routed through the left Pipe routed through the right
●
2. M
⑤Wiring-out position and wiring connection Steps to change drain hose connection positions
※
●　Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an 1. Remove the drain hose.
※
electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country, and be ●Turn the drain hose and pull it out.
●
●　Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in ●
●　Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscom-
munication and malfunction.
●　Be sure to do D type earth work. 2. Remove the drain cap and heat insulating material.
3. C
●　For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring ●Remove it either manually or with pliers.
l
work.
CASE 1 : MODEL 22 56, CASE 2 : MODEL 71 ●
1. Open the intake panel. (Pull the lower part of the intake panel holding both ends, disengage the
latches and then lift it until you feel some drag. The intake panel will stay open at an angle of 4. R
about 60°) A
2. Remove the screw and detach the cover. m
3. Connect the remote control line to the upper one of the two terminal blocks provided in the
3. Plug in the drain cap and heat insulating material.
control box.
4. Connect the power cable, grounding line and signal line to the lower terminal block. ●Plug the drain cap removed in the step 2
securely into the hole with a hexagonal wrench
5. Attach the cover and fasten the screw. or the like.
6. Close the intake panel. Note: Pay attention that a drain cap not properly
(Note) plugged in can cause a water leak.
・Connect each line to terminal block according to number on label of terminal block.
Intake panel
Terminal block for 4. Connect the drain hose.

Remote Controller
●Insert the drain hose securely by turning it.
Note: Pay attention that a drain hose not properly
Terminal block
plugged in can cause a water leak.
Screw Power cable, Earth
Cover Signal line
⑧D
Cord clamp
Cau
The pipe can be routed through the rear, left, ●　I

Gutter
left rear, right or bottom of the unit. Wall I
●　D
REFERENCE FOR CASE 1
in
●　Panel removal steps
Fig.1(CASE1) d
1. Remove the cap.(CASE1.only) Right
c
2. Remove the fixing screw A and detach the unit Pipe space ●　C
bottom guide.(CASE1.only)
●　I
3. Remove the fixing screw B. Rear This air conditioner is designed to collect
4. Pull the lower part of the front panel off the unit dew formed on its back in the drain pan for ●　C
toward you, and then push it up to detach its
Bottom
Left rear
Left
discharging, so do not lay power cables, o
upper part from the unit. etc. in any part above the gutter. ●　M
Left bottom
(Disengage three hooks located on the top part) t
t
●　Panel attachment steps
1. A
1. Always remove the air filter beforehand. Fig.2(CASE2) Hook d
2. Place the front panel over the unit.
3. Engage it onto the unit by pressing the areas 2. D
marked with in the drawing from the front. m
4. Fasten the fixing screw B. (
5. Set the air filter. H
6. Attach the unit bottom guide and fasten the
fixing screw A.(CASE1.only)
Fixing screw B
7. Attach the cap. Push
(Plug it in securely until the end so that it won't
come off easily) (CASE1.only)
- 164 -
⑦Refrigerant pipe ⑧Drain pipe (continued)
Caution 3. Pour water into the drain pan placed underneath the heat exchanger to make sure that it is
●Use the new refrigerant pipe. properly drained outdoors.
　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. (For removal of the front panel, refer to ⑤Wiring-out position and wiring connection in this manual.
ected 　・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts.
block, 　・Do not use thin-walled pipes.
tape
●Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for refrigeration pipe installation. No bumps
No traps
ation
●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. Not to be in water
ipe. refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc.
Drain test
● After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no water leakage from
Work procedure
joint and drain pan.
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. ●　Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
※　Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and
then remove them. ⑨Check list after installation
●　Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. ●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In addition,
Check if; Expected trouble Check
do not twist and crush the pipes.
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper
●　When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw
mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a
spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe.
●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely.
※　Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. .
Vinyl tape
2 Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m

wrench
φ6.35 14 to 18
properly φ9.52 34 to 42
. φ12.7 49 to 61
φ15.88 68 to 82 Use an attached insulation pad for heat insulation.
g it. Position it so that the slit area faces upward.

t properly
.
⑧Drain pipe
Caution
●　Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
●　Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and
inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious
●　Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
●　Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop.
ect
an for ●　Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end
es, of the drain pipe after installation.
●　Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap in
the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained out properly from
the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance.
1. A general-purpose hard PVC pipe VP-16 can be connected to the drain hose tip as a part of
drain piping.
2. Drain piping must be given a descending grade so that drain water may flow smoothly and it
must not have any trap or bump within the system.
(The pipe can be routed through the left, right, rear or bottom of the unit)
Hard PVC pipes (VP-16) laid indoors must be kept warm.
PHA012D033
PHA012D033
- 165 -
(j) Ceiling suspended type (FDE)
D618 PFA012D618
(mm)
Install correctly according to the installation manual. Pitch of suspension bolts and pipe position Series type A B
Confirm the following points: 40 to 50type 1070 1022
Pitch of suspension bolts Single Split (PAC)
60 to 71type 1320 1272
Unit type/Power supply specification Pipes/Wires/Small parts Accessory items A series
100 to 140type 1620 1572
24 B 24
Blowout opening 36 to 56type 1070 1022
Accessory item VRF (KX) series 71type 1320 1272
112 to 140type 1620 1572
690
215 290
For unit hanging For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe For air return grille
Drain hose Location of pipe outlets
Flat washer (M10) Paper pattern Pipe cover (large) Pipe cover (small) Screw
Strap (with clamp) Fixing bracket Screw (M4) Heay insulation Top cover
Drain line
Drain line (left)
(rear left)
Wall 17
120
. Pipe position 5
31
19
8 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 4 235(Liquid piping) Gas
Refrigerant line 135
27 108
piping Drain piping (left) Top outlet 47
27
60
For unit hanging For unit hanging For heat insulation For heat insulation For fixing of pipe For drain pipe For fixing of For installing of For drain hose For fixing air Liquid 75
) and adjustment of gas pipe of liquid pipe cover connection drain hose fixing bracket return grille 195(Gas piping)
piping Right outlet
100 Rear cover
60
10
Rear outlet Cutout parts
109
53
53
Accessories ※The outlet through which the pipings are taken out
Air return grille 271 Unit interior
are inside. 10 mm slope 110
Drain piping
76 is available in three directions.
(right)
Haulage Grille upside
Move the box as close to the installation area as possible packed.

If it must be unpacked, wrap the unit with a nylon sling,
and be careful not to damage the unit.
(Indoor unit)
If you need to lay the unit on a floor after unpacking, always
put it with the intake grille facing upward.
n ②Selection of installation location for the indoor unit
Preparation before instalation
① Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user. 1. Remove the air return grille. 2. Remove the side panel.
・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Slide stoppers (4 places) of the catches, Remove the screw and detach the
Suggest to the user to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to then pull out the pins ( 4 or 6 places). side panel by sliding it toward the
avoid warm air being accumulated on the ceiling. Filter direction indicated by the arrow mark.
Pin Side panel screw
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service. (1 each on the left and right) (M4)
・Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descend-
ing slope can be taken.
・Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port. Side panel
・Areas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner. 3. Remove the hanging plate.
・Areas where the supply air does not short-circuit. Remove the screw, and then loosen
・Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. the fixing bolts. Hanging plate
・Areas not exposed to direct sunlight. screw
・Areas where dew point is lower than around 23°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%. Unscrew Indoor Hanging
8-12mm unit plate fixing
This indoor unit is tested under the condition of JIS (Japan Industrial Stan- bolts(M8)
Hanging plate Hanging plate
dard) high humidity condition and confirmed there is no problem. How-
ever, there is some risk of condensation drop if the air conditioner is oper-
ated under the severer condition than mentioned above.
・Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) ④Remote controller
・Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed
such as food, table wares, server, or medical equipment under the unit. Installation of remote controller
. ・Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates.
・Areas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly such as above fryer. Up to two receiver or wired remote controller can be installed in one indoor unit
group.
・Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light
doesn’t affect the operation. When both wired and wireless remote controller are used
(A beam from lighting device sometimes affects the infrared receiver for the It is necessary to set wired or wireless remote controller as slave.
wireless remote controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.)
. (For the method of changing the setting, refer to the installtion
② Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit.
manual attached to remote controller or wireless kit.)
If it is not able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough
.
to hold it. If the strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. When wired remote controller are used only (wireless type)
③ If there are 2 units of wireless type, keep them away for more than 6m to
It is necessary to remove the line that is connected to the receiver.
avoid malfunction due to cross communication.
Remove signal line connected to the receiver from primary side of
④ When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 4 to 5m. terminal block (X, Y).
.
. Space for installation and service ATTENTION
4000~5000mm or more ①Insulate with tape the removed line.
②The LED of that removed connector will not be able to make any
indication.
300mm or more
100mm
or more
g 150mm or more
5mm or more
Obstacle
③Preparation before installation

If suspension bolt becomes longer, do reinforcement of earthquake resistant.
For grid ceiling
When suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling
and roof is over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
In case the unit is hanged directly from the slab and is installed on the
Remove the line
ceiling plane which has enough strength.
Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10) on site.
- 166 -
⑤Installation of indoor unit ⑥Refrigerant pipe (continued) ⑧W
Work procedure Paper pattern The pipe can be connected from three different directions. (back, reight, top) El
1. Select the suspension bolt locations and the pipe hole location. m
(1) Use enclosed paper pattern as a reference, and When the pipe is routed through the back.
pr
drill the holes for the suspension bolts and pipe. If the bracket is removed, piping work will become easy.
da
※Decide the locations based on direct measurements. ※After piping, reinstall the removed bracket.
try
(2) Once the locations are properly placed, the paper B
pattern can be removed. Us
25 mm or more
45 mm or less
2. Install the suspension bolts in place. Ceiling Bracket co
Do
3. Fix with 4 suspension bolts, which can endure load of 500N. Hanging plate ca
4. Check the measurements given at the right Suspension bolt Be
figure for the length of the suspension bolts. Fo
ele
5. Fasten the hanging plate onto the suspension bolts. Pipe
<When installed against a ceiling material,> <No ceiling material to install against,> 1. Re
Air supply
Suspension bolt Hanging plate
Suspension bolt 2. Ho
Fasten
at the
Nut 3. Fi
front
Unit Ceiling surface Unit
Washer 4. In
end of (accessory)
an Washer
elon- (accessory) When the pipe is routed through the back.
※Double nuts
gated Hanging plate ※Double nuts
Cut the removed top cover, and install to Singl
hole.
※Please fasten firmly with double nuts. the rear panel instead of rear cover.
6. Install the unit to the hanging plate.
Hanging plate
(1) Slide the unit in from front side to get it
hanged on the hanging plate with the bolts.
(2) Fasten the four fixing bolts (M8: 2
each on the left and right sides) firmly. Screw for
(3) Fasten the two screws (M4: 1 each on hanging
plate (M4)
the left and right sides). Fixing bolts
(M8) Cut
WARNINIG : Hang a side panel on from the
panel side to the rear side and VRF
0~3mm
0~3mm
then fasten it securely onto Remove

the indoor unit with screws. (For left-side drain
connection, give the
※To ensure smooth drain flow, install the unit with reverse slope.)
a descending slope toward the drain outlet.
CAUTION : Do not give the reversed slope, which may cause water leaks.
⑦Drain pipe
The drain pipes may face out towards the back to the left, or to the right side.
⑥Refrigerant pipe
Caution
Caution Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods,etc.
Use the new refrigerant pipe.
Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the ⑨A
When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items.
other harmful andinflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and
・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts.
it would cause serious damage to user’s health and safety (some poisoning or deficiency
・Do not use thin-walled pipes.
of oxygen). In addition, it may cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. The
Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for refrigeration pipe installation.
Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no
Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop.
harmful substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes. 1. Fix
Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the
Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. gril
indoor unit and the end of the drain pipe after installation.
Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting
Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap scr
in the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained out properly pie
Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid any dust, dirt
from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance.
or water getting into pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil and compressor breakdown, etc.
Use special tools for R410 refrigerant.
Work procedure
Work procedure Heat insulation material
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. 1. Insert drain hose completely to the
※Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving torque to the base, and tighten the drain hose clamp Drain
socket
nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and then remove them. securely. ( adhesive must not be used.) Drain hose (accessory) VP-20
(prepare on site)
Clamp (accessory)
(Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.) ※ When plumbing on the left side, move the
Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.) rubber plug and the cylindrical insulating Drain hose
materials by the pipe connecting hole on
10mm
2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. Hose clamp
※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. the left side of the unit to the right side. It can be attached
from both inside and
In addition, do not twist and crush the pipes. Beware of a possible outflow of water that may Lowest point
outside the unit.
※Do a flare connection as follows: occur upon removal of a drain plug.

Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner 2. Fix the drain hose at the lowest point with No bumps
No traps
and giving torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected a hose clamp supplied as an accessory.
※Give a drain hose a gradient of 10mm To be a descending
Not to be in water ⑩C
stress to the copper pipe, and then remove them. angle
When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw as illustrated in the right drawing by
the nut for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque laying it without leaving a slack. Ch
mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a Take head of electrical cables so that
spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe. they may not run beneath the drain hose.
C
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material A drain hose must be clamped down with a hose clamp.
after a gas leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. There is a possibility that drain water overflows. Th
Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. 3. Connect VP-20(prepare on site) to drain hose. (adhesive must not be used.)
※ Use commercially available rigid PVC general pipe VP-20 for drain pipe. In
※Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping.
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit. 4. Do not to make the up-down bending and trap in the mid-way while assum- In
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation ing that the drain pipes is downhill. (more than 1/100)
manual attached to the outdoor unit. Never set up air vent. W
Su
Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory) Insulate the drain hose clamp with the heat insulation supplied as accessories.
Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m When the unit is installed in a humid place, consider precautions against Th
dew condensation such as heat insulation for the drain pipe.
ø 6.35 14 to 18 Ea
ø 9.52 34 to 42 Drain test
ø 12.7 49 to 61 C
After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good
ø 15.88 68 to 82 An
condition and no water leakage from joint and drain pan.
ø 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more. Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
- 167 -
⑧Wiring-out position and wiring connection ⑪How to set the airflow direction
) Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation It is possible to change the movable range of the louver on the air outlet from
manual by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power the wired remote controller. Once the top and bottom position is set, the louver
provider of the country, and be executed according to the technical stan- will swing within the range between the top and the bottom when swing
dards and other regulations applicable to electrical installation in the coun- operation is chosen. It is also possible to apply different setting to each louver.
try. 1. Stop the air conditioner and press SET button and
Be sure to use an exclusive circuit. LOUVER button simultaneously for three seconds or
Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the more.
cord securely in order not to apply unexpected stress on the terminal. The following is displayed if the number of the indoor units
Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may connected to the remote controller is one. Go to step 4. 10
cause miscommunication and malfunction. “ ”
Be sure to do D type earth work. “ ”
For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for The following is displayed if the number of the indoor units
electrical wiring work. connected to the remote controller are more than one.
e “ ”
2•4•6•8 1
1. Remove a lid of the electrical box (2 screws). “ ” 3•5•7•9
2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and connect to a terminal block surely.
3. Fix the wiring by clamps. 2. Press or button.(selection of indoor unit) Select the indoor unit of which the louver is set.
4. Install the removed parts back to original place. [EXAMPLE]
“ ” “ ” “ ”
“ ”
Power source side Signal side
Single split (PAC) series terminal block terminal block 3. Press SET button.(determination of indoor unit) Selected indoor unit is fixed.
[EXAMPLE]
“ ” (displayed for two seconds)
“ ”
Remote controller line “ ”
4. Press or button.(selection of louver No.) Select the louver No. to be set

according to the right figure.
1 2 3 X Y
Signal cable for
Interconnecting wiring Earth remote controller
Wiring between indoor [EXAMPLE]

Earth Wiring clamp and outdoor unit “ ” “ ”“ ”
“ ”
Power source side Signal side
VRF(KX) series terminal block terminal block
5. Press SET button.(Determination of louver No.)
The louver No. to be set is confirmed and the display shows the upper
limit of the movable range.
Signal line [EXAMPLE] If No.1 louver is selected,
(shielded cord) “ ” kcurrent upper limit position
Remote controller
6. Press or button.(selection of upper limit position)
Select the upper limit of louver movable range.
L N X Y A B
Power cable Earth

Signal cable for
remote controller Signal cable
line
Indoor power “position 1” is the most horizontal, and “position 6” is the most downward.
Earth Wiring clamp source line “position --” is to return to the factory setting. (horizontal)
e.
If you need to change the setting to the default
setting, use “position --”.
“ ” (the most horizotal)
erly. “
“
”
”
,etc. “ ”
the ⑨Attaching the air return grille “

“
”
” (the most downwards) (downwards)
and “ ” (return to the default setting) the position of the louver
ency
The air return grille must be attached when electrical cabling work is completed. 7. Press SET button.(Fixing of the upper limit position)
The upper limit position is fixed and the setting position is displayed for
two seconds. Then proceed to lower limit position selection display.
1. Fix the chains tied to the air return 2. Close the air return grille.
the [EXAMPLE]
grille onto the indoor unit with This completes the unit installtion (displayed for two seconds)
r trap screws supplied as accessories (4 work. (shows current setting)
perly pieces). 8. Press or button.(Selection of lower limit position)

Select the lower limit position of louver.
“position 1” is the most horizontal, and “position 6 ”is the most downwards.
“position --” is to return to the factory setting. If you need to change
the setting to the default setting, use “position --”.
(the most horizontal)
Fix with screws
Chain
on site)
Chain
Chain (the most downwards)
(return to the default setting)
d
and
9. Press SET button.(Fixing of the lower limit position)
Upper limit position and lower limit position are fixed, and the set
positions are displayed for two seconds, then setting is completed.
• After the setting is completed, the louver which was
water ⑩Check list after installation set moves from the original position to the lower Upper
limit position, and goes back to the original position position
Check the following items after all installation work completed. again. (This operation is not performed if the indoor
unit and/or indoor unit fan is in operation.) Movable
[Example] range
Check if Expected trouble Check (displayed for two seconds)
Lower
The indoor and outdoor units are fixed securely? Falling, vibration, noise position
ed.)
pe. Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
10.Press button.
um- Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage Louver adjusting mode ends and returns to the original display.
Water is drained properly? Water leakage Caution
If the upper limit position number and the lower limit position number are set to the same
Supply voltage is same as mentioned in the model name plate? PCB burnt out, not working at all position, the louver is fixed at that position auto swing does not funtion.
ries.
ainst There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
ATTENTION
Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock If you press RESET button during settings, the display will return to previous display.If you press
button during settings, the mode will be ended and return to original display, and the settings that have not been
Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all completed will become invalid.
Any obstacle blocks airflow on air inlet and outlet? Insufficient capacity When plural remote controllers are connected, louver setting operation
cannot be set by slave remote controller.
PFA012D618
PFA012D618
- 168 -
(k) Floor standing (with casing) type (FDFL)
PGD012D005
005 1 Before installation 3 Preparation before installation
l Install correctly according to the installation manual. Position of bolts for floor bracket and for wall installation bolts
l Confirm the following points:
Unit type/Power supply specification Pipes/Wires/Small parts Accessory items Position of floor bracket bolts
Floor bracket (Accessory),
Accessory item 10 x 30 oval hole
For installation For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe
Use M8
Floor bracket Tapping screw Pipe cover Pipe cover Strap Joint pipe Drain hose Front
d
2 2 2 1 1 8 1 1
For installing For heat insulation For on site side of For liquid pipe For pipe cover For connecting For drain pipe
remote controller of gas pipe liquid pipe (150 mm between Heat fixing gas pipe connecting Back
(M4 x l 12) length) exchanger/
expansion valve
box(70 mm length)
View from the floorside
s
2 Selection of installation location for the indoor unit Position of wall installation bolts
This indoor unit can be installed either to the floor or to the wall. Select a location with the following
suitable conditions.
j Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user.
Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently.
Areas where there is enough space to install and service.
Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be taken.
Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port.
Areas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner.
Areas where the supply air does not short-circuit.
Areas where it is not influenced by draft air.
Areas not exposed to direct sunlight.
Areas where dew point is lower than around 23°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%.
Oval hole for wall bolts
This indoor unit is tested under the condition of JIS (Japan Industrial Standard) high humidity Level adjusting screw
4-12 x 24
condition and confirmed there is no problem. However, there is some risk of condensation drop Use M10
if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned above.
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to UNIT:mm
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. Item 1 2 3
Model No.
Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) Type 28,45,56 1,196 806 786
Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, table
Type 71 1,481 1,091 1,071
Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates.
Areas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly.
Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect the
operation.
205 205 B
180 23
k Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is not Floor piping space
able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the strength D
177 10
Oval hole 4-12 x 24
is not enough, it could cause the unit falling down and injury.
126
166
l When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 4 to 5m.
Space for installation and service Remote controller A

installation section
Control box
150 or more
UNIT: mm Expansion
225 valve box
C
Flexible
tube
250
630
315
234
184
220
1000 or more
80
Air filter 73
600 or more 148
197
223 750 223 B A
Level adjusting screw
E
150 or more
Oval hole 10 x 24
600 or more
32
225
197
98
195 195
Floor
Symbol Contents
A Refrigerant gas side piping (provided)
C Drain piping (provided)
D Wall installation hole
E Floor bracket (provided)
- 169 -
4 Installation of indoor unit 5 Refrigerant piping 6D
Choose the floor bracket bolt location or the wall installation bolt location, and the location of the pipe Caution Caution
hole. Open the holes for the bolts and the pipe. l Use the new refrigerant pipe.
Choose the positions by the measured values. Insert the
　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. clamp an
Wall installation 4 holes l Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for
Wall penetration (Pipe hole)
l Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A.
　Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting
Floor penetration
Floor installation 2 holes l Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid
(Pipe hole) any dust, dirt or water getting into pipe.
Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil and compressor breakdown, etc. l Instal
l Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. Imper
Strictly adhere to the following measurements for the wall installation bolts.
l Do no
inflam
Wall installation bolt
Work procedure
dama
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. (The connection of Liquid/Gas cause
side of heat exchange, Inlet/outlet of the expansion valve box) (4 places) l Conn
Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving l Insula
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, l Check
Wall and then remove them. (Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.) the dr
l Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.) l Make
or trap
Here is the method to drill the holes on the wall. 2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit. out pr
Wall Make sure to connect the liquid pipe between the heat exchanger and expansion valuve box maint
(indicated in Section A of the figure). l Insert
Inside
Outside Pipes can be take out in 2 directions, from the rear and from the floor. l Tighte
Use the provided joint pipes to connect gas pipes. Connect in the direction that the pipe will be
removed.
- not twist and crush the pipes.
Do a flare connection as follows:
Wall Sleeve l Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving
Sealing plate
Sleeve and then remove them.
l When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw the nut Des
for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque mentioned in the
table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a spanner when tightening
the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe.
Drain te
3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas l After
(1) Remove the front panel and the side panel. leaka
(2) Eliminate looseness with a level adjusting screw. l Do dr
l Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely.
(3) Firmly secure as instructed below.
The side panel and the front panel have been installed.
Case side panel 4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit
As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation manual
attached to the outdoor unit. 7W
l Electr
Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m install
Case front panel F 6.35 14 to 18 to the
F 9.52 34 to 42 Be su
F 12.7 49 to 61 l Use s
F 15.88 68 to 82 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
to app
F 19.05 100 to 120
l Do no
Case front panel misco
Case front panel There are "System name" and "Refrigerant amount" columns on the name plate of the outdoor unit. l Be su
Case side panel
Write the system name and the amount of the refrigerant in the columns. l For th
Top panel 1. Remo

Remote controller installation section
2. Hold e
Floor installation Expansion valve tube 3. Fix th
4. Instal
Control box
Frame side
Use a washer Power so
and a double
nut to secure
Side to the floor bolt
panel
Gas pipe connecting

Floor bracket point (Accessory)
(Accessory)
Base Drain pipe

Air filter (Accessory) Liquid pipe connecting point
Flexible tube
PT20A screws
Wall installation
Use a washer
and a double
nut to secure
to the wall bolt
Indoor po
Re
- 170 -
6 Drain pipe 8 Remote Controller
Caution Caution
Insert the attached drain hose to the indoor unit completely, tighten the drain hose with the attached l Appearance
s. clamp and secure it well.(Disapprove of the adhesive joint) When installing the remote controller and selecting the line of remote controller of the unit, refer to
rts. the Electric Wiring Instruction Manual provided in the unit and Installation Manual provided for wired
r Clamp Socket
remote controller.
(Provided on (Provided on Remote controller installation base
the drain hose) the drain hose)
ul
getting Drain socket Drain hose VP-20

(Accessory) (Prepare on site)
o avoid
l Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods, etc.
l Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and
(1) Remove the front panel
uid/Gas cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell. View A
Wiring hole 2
l Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
ving l Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop.
pipe, l Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end of
the drain pipe after installation.
l Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/
nit. out properly from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and
box maintenance.
(Tapping lower hole)
l Insert the attached drain hose completely to the base.
l Tighten the drain hose with the strap and secure it well. View A
will be (2) Installation of remote controller
No bumps l Install the lower case with the provided tapping screws (M4 x 12)
tion, do
Upper
Indoor No traps
unit
ving
pipe, Not to be in water
Lower case
w the nut Descending angle

in the
ghtening Lower
Drain test
(3) Caution for Installing the remote controller
s l After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no water
l Make sure that the cord length is too much long 30 cm or more.
leakage from joint and drain pan.
(It is necessary when remove the front panel and servicing the unit.)
l Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
(4) Wiring route
l Connect wires to the terminal block through the wiring hole on the back of the control box.
l Bind the remaining length of the wire with a band.
manual
7 Wiring-out position and wiring connection Remote controller
installation section
l Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an electrical Cable tie Control box
to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installation in the country.
l Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in order not
to apply unexpected stress on the terminal. Front
l Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause
oor unit. l Be sure to do D type earth work.
l For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring work.
1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws). (Check)

2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to terminal block securely. l Ensure that the wires are not hitting the edges.
ve tube 3. Fix the wiring with clamps. l Conduct a test run to confirm there are no problems.

CNA CND CNK2 CNK1 CNB CNW2
Earth (Signal line)

ng Signal side terminal block

L N Check if; Expected trouble Check
oint
Indoor power source line Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all
Earth
Signal line
(Shielded cord)
PGD012D005
PGD012D005
- 171 -
(l) Floor standing (without casing) type (FDFU)
PGD012D006
006 1 Before installation 3 Preparation before installation
l Install correctly according to the installation manual.
Position of bolts for floor bracket and for wall installation bolts
l Confirm the following points:
Unit type/Power supply specification Pipes/Wires/Small parts Accessory items
Position of floor bracket bolts

Accessory item
Floor bracket (Accessory),
For installation For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe
10 x 30 oval hole
Floor bracket Pipe cover Pipe cover Strap Joint pipe Drain hose
Use M8
Front
2 2 1 1 8 1 1
For heat insulation of For on site side of For liquid pipe For pipe cover fixing For connecting gas For drain pipe
gas pipe liquid pipe (150 mm between Heat pipe connecting
length) exchanger/
expansion valve Back
box(70 mm length)
View from the floor side
Position of wall installation bolts

2 Selection of installation location for the indoor unit
This indoor unit can be installed either to the floor or to the wall. Select a location with the following 112 179
suitable conditions.
j Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user.
Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently.
Areas where there is enough space to install and service.
250
Areas where it can be drained properly. Areas where drain pipe descending slope can be taken.
Areas where there is no obstruction of airflow on both air return grille and air supply port.
470
Areas where fire alarm will not be accidentally activated by the air conditioner.
220
Areas where the supply air does not short-circuit.
Areas where it is not influenced by draft air. Oval hole for Level adjusting
wall bolts screw
Areas not exposed to direct sunlight.
4-12 x 24
Areas where dew point is lower than around 23°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%.
if the air conditioner is operated under the severer condition than mentioned above. UNIT:mm
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to Item 1
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. Model No. 2 3
Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) Type 28,45,56 1,150 806 786
Areas where any items which will be damaged by getting wet are not placed such as food, table Type 71 1,435 1,091 1,071
Areas where there is no influence by the heat which cookware generates.
Areas where not exposed to oil mist, powder and/or steam directly.
Areas where lighting device such as fluorescent light or incandescent light doesn’t affect the
operation.
controller and the air conditioner might not work properly.) 110
k Check if the place where the air conditioner is installed can hold the weight of the unit. If it is not
able to hold, reinforce the structure with boards and beams strong enough to hold it. If the strength D
is not enough, it could cause the unit falling down and injury. Oval hole 4-12 x 24
l When plural indoor units are installed nearby, keep them away for more than 4 to 5m.
126
166
Installation spaces for the indoor unit A
167 45
120
B
Control box Expansion

valve box
225 810
105 110 722
1000
20
Flexible
600
tube
Peri cover Peri cover
C
A
250
630
600
315
234
220
184
80
Air filter
197 30 750
100 100
E
Oval hole 10 x 30
UNIT: mm Level adjusting screw B
32
98
Symbol Contents
A Refrigerant gas side piping (provided)
C Drain piping (provided)
D Wall installation hole
E Floor bracket (provided)
- 172 -
4 Installation of indoor unit 5 Refrigerant piping 6 D
Choose the floor bracket bolt location or the wall installation bolt location, and the location of the pipe Caution Cautio
hole. Open the holes for the bolts and the pipe. l Use the new refrigerant pipe. Insert th
Choose the positions by the measured values. 　When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items. clamp an
Wall installation 4 holes 　・Do not use thin-walled pipes.
l Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for
Wall penetration (Pipe hole) 　In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful
l Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A.
　Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air getting
Floor penetration into refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting, etc.
Floor installation 2 holes
(Pipe hole)
l Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to avoid
any dust, dirt or water getting into pipe.
Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration oil and compressor breakdown, etc.
Strictly adhere to the following measurements for the wall installation bolts. l Use special tools for R410 refrigerant. l Insta
Wall installation bolt Impe
Work procedure l Do no
1. Remove the flare nut and blind flanges on the pipe of the indoor unit. (The connection of Liquid/Gas inflam
side of heat exchange, Inlet/outlet of the expansion valve box) (4 places) dama
30 Wall
Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving cause
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid　unexpected stress to the copper pipe, l Conn
and then remove them. (Gas may come out at this time, but it is not abnormal.) l Insula
Here is the method to drill the holes on the wall. l Chec
l Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
Wall the d
Inside Outside Make sure to connect the liquid pipe between the heat exchanger and expansion valuve box l Make
(indicated in Section A of the figure). or tra
Pipes can be take out in 2 directions, from the rear and from the floor. out p
Use the provided joint pipes to connect gas pipes. Connect in the direction that the pipe will be main
removed. l Inser
Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In addition, do l Tight
Wall Sleeve
Do a flare connection as follows:
Sealing plate l Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving
Sleeve torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe,
l When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw the
nut for 3-4 times by hand and then tighten it by spanner with the specified torque mentioned
in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a spanner when
tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe.
(1) Eliminate looseness with a level adjusting screw. leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. Drain t
(2) Firmly secure as instructed below. l Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. l After
Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. leaka
Floor installation Wall installation
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit l Do dr
Use a washer As for the additional refrigerant charge for the indoor unit and piping, refer to the installation manual
Frame side
Use a washer and a double attached to the outdoor unit.
and a double nut to secure
to the wall bolt
nut to secure
to the floor bolt Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory) 7 W
F 6.35 14 to 18 l Elect
Floor bracket
F 9.52 34 to 42 instal
(Accessory)
F 12.7 49 to 61 to the
F 15.88 68 to 82 Be su
F 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more. l Use s
to ap
Example of discharge duct installation l Do no
Heat insulation materials, a discharge grille and a peri-counter are not included in the items misco
There are "System name" and "Refrigerant amount" columns on the name plate of the outdoor
supplied with a unit (to be prepared on site) l Be su
unit. Write the system name and the amount of the refrigerant in the columns.
A duct must be installed securely so that cooled air may not leak inside the peri-counter. l For th
Expansion 1. Remo
valve box 2. Hold
3. Fix th
Control box
4. Insta
110
Discharge outlet Drain pipe

(Accessory) Power s
Flexible tube
PT20A screw
722
Peri-counter
Heat insulation material Gas pipe
connecting
point
(Accessory)
Duct 114
Air filter Liquid pipe

20
connecting point
Indoor unit
Indoor p
UNIT:mm
Re

- 173 -
6 Drain pipe 8 Check list after installation
Caution ●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
Insert the attached drain hose to the indoor unit completely, tighten the drain hose with the attached
s. clamp and secure it well.(Disapprove of the adhesive joint) Check if; Expected trouble Check
rts. The indoor and outdoor units are fixed securely? Falling, vibration, noise
Clamp Socket
(Provided on (Provided on
the drain hose) Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
the drain hose)
ul Water is drained properly? Water leakage
getting There is mis-wiring or mis-connection of piping? PCB burnt out, not working at all
Drain socket Drain hose VP-20
(Accessory) (Prepare on site) Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
o avoid
l Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods　etc.
l Do not put the drain pipe directly into the ditch where toxic gas such as sulfur, the other harmful and
uid/Gas inflammable gas is generated. Toxic gas would flow into the room and it would cause serious
ing cause corrosion of heat exchanger and bad smell.
pipe, l Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
l Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop.
l Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end of
nit. the drain pipe after installation.
e box l Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/
will be maintenance.
l Insert the attached drain hose completely to the base.
ion, do l Tighten the drain hose with the strap and secure it well.
No bumps
ing
pipe, No traps
Indoor
unit
the Not to be in water
ed
hen Descending angle
Drain test
l After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no water
leakage from joint and drain pan.
l Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
manual
7 Wiring-out position and wiring connection

l Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an electrical
to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installation in the country.
re. l Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in order not
to apply unexpected stress on the terminal.
l Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause
tdoor
l Be sure to do D type earth work.
l For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring work.
sion 1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws).

ox 2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to terminal block securely.
pe
sory) Power source side terminal block
tube CNA CND CNK2 CNK1 CNB CNW2
screw
Earth (Signal line)

e L N
ing
ory)
e
g point
Earth
Signal line (Shielded cord)
PGD012D006
PGD012D006
- 174 -
(m) Duct Connected-Compact & Flexible type (FDUH)
! PJC012D200 A
●Install correctly according to the installation manual. Ceiling opening, Suspension bolts pitch, Pipe position
○Unit type/Power supply specification ○Pipes/Wires/Small parts ○Accessory items Symbol Content
Model FDUH22KXE6,28KXE6 FDUH36KXE6
Accessory item A Gas piping （3/8"）
φ9.52 （Flare）（1/2"）
φ12.7 （Flare）
For refrigerant pipe For drain pipe
B Liquid piping （1/4"）
φ6.35 （Flare）
Pipe cover(big) Pipe cover (small) Strap
Transparent
Hose clamp (big) Hose clamp (small) C1 Drain piping （2）
VP20 Note
soft tube
C2 Drain piping To be used instead of "C1"
D Hole for wiring φ30
E Suspension bolts （M10）
1 1 4 1 1 1
s For heat insulation For heat insulation For pipe cover For drain pipe For drain hose For drain hose
of gas pipe of liquid tube fixing connecting mounting mounting Notes ( 1 ) The model name label is attached on the fan case inside the air return grille.
（VP20）
( 2 ) Prepare the connecting socket on site.（As for drain piping, it is possible to choose C1 or C2）
£
Îä°n
nÎ°Î
ÎÓ°x
（ÕVÌÊìÃ）
£ää
£{x
① Select the suitable areas to install the unit under approval of the user.
ÎÓ°x
£Óφ{
iÃÊvÀ ÎÓ £xä £xä £xä ÎÓ
・Areas where the indoor unit can deliver hot and cold wind sufficiently. Suggest to the user Ì>««}ÊÃVÀiÜÃ ÓÇ°È {{ ÓÇ°È -Õ««ÞÊ>ÀÊ`ÕVÌ
（ ÕVÌÊìÃ ）
to use a circulator if the ceiling height is over 3m to avoid warm air being accumulated on
/À>Ã«>ÀiÌÊÃvÌÊÌÕLi xÇx°Ó（-ÕÃ«iÃÊLÌÃÊ«ÌV）
the ceiling. （VViÃÃÀÞ）（）
（
ÌÀÊLÝÊ«Ì>Ê«ÃÌ
ÊÊÌiÊÀiÛiÀÃiÊÃì）
£{x°È
・Areas where there is enough space to install and service. Îä°n （ÃÌ>i`ÊÊÃÌi ）
ÈÈ°{
Óxx°n
ÊÕÌiÌ
Îä°n
À

£
x°Î
{ä
Ó£
ÈÈ
ÈÈ
taken.
£xÈ°n
（-ÕÃ«iÃÊLÌÃÊ«ÌV）
Ó
ÈÓ°£
{nn
xÎä

ÌÀÊLÝ（"À}>Ê«ÃÌ）
・Areas where the supply air does not short-circuit. （/ÊLiÊ>LiÊÌÊLi

　V>Ìi`ÊÊÌi
　ÀiÛiÀÃiÊÃì）
Ó£
*>ÌiÊvÀÊ
ÌÀÊLÝ *>ÌiÊvÀÊ
ÌÀÊLÝ
À
iÌ
（"À}>Ê«ÃÌ）（）Èn （Èn）

（"«Ì>Ê«ÃÌ）
・Areas where dew point is lower than around 28°C and relative humidity is lower than 80%. ÌÌÊ«>ÌiÊ
£Óφ{
x{°Ó
（/ÊLiÊ>LiÊÌÊLiÊV>Ìi`
This indoor unit is tested under the condition of JIS (Japan Industrial Standard) high humid- ÊÌiÊL>VÊÃì） iÃÊvÀ
Îä
Ì>««}ÊÃVÀiÜÃ （ >VÊÃì）
£Èä
Óää
£nn°x
În°Ó ÀÊiÌ
£{n°x
above.
Îä
ÎÇ°È
Ón°Î
ÎÓ £xä £xä £xä ÎÓ
If there is a possibility to use it under such a condition, attach additional insulation of 10 to ÓÇ°x {{°Ó ÓÇ°x
20mm thick for entire surface of indoor unit, refrigeration pipe and drain pipe. xÇ{
・Areas where TV and radio stays away more than 1m. (It could cause jamming and noise.) ÌÌÊ«>ÌiÊ

.ORMALSETTING
xä°x £xä £xä £xä xä°x
Ón°x
£Óφ{
În°Ó
Îä
strength is not enough, it could cause injury due to unit falling. iÃÊvÀ
Ì>««}ÊÃVÀiÜÃ
£n°Ó
£n°Ó xÎÇ°È
£Èä
（ >VÊÃì）
ÀÊiÌ
Space for installation and service ÌÌÊ«>ÌiÊ
£nn°x
●Install the indoor unit at a height of more than 2.5m above the floor.
Îä
£{n°x
ÃÊV>Ìi`ÊÊÌiÊ >VÊÃì
vÀÊÀ}>Ê«ÃÌ
ÎÇ°È
xÇ{

ÌÌÊ«>ÌiÊ
610
Inspection hole (*) （vÌiÀÊLÌÌÊ«>ÌiÊ ÊÃÊÀi«>Vi`ÊÌÊL>VÊÃì）

500
(SIDE OF "OTTOM3UCTIONSETTING
CONTROL BOX)
④Installation of indoor unit

1150
* When control box is located on the Work procedure

reverse side, Installation space
should be moditied new location. 1. Arrange the suspension bolt at the right position (488mm×576mm).
100
Suspension bolt
Nut (upper)
③Preparation before installation Flat washer
Spring wasler
Nut (lower)
○For grid ceiling Correct Wrong
When suspension bolt length is over 500mm, or the gap between the ceiling and roof is
over 700mm, apply earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
Unit Unit
has enough strength.
○When suspension bolt length is over 1000mm, apply the earthquake resistant brace to the bolt.
Touch the nut (lower) and Gap is left between the fixture
●Prepare four (4) sets of suspension bolt, nut and spring washer (M10) on site. washer without any gap and the nut (lower) and washer.
- 175 -
④Installation of indoor unit (continued) ⑤Duct work (continued) ⑦D
3. Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally. Confirm the Example of bad duct work Cau
levelness of the indoor unit with a level gauge or transpar- Bad example of duct work
●I
Indoor unit
ent hose filled with water. Keep the height difference at I
Louver to
both ends of the indoor unit within 3mm. hose outdoor air
●D
4. Tighten four upper nuts and fix the unit after height and i
d
levelness adjustment.
For ventilation c
●C
Caution ①If the suction duct is made in the ceiling without using the suction side duct, the temperature ●I
●Do not adjust the height by adjusting upper nuts. It will cause unexpected stress on the indoor inside the ceiling will be high owing to the ventilating fan’s performance, the strength of any ●C
unit and it will lead to deformation of the unit, failure of attaching a panel, and generating noise o
wind blowing against the outdoor air louver, weather (on a rainy day) and other factors.
from the fan. ●M
●The outside plate of the unit may have condensation, causing water to drip on the ceiling. in
●Make sure to install the indoor unit horizontally and set the gap between the unit underside and
Also, in the case of a new house of a concrete structure, the temperature may be high f
without a duct inside the ceiling. In such a case, keep the whole unit warm using glass wool
(25mm). (Cover the glass wool with wire netting or the like.) Work
●The unit may be beyond its operation limit, causing overloading of the compressor, and other 1. C
trouble. s
●
⑤Duct work ●Because the blowing capacity of the unit increases, owing to the ventilating fan’s perfor- {*
mance and any wind blowing against the outdoor air louver, up to its use limit, draining liquid w
from the heat exchanger does not flow into the drain pan, possibly flowing to the outside and {*
Air conditioner main unit to
causing water leaks (in which drained liquid drips on the ceiling).
Ceiling suriace ⑥Refrigerant pipe
Blow outlet Suction duct Suction hole Caution

(marketed item) (marketed item)
Blowout duct (with air filter) ●Use the new refrigerant pipe.
(optional or marketed item) Inspection hole
When re-using the existing pipe system for R22 or R407C, pay attention to the following items.
・Change the flare nuts with the attached ones (JIS category 2), and reprocess the flare parts.
Request ・Do not use thin-walled pipes.
①●Calculate air capacity and the outside static pressure to select the xä ●Use phosphorus deoxidized copper alloy seamless pipe (C1220T specified in JIS H3300) for
　　duct’s length and shape, and blow outlet. {ä
In addition, make sure there is no damage both inside and outside of the pipe, and no harmful
-Ì>ÌVÊ*ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊ*>®
Îä substances such as sulfur, oxide, dust or a contaminant stuck on the pipes.

2. M
　　Caution ●Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A.
a
Using other refrigerant except R410A (R22 etc.) may degrade inside refrigeration oil. And air
Óä
●Take care that the outside static pressure does not exceed 30 Pa. }
●
£ä
Ü `Õ
getting into refrigeration circuit may cause over-pressure and resultant it may result in bursting,
The unit has condensation owing to the decrease in air capacity, etc.
ä ●
possibly causing the ceiling and household goods to become wet. È°ä È°x Ç Ç°x Ç°n ●Store the copper pipes indoors and seal the both end of them until they are brazed in order to
②The main body of the air conditioner is not provided with an air filter.
ÀÊvÜÊÎÉ®
avoid any dust, dirt or water getting into pipe. Otherwise it will cause degradation of refrigeration
Assemble it into the suction grill for which cleaning is easy. oil and compressor breakdown, etc.
③Blow duct
●Make the duct the shortest in length. Work procedure
Insulati
●Bend a lot less abruptly. (Make the bend radius a lot larger.)
※ Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving
torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper pipe, and ●
then remove them.
● Pay attention whether the flare nut pops out. (as the indoor unit is sometimes pressured.)
●When connecting the main body to the duct flange of the blow outlet, attach the insulation 2. Make a flare on liquid pipe and gas pipe, and connect the refrigeration pipes on the indoor unit.
material to the fixed portion to protect it from condensation. ※Bend the pipe with as big radius as possible and do not bend the pipe repeatedly. In
●Conduct the duct work before ceiling attachment. addition, do not twist and crush the pipes.
※Do a flare connection as follows: 3. I
④ Inlet port
●When placing the inlet port to carry out suction from the bottom side, use the following proce- ● Make sure to loosen the flare nut with holding the nut on pipe side with a spanner and giving ●
dure to replace the suction duct joint (prepare on site) and the bottom plate. torque to the nut with another spanner in order to avoid unexpected stress to the copper
● When fastening the flare nut, align the refrigeration pipe with the center of flare nut, screw
mentioned in the table below. Make sure to hold the pipe on the indoor unit securely by a
spanner when tightening the nut in order to avoid unexpected stress on the copper pipe.
Drain
●Remove the screws which fasten the ●Replace the removed bottom plate 3. Cover the flare connection part of the indoor unit with attached insulation material after a gas
bottom plate and the duct joint (prepare and duct joint (prepare on site).
leakage inspection, and tighten both ends with attached straps. ●A
on site) on the inlet port side of the unit.
w
●Make sure to insulate both gas pipes and liquid pipes completely. ●D
※ Incomplete insulation may cause dew condensation or water dropping. ●F
4. Refrigerant is charged in the outdoor unit. 1. R
in
2. M
manual attached to the outdoor unit. o
3. M
●Fit the duct join (prepare on site) with a screw; Strap (Accessory) Pipe cover (Accessory) p
fit the bottom plate. Pipe diameter Tightening torque N·m 4. I
⑤ Make sure to keep the suction duct warm to protect it from condensation. φ 6.35 14 to 18
φ 9.52 34 to 42
⑥ Install the blowout hole where air can flow all over the room.
φ 12.7 49 to 61
⑦ Make sure to install the inspection opening in the ceiling. It is needed for the maintenance of
φ 15.88 68 to 82
electrical parts, the motor and other parts. φ 19.05 100 to 120 The thickness of insulation should be 20mm or more.
- 176 -
⑦Drain pipe ⑧Wiring-out position and wiring connection
Caution ● Electrical installation work must be performed according to the installation manual by an
● Install the drain pipe according to the installation manual in order to drain properly.
Imperfection in draining may cause flood indoors and wetting the household goods， etc.
● Use specified cord, fasten the wiring to the terminal securely, and hold the cord securely in
● Do not put both power source line and signal line on the same route. It may cause miscom-
● Connect the pipe securely to avoid water leakage from the joint.
munication and malfunction.
erature ● Insulate the pipe properly to avoid condensation drop.
● Be sure to do D type earth work.
of any ● Check if the water can flow out properly from both the drain outlet on the indoor unit and the end ● For the details of electrical wiring work, see attached instruction manual for electrical wiring work.
● Make sure to make descending slope of greater than 1/100 and do not make up-down bend and/or trap 1. Remove a lid of the control box (2 screws).
ceiling. in the midway. In addition, do not put air vent on the drain pipe. Check if water is drained out properly 2. Hold each wiring inside the unit and fasten them to terminal block securely.
e high from the pipe during commissioning. Also, keep sufficient space for inspection and maintenance. 3. Fix the wiring with clamps.
s wool 4. Install the removed parts back to original place.
Work procedure
d other 1. Connect the drain pipe (VP-20) to drain socket using “transparent soft tube (accessory)” and Earth (Signal line)
secure firmly with a clamp. Power source
● Do not apply adhesives on both side. side terminal
perfor- {*1 If the drain tube is directly connected with drain socket, the drain socket and drain pan block
g liquid would not be able to be removed.}
de and {*2 As optional setting, rubber hose (inside diameter F19) can be connected directly with clamp
to above drain socket under the later condition.}
Transparent soft tube

(Accessory) Pipe cover for insulation {t10} Signal line
(Prepare on site) (Shielded cord)
Remote
controller line
Earth
items.
Indoor power
e parts. Indoor power source line Clamp source line
Earth
00) for > Procedure for optional setting of control box

Drain socket Clamp (Accessory) VP-20 (Prepare on site) (i) Remove bottom plate.
armful (ii) Unfasten two (2) “straps” for wire.
(iii) Remove the plate for control box. (2 screws), and set it at optional position (oposite side).
(iv) Remove the control box (2 screws), and set it at optional position (oposite side).
And air (v) Cut insulation of “U” shape space.
rsting, Through this cutting, set and fix all wires by four (4) “clamps” and two (2) “straps”.
the pipe as close place to the unit as possible when connecting the drain pipe.
(vi) Close the previous “U” shape wiring space by insulation, and set the bottom plate again.
●Do not set up air vent.
rder to
① Wiring Location (Original)
eration
1.5m ~ 2m Supporting metal Trapped air will
generate noises.
No bump
Air vent No trap
Not touching the water “U” shape space

/Ê "8
Insulation material
giving
pe, and ●When sharing a drain pipe for more than As wide as possible
(about100mm)
below the drain outlet of the unit. In ②Wiring Location (Optional)
ured.) addition, select VP-30 or bigger size for After fix ○, the modification of wiring length should be done, by ○
main drain pipe.
oor unit. VP-30 or bigger
dly. In Descending slope greater than 1/100

/Ê "8
giving ● Be sure to insulate the drain socket and rigid PVC pipe installed indoors otherwise it may
copper cause dew condensation and water leakage. The previous
※ After drainage test implementation, cover the drain socket part with pipe cover (small size), then “U” shape space
screw use the pipe cover (big size) to cover the pipe cover (small size), clamps and part of the drain
torque hose, and fix and wrap it with tapes to wrap and make joint part gapless.
y by a
ipe.
a gas
Drain test ⑨Check list after installation
● After installation of drain pipe, make sure that drain system work in good condition and no
water leakage from joint and drain pan. ●Check the following items after all installation work completed.
● Do drain test even if installation of heating season.
● For new building cases, make sure to complete the test before hanging the ceiling. Check if; Expected trouble Check
1. Remove the drain grommet, and pour water of about 1000cc into the drain pan in the The indoor and outdoor units are fixed securely? Falling, vibration, noise
indoor unit by pump so as not to get the electrical component wet. Inspection for leakage is done? Insufficient capacity
allation
2. Make sure that water is drained out properly and there is no water leakage from any joints
of the drain pipe at the test. Insulation work is properly done? Water leakage
3. Make sure to install the grommet back to original Water is drained properly? Water leakage
ory) place. Pump
4. Insulate the drain pipe properly finally.
Remove grommet Earth wiring is connected properly? Electric shock
Make sure to install Cable size comply with specified size? PCB burnt out, not working at all
it back after test.
Insert the edge of water pump
ore. hose in the drain pan.
0*#$ !
PJC012D200 A
- 177 -
5.2 Electrlc wiring work instruction PSB012D922
PSB012D922 AA
ELECTRIC WIRING WORK INSTRUCTION
①　Electrical Wiring Connection (continued) ③　R
Electrical wiring work must be performed by an electrician qualified by a local power provider according
to the electrical installation technical standards and interior wiring regulations applicable to the ●Electrical wiring work must be performed by an electlician an qualified by a Con
installation site. local power provider. These wiring specifications are determined on the
assumption that the following instructions are observed: ①　A
Security instructions ① Do not use cords other than copper ones.
In
Do not use any supply line lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
-braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51), if allowed in the relevant part 2; ②　C
●Accord with following items. Otherwise, there will be the risks of electric shock and fire -ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53); ③　U
caused by overheating or short circuit. -flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41);
-ordinary polyvinyl chloride sheathed cord (code designation 60227 IEC 53); ○
WARNING ② Provide a separate power outlet for each outdoor or indoor unit. ④　A
③ All indoor units grouped in one system must have power source that can be turned on or off simultaneously. u
● Be sure to have the electrical wiring work done by qualified electrical ④ Pay extra attention so as not to confuse signal line and power source line connection, because an error in their
⑤　O
connection can be burn all the boards at once.
installer, and use exclusive circuit.
Power source with insufficient capacity and improper work can cause electric shock and fire. ●Connection of the line ("Between indoor and outdoor unit", Earth and Remote controller) ○
① Remove lid of control box before connect the above lines, and connect the lines to terminal block according to
●Use specified wire for electrical wiring, fasten the wiring to the terminal number pointed on label of terminal block.
securely, and hold the cable securely in order not to apply unexpected In addition, pay enough attention to confirm the number to lines, because there is electrical polarity except earth line.
stress on the terminal. Furthermore, connect earth line to earth position of terminal block of power source.
② Install earth leakage breaker on power source line. In addition, select the type of breaker for inverter circuit as
Loose connections or hold could result in abnormal heat generation or fire.
earth leakage breaker.
③ If the function of selected earth leakage breaker is only for earth-fault protection, hand switch (switch itself and type
●Arrange the electrical wires in the control box properly to prevent them from "B" fuse) or circuit breaker is required in series with the earth leakage breaker.
rising. Fit the lid of the services panel property.
Improper fitting may cause abnormal heat and fire. Cabling system diagram (Outdoor/indoor unit connection procedure) After a
Specification of each line
●Make sure there is no dust or clogging on both the plug and the socket nor to disp
loose connection of the socket before plugging, and plug in securely to the Power source line 2.0~3.5mm2
press
end of the blade. Outdoor unit
Signal line (Shielded cord) 0.75~1.25mm2
the rem
Accumulation of dust, clogging on the socket or plug, or loose installation of the socket could cause Power source Remote controller line 0.3~2.0mm2
electric shock and fire. Replace the socket if it is loose. Ⓐ Ⓑ Use shielded cord for a signal line and connect “earth
Press
Earth leakage breaker B
○ (signal line)” at all the indoor units and sure th
●Use the genuine optional parts. And installation should be performed by a outdoor units.
specialist. Circuit breaker are dis
Signal line (between indoor and outdoor units)
If you install the unit by yourself, it could cause water leakage, electric shock and fire.
●Do not repair by yourself. And consult with the dealer about repair.
Improper repair may cause water leakage, electric shock or fire. Signal line
Ⓐ Ⓑ Ⓐ Ⓑ
Ⓛ Ⓛ (between indoor unit)
●Consult the dealer or a specialist about removal of the air conditioner. Indoor unit1 Indoor unit2
Improper installation may cause water leakage, electric shock or fire. Ⓝ Ⓧ Ⓨ Ⓝ Ⓧ Ⓨ
Y
○ Remote Remote
●Turn off the power source during servicing or inspection work. Earth controller line Earth controller line
If the power is supplied during servicing or inspection work, it could cause electric shock and injury by Ⓧ Ⓨ Ⓧ Ⓨ
the operating fan. Remote controller Remote controller
●Shut off the power before electrical wiring work.

Power source line specification
It could cause electric shock, unit failure and improper running.
Wiring specification
Circuit breaker Wiring size
CAUTION Over-
current Power Remote Confir
Unit type Earth leakage breaker Switch Wire Earth
●Perform earth wiring surely. breaker protector source length Signal line controller line
rated line line When in
Do not connect the earth wiring to the gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod and telephone earth wiring. capacity
Improper earth could cause unit failure and electric shock due to a short circuit. remote
22-36 304m
45-90 15A 30mA 0.1sec 30A 15A 2.0mm2 216m 0.75~ 0.3mm2 2.0mm2
button t
●Make sure to install earth leakage breaker on power source line. ×2 1.25mm2×2 ×2cores blow air
(countermeasure thing to high harmonics.) 112-160 129m
Absence of breaker could cause electric shock. In case of Duct connected -High static pressure- type Push th
71-140 2.0mm2 87m 0.75~ 0.3mm2 operatio
●Use the circuit breaker of correct capacity. 15A 30mA 0.1sec 30A 15A ×2 1.25mm2×2 ×2cores 2.0mm2
224,280 48m Howeve
Using the incorrect capacity one could cause the system failure and fire.
Note (1) The cord distances are calculated with a voltage drop of 2%. If the distance should exceed the air-cond
●Do not use any materials other than a fuse of correct capacity where a fuse
above data, review the cord thickness to use in accordance with your extension cord regulations.
should be used.
(2) When total extension of remote controller line is more than 100m, change the size of cord
Connecting the circuit by wire or copper wire could cause unit failure and fire.
according to "③ Remote Control, Wiring and functions".
●Use power source line of correct capacity.
Using incorrect capacity one could cause electric leak, abnormal heat generation and fire. In case of Heat recovery 3-pipe systems
●Do not mingle solid cord and stranded cord on power source and signal side Branching controller of heat recovery 3-pipe systems wiring
terminal block.
In addition, do not mingle difference capacity solid or stranded cord. ●When this unit is used as a "Heat Recovery 3-pipe Systems", refer to the installation
Inappropriate cord setting could cause loosing screw on terminal block, bad electrical contact, smoke manual of a branching controller (option). Mas
and fire.
●Do not turn off the power source immediately after stopping the operation. A ma
Be sure to wait for more than 5 minutes. Otherwise it could cause water leakage or breakdown. ②　Address setting indo
Late
●Do not control the operation with the circuit breaker. Address setting is done by (1) Manual address setting or (2) Automatic address setting. Acce
It could cause fire or water leakage. In addition, the fan may start operation unexpectedly and it may In the case of (2) "Automatic address setting", it is possible to change address setting by wired
cause injury. and
remote controller after once complete setting.
As for details of setting procedure, refer to instructions attached to the outdoor unit for details. Set S
Note
remo
①　Electrical Wiring Connection ③　Remote Control, Wiring and functions
●Install an over-current and earth leakage breaker (threshold current: 30mA) specified for ●　Do not install it on the following places.
each unit without fail. (1) Place exposed to direct sunlight (4) Hot surface or cold surface enough to generate condensation
④　T
●Provide a dedicated branching circuit and never share a branching circuit with other (2) Places near heat devices (5) Place exposed to oil mist or steam directly.
equipment. If shared, disconnection at the circuit breaker may occur, which can cause (3) High humidity places (6) Uneven surface
secondary damage. Th
●Set earth of D-type. Installation and wiring of remote controller
Ope
●Connection of a cable beyond 3.5 mm2 is not permitted. When cables of over 5.5 mm2 are ①　Install remote controller referring to the attached manual. 1. St
in use, provide a dedicated pull box to take a branch to an indoor unit. ②　Wiring of remote controller should use 0.3mm2 x2 core wires or cables.
●Keep "remote controller line" and "power source line" away from each other on constructing ①S
(on-site configuration)
of unit outside. ②S
③　Maximum prolongation of remote control wiring is 600 m.
●Run the lines (power source, remote controller and "between indoor and outdoor unit") If the prolongation is over 100m, change to the size below. ③P
upper ceiling through iron pipe or other tube protection to avoid the damage by mouse and 2
But, wiring in the remote controller case should be under 0.5mm . Change the wire size outside of the case T
so on. according to wire connecting. Waterproof treatment is necessary at the wire connecting section. Be careful about
●Do not add cord in the middle of line (of indoor power source, remote controller and signal) contact failure. ④W
route on outside of unit. If connecting point is flooded, it could cause problem as for electric 100-200m ..................... 0.5mm2×2 core ru
or communication. Under 300m ................ 0.75mm2 × 2 core T
(In the case that it is necessary to set connecting point on the signal line way, perform
Under 400m ................ 1.25mm2 × 2 core 2. En
thorough waterproof measurement.)
Under 500m ................ 2.0mm2 × 2 core
●Do not connect the power source line [220V/240V/380V/415V] to signal side terminal block. P
Otherwise, it could cause failure. ④　Avoid using multi-core cables to prevent malfunction.
c
●Screw the line to terminal block without any looseness, certainly. ⑤　Keep remote controller line away from earth (frame or any metal of building).
⑥　Make sure to connect remote controller line to the remote controller and terminal block of “
●Do not turn on the switch of power source, before all of line work is done.
indoor unit. (No polarity)
- 178 -
2 A
③　Remote Control, Wiring and functions (continued) ④　Trial operation (continued)

Control plural indoor units by a single remote controller Checking operation data
①　A remote controller can control plural indoor units (up to 16) Operation data can be checked with remote control unit operation.
In above setting, all plural indoor units will operate under same mode and temperature setting.
1. Press the button.
②　Connect all indoor units with 2 core remote controller line for group control.
The display change “ ”
③　Use the function of manual address setting to set the indoor and outdoor address number.
2. Press the (SET) button while “ ” is displayed.
○Do not forget to set the number for the outdoor units.
3.When only one indoor unit is connected to remote controller, “ ” is displayed
④　As shown in the following figure, the remote control can be used to control multiple outdoor
units. (blinking indication during data loading).
Next, operation data of the indoor unit will be displayed. Skip to step 7.
⑤　One remote control is able to perform group control for multiple units (maximum 16 units).
4. When plural indoor units is connected, the smallest address number of indoor unit among all
○Use the rotary SW1 and SW2 provided on the indoor unit PCB (Printed circuit board) to set unique remote control connected indoor unit is displayed.
communication address avoiding duplication.
[Example]:
“ ” (blinking 1 seconds) “ ” blinking.
5. Select the indoor unit number you would like to have data displayed with the button.
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit 6. Determine the indoor unit number with the (SET) button.
No.01 No.02
(The indoor unit number changes from blinking indication to continuous indication)
Ⓐ Ⓑ Ⓐ Ⓑ
“ ” (The address of selected indoor unit is blinking for 2 seconds.)
After a unit is energized, it is possible
“ ” (A blinking indication appears while data loaded.)
to display an indoor unit address by
mm2 Indoor unit Ⓐ Ⓑ Indoor unit Ⓐ Ⓑ Next, the operation data of the indoor unit is indicated.
p r e s s i n g AIR CON NO b u t t o n o n
25mm2 Outdoor No.01 Outdoor No.02 7. Upon operation of the button, the current operation data is displayed in order from
the remote control unit.
mm2 Indoor No.01 Ⓧ Ⓨ Indoor No.04 Ⓧ Ⓨ data number 01.
Press the or button to make
nect “earth The items displayed are in the following table.
sure that all indoor units connected
※Depending on models, the items that do not have corresponding data are not displayed.
are displayed in order.
8. To display the data of a different indoor unit, press the button, which allows you
Indoor unit Ⓐ Ⓑ Indoor unit Ⓐ Ⓑ to go back to the indoor unit selection screen.
Outdoor No.01 Outdoor No.02
9. Pressing the button will stop displaying data.
Indoor No.02 Ⓧ Ⓨ Indoor No.05 Ⓧ Ⓨ
Pressing the (RESET) button during remote control unit operation will undo your last
operation and allow you to go back to the previous screen.
◎If two (2) remote controllers are connected to one (1) inside unit, only the master controller is available
Indoor unit Ⓐ Ⓑ Indoor unit Ⓐ Ⓑ for trial operation and confirmation of operation data. (The slave remote controller is not available.)
Outdoor No.01 Outdoor No.02 Number Data Item
Indoor No.03 Ⓧ Ⓨ Indoor No.06 Ⓧ Ⓨ
01 (Operation Mode)
Remote controller line 02 (Set Temperature)
(No polarity)
Ⓧ Ⓨ 03 (Return Air Temperature)
Action time 04 (Remote Controller Thermistor Temperature)
05 (Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger Thermistor / U Bend)
Confirming method of indoor units 06 (Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger Thermistor /Capillary)
th
e
When indoor unit address number is displayed on 07 (Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger Thermistor /Gas Header)
remote controller, pushing the (MODE) Indoor unit 08 (Indoor Unit Fan Speed)
button to make the indoor unit with that number
mm2 09 (Frequency Requirements)
blow air (Display example:" "). Ⓧ Ⓨ Remote controller line 10 (Response Frequency)
Push the (MODE) button again to stop the (No polarity)
operation. 11 (Pulse of Indoor Unit Expansion Valve)
mm2 Ⓧ Ⓨ Ⓧ Ⓨ
However, this operation is invalid on the 12 (Total Running Hours of The Indoor Unit)
Action time Action time
the air-conditioning running. SW1” Master” SW1” Slave” 21 (Outdoor Air Temperature)
ations. 22 (Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Thermistor)
Switch Setting Contents 23 (Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Thermistor)
Master remote 24 (Compressor Frequency)
Wired remote controller: SW1 Master controller
Wireless kit: SW1-2 Slave Slave remote 25 (High Pressure)
controller
26 (Low Pressure)
tion 27 (Discharge Pipe Temperature)
Master/slave setting when more than one remote control unit are used 28 (Comp Bottom Temperature)
A maximum of two remote control units can be connected to one indoor unit (or one group of 29 (Current)
indoor units.) 30 (Target Super Heat)
Latest "function setting" is superior than previous one. 31 (Super Heat)
Acceptable combination is "two (2) wired remote controllers", "one (1) wired remote controller 32 (Discharge Pipe Super Heat)
wired and one (1) wireless kit" or "two (2) wireless kits".
Set SW1 to "Slave" for the slave remote control unit. It was factory set to "Master" for shipment. 33 (Protection State No. of The Compressor)
ails.
Note:The setting "Remote control unit sensor enabled" is only selectable with the master 34 (Outdoor Unit Fan Speed)
remote control unit in the position where you want to check room temperature. 35 (63H1 On/Off)
36 (Defrost Control On/Off)
37 (Total Running Hours of The Compressor)
n 38 (Pulse of The Outdoor Unit Expansion Valve EEVC)
④　Trial operation
39 (Pulse of The Outdoor Unit Expansion Valve EEVH)
The method of trial cooling operation Trail operation of drain pump
Operate the remote control unit as follows.
Drain pump operation from remote control unit is possible. Operate a remote control unit by
1. Starting a cooling test run.
following the steps described below.
①Start the system by pressing the button.
1. To start a forced drain pump operation.
②Select “ (Cool)” with the (MODE) button.
①Press the TEST button for three seconds or longer.
③Press the TEST button for 3 seconds or longer.
The display will change “ ”
e case The screen display will switch to: “ ”
about ②Press the button once and cause “ ” to be displayed.
④When the (SET) button is pressed while “ ” is indicated, a cooling test
③When the (SET) button is pressed, a drain pump operation will start.
run will start.
Display: “ ”
The screen display will switch to “ ”.
2. To cancel a drain pump operation.
2. Ending a cooling test run.
①If either (SET) or button is pressed, a forced drain pump operation will
Pressing the button, the (TEMP) button or (MODE) button will end a
stop. The air conditioning system will become OFF.
cooling test run. (Cooling test run will end after 30 minutes pass.)
ock of “ ” shown on the screen will go off. ◎If two (2) remote controllers are connected to one (1) inside unit, only the master controller is available
for trial operation and confirmation of operation data. (The slave remote controller is not available.)
- 179 -
⑤ Function Setting by Remote Controller
The functional setting.

• The initial function setting for typical using is performed automatically by the indoor unit connected, when remote controller and
indoor unit are connected.
As long as they are used in a typical manner, there wiil be no need to change the initial settings.
If you would like to change the initial setting marked “ ” , set your desired setting as for the selected item.
The procedure of functional setting is shown as the following diagram.
[Flow of function setting]

Start : Stop air-conditioner and press “ ” (SET) and
“ ” (MODE) buttons at the same time for over three seconds. Record and keep the
Finalize : Press “ ” (SET) button.
setting
Reset : Press “ ” (RESET) button.
Select : Press button.
End : Press button.
It is possible to finish above setting on the way,
and unfinished change of setting is unavailable.
Note 1: The initial setting marked is decided by connected indoor and outdoor unit, and is automatically defined as following table.
Function No. Item Default Model

Remote controller "Auto-RUN" mode selectable indoor unit.
function02 Indoor unit without "Auto-RUN" mode
Remote controller Indoor unit with two or three step of air flow setting
function06
Indoor unit with only one of air flow setting
Remote controller Indoor unit with automatically swing louver
function07
Indoor unit without automatically swing louver
Remote controller Indoor unit with three step of air flow setting
function13
Indoor unit with two step of air flow setting
Indoor unit with only one of air flow setting

Remote controller Heat pump unit
function15 Exclusive cooling unit
- 180 -
⑤ Function Setting by Remote Controller (continued)
(i) Remote controller function
Stop air-conditioner and press
(SET) + (MODE) buttons
“ ” : Initial settings at the same time for over three seconds.
“ ” : Automatic criterion
Function When you use at 50Hz area

01 setting
When you use at 50Hz area

When you use at 60Hz area
02
Automatical operation is impossible

03
Temperature setting button is not working

04
Mode button is not working

05
On/Off button is not working

06
Fan speed button is not working

07
Louver button is not working
08
Timer button is not working

09
Remote thermistor is not working.
Remote thermistor is working.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing +3.0 C increase in temperature.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing -1.0 C increase in temperature.
10
11
In case of Single split series, by connecting ventilation device to CNT of the
indoor printed circuit board (in case of VRF series, by connecting it to CND of the
indoor printed circuit board), the operation of ventilation device is linked with the
operation of indoor unit.
In case of Single split series, by connecting ventilation device to CNT of the indoor printed
circuit board (in case of VRF series, by connecting it to CND of the indoor printed circuit
board), you can operate /stop the ventilation device independently by (VENT) button.
12
If you change the range of set temperature, the indication of set temperature
will vary following the control.
If you change the range of set temperature, the indication of set temperature
will not vary following the control, and keep the set temperature.
13
Airflow of fan becomes the three speed of - - .
Airflow of fan becomes the two speed of - .
Airflow of fan becomes the two speed of - .
Airflow of fan is fixed at one speed.
14 If you change the remote controller function "14 ",

you must change the indoor function "04 " accordingly.
You can select the louver stop position in the four.
The louver can stop at any position.
15
16
If you input signal into CNT of the indoor printed circuit board from external, the
indoor unit will be operated independently according to the input from external.
If you input into CNT of the indoor printed circuit board from external, all units which
connect to the same remote controller are operated according to the input from external.
17
In normal working indication, indoor unit temperature is indicated instead of airflow.
(Only the master remote controller can be indicated.)
18
Heating preparation indication should not be indicated.

19
Temperature indication is by degree C
Temperature indication is by degree F
ON/OFF button
(finished)
- 181 -
⑤ Function Setting by Remote Controller (continued)
(ii) Indoor unit function
Stop air-conditioner and press
“ ” : Initial settings (SET) + (MODE) buttons
at the same time for over three seconds.
“ ” : Automatic criterion
Indoor unit No. are indicated only when Note1: Fan setting of "HIGH SPEED"
plural indoor units are connected. Fan tap
Indoor unit air flow setting
Function
02 setting FAN STAN DAR D HI-MID-LO HI-LO HI- MID
SPEED
SET HIGH UHI - HI- MID UHI - MID UHI- HI
SPEED1 2
03 Initial function setting of some indoor unit is "HIGH SPEED".
The filter sign is indicated after running for 180 hours.
The filter sign is indicated after running for 600 hours.
To set other indoor unit, press The filter sign is indicated after running for 1000 hours.
AIRCON NO. button, which The filter sign is indicated after running for 1000 hours, then the indoor unit will be stopped by
allows you to go back to the compulsion after 24 hours.
indoor unit selection screen 04 If you change the indoor function "04 ",
(for example: I/U 000 ). you must change the remote controller function "14 " accordingly.
You can select the louver stop position in the four.
The louver can stop at any position.
05
06
Permission/prohibition control of operation will be valid.
07
With the VRF series, it is used to stop all indoor units connected with the same outdoor unit immediately.
When stop signal is inputed from remote on-off terminal "CNT-6", all indoor units are stopped immediately.
To be reset for producing +3.0 C increase in temperature during heating.

To be reset for producing +2.0 C increase in temperature during heating.
08 To be reset for producing +1.0 C increase in temperature during heating.
To be reset producing +2.0 C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.

To be reset producing +1.5 C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
09 To be reset producing +1.0 C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
To be reset producing -1.0 C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.

10
When heating thermostat is OFF, fan speed is low speed.
When heating thermostat is OFF, fan speed is set speed.
When heating thermostat is OFF, fan speed is operated intermittently.

When heating thermostat is OFF, the fan is stopped.
When the remote thermistor is working, "FAN OFF" is set automatically.
Do not set "FAN OFF" when the indoor unit's thermistor is working.
11 Change of indoor heat exchanger temperature to start frost prevention control.
12 Working only with the Single split series.

To control frost prevention, the indoor fan tap is raised.
13
Drain pump is run during cooling and dry.
Drain pump is run during cooling, dry and heating.
Drain pump is run during cooling, dry, heating and fan.
Drain pump is run during cooling, dry and fan.
14
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan does not perform extra operation.
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for half an hour.
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for an hour.
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for six hours.
15
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan does not perform extra operation.
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF,the fan perform extra operation for half an hour.
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF,the fan perform extra operation for two hours.
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for six hours.
16
During heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan perform intermittent operation for five
minutes with low fan speed after twenty minutes' OFF.
During heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan perform intermittent operation for five
minutes with low fan speed after five minutes' OFF.
ON/OFF button
(finished)
- 182 -
⑥ Control mode switching
or unit, and is automatically defined as following table. ●The control content of indoor units can be switched in following way. ( is the default setting)
door unit.
Switch No. control content
mode SW1 Indoor unit address (tens place)
p of air flow setting SW2 Indoor unit address (ones place)
low setting SW3 Outdoor unit address (tens place)
wing louver SW4 Outdoor unit address (ones place)
y swing louver SW5－1 ON Fixed previous version of Super Link protocol
flow setting
OFF Automatic adjustment of Super Link protocol
ow setting
ow setting SW5－2 Indoor unit address (hundreds place)
low setting SW6－1 ~ 4 Model capacity setting
SW7－1 ON Operation check, Drain motor test run
OFF Normal operation
ing
⑦ Function of CNT connector of indoor printed circuit board
Hi-MID
UH-Hi Note
Indoor units control box Butt splice
(Application coverage
0.75～1.25mm2)
Red White Common
+12
Black Black Output
Yellow Yellow Output
CNT Blue
(Blue 6P) Blue Output
Brown Brown Output
Orange Orange
Input
Orange power
Remote start / stop button or timer point

Printed circuit board Remote start/stop kit
Note (1): Do not use the length over 2 meter
ed by compulsion after 24 hours. ●Function
●CNT connector (local) vendor model Output 1: Operation output (there is output when unit is in operation.)
y. Connector : Made by molex 5264-06 Output 2: Heating output (there is output when operation MODE is HEATING.)
Terminals : Made by molex 5263 T Output 3: Thermo ON output
Output 4: Inspection output (there is out put when unit is stopped by error.)
Input 5: XR5 OFF ON UNIT ON
Factory set
XR5 ON OFF UNIT OFF
Local set XR5 OFF ON Receiving pulse signal, "ON/OFF"

is reversed.
Refer to instruction manuals of "Branching controller", when the indoor unit is
ame outdoor unit immediately. connected to "Heat recovery 3-pipe systems".
units are stopped immediately.
⑧Troubleshooting
The operation data is saved when the situation of abnormal operation happen, Error code of indoor unit
and the data can be confirmed by remote controller.
[Operating procedure] Display on LED on indoor circuit board
unit. remote Content
1. Press the button. controller red (checking) green (normal)
unit.
Off Continuous blinking Normal
unit. The display change “ ” Off Off Fault on power, indoor power off or lack phase
Off
2. Once, press the button, and the display change “ ”.
Continuous Fault on the transmission between indoor
nit. 3. Press the (SET) button and abnormal operation data mode is started. E1
Off blinking circuit board and remote control
nit. 4. When only one indoor unit is connected to remote controller, following is Not sure Not sure Indoor computer abnormal
nit.
displayed. E2 Duplication of indoor address No. (can only be detected during operation)
blinking once Continuous blinking Excess number of remote controllers (can only be detected during operation)
①The case that there is history of abnormal operation.
Error code and “ ” is displayed. E3 Outdoor power off or lack phase
blinking twice Continuous blinking There is no corresponding outdoor unit address.
[Example]: [E8] (ERROR CODE) E5 blinking twice Continuous blinking Fault on outdoor-indoor transmission
“ ” is displayed (blinking indication during data loading). E6 blinking once Continuous blinking Indoor heat exchange sensor interrupted or short-circuit
Next, the abnormal operation data of the indoor unit will be displayed. E7 blinking once Continuous blinking Indoor air inhaling sensor broken or short-circuit
Skip to step 7. E9 blinking once Continuous blinking Float SW actions (only with FS)
E10 Off Continuous blinking Excess number of remote controller connections
②The case that there is not history of abnormal operation.
trol. E11 Off Continuous blinking The master indoor unit is not set properly.
“ ” is displayed for 3 seconds and this mode is closed. Indoor unit address SW
5. When plural indoor units is connected, following is displayed. Super link
Indoor No. Outdoor No.
①The case that there is history of abnormal operation. E12 blinking once Continuous blinking New specification 001～127 49
Error code and the smallest address number of indoor unit among all 0～47 48，49
Old specification
48，49 0～47
connected indoor unit is displayed.
E16 blinking once Continuous blinking Fan motor abnormal
[Example]: [E8] (ERROR CODE) E18 blinking once Continuous blinking The address configuration fault for master-slave indoor units.
“ ” blinking E19 blinking once Continuous blinking Configuration fault on running checking model
②The case that there is not history of abnormal operation. E28 Off Continuous blinking Remote controller sensor interrupted
Only address number is displayed. Over E30 Off Continuous blinking Outdoor unit checking (outdoor circuit board LED checking)
E63 Off Continuous blinking Emergency stop.
6. Select the indoor unit number you would like to have data displayed with the
button.
m extra operation.
peration for half an hour. 7. Determine the indoor unit number with the (SET) button.
peration for an hour. [Example]: [E8] (ERROR CODE)
peration for six hours. “ ” (The address of selected indoor unit is blinking for 2 seconds.)
rm extra operation.
peration for half an hour. [E8] “ ” (A blinking indication appears while data loaded.)
peration for two hours. Next, the abnormal operation data is indicated.
operation for six hours. If the indoor unit doing normal operation is selected, “ ” is displayed for 3 seconds and address of indoor unit is displayed.
8. By the button, the abnormal operation data is displayed.
mittent operation for five minutes after twenty minutes' off Displayed data item is based on ④ Trial operation .
※Depending on models, the items that do not have corresponding data are not displayed.
mittent operation for five minutes after five minutes' off with
9. To display the data of a different indoor unit, press the AIR CON No. button, which allows you to go back to the indoor unit slection screen.
10.Pressing the button will stop displaying data.
Pressing the (RESET) button during remote control unit operation will undo your last operation and allow you to go back to the previous screen.
◎If two (2) remote controllers are connected to one (1) inside unit, only the master controller is available for trial operation and confirmation of operation
data. (The slave remote controller is not available.)
PSB012D922 A
PSB012D922 A
- 183 -
Installation manual for wired remote controller
5.3 Installation manual for wired remote controller (Option parts)
Connect the remote controller cord
terminal block.
Connect the terminal of remote co
Read together with indoor unit's installation manual. with the terminal of indoor unit (X,
WARNING (X and Y are no polarity)
Wiring route is as shown in the rig
Fasten the wiring to the terminal securely and hold the cable securely so as not to apply unexpected stress on the
depending on the pulling out direc
terminal.
Loose connection or hold will cause abnormal heat generation or fire.
Make sure the power supply is turned off when electric wiring work. The wiring inside the remote contr
Otherwise, electric shock, malfunction and improper running may occur. The sheath should be peeled off in
The peeling-off length of each wire
CAUTION Pulling out from upper left Pullin
DO NOT install the remote controller at the following places in order to avoid malfunction. X wiring : 215mm
(1) Places exposed to direct sunlight (4) Hot surface or cold surface enough to generate condensation Y wiring : 195mm
(2) Places near heat devices (5) Places exposed to oil mist or steam directly
(3) High humidity places (6) Uneven surface Install the upper case as before so
the screws.
In case of exposing cord, fix the co
DO NOT leave the remote controller without the upper case.
In case the upper cace needs to be detached, protect the remote controller with a packaging box or bag in Installation and wiring of remote con
order to keep it away from water and dust.
Wiring of remote controller should
Maximum prolongation of remote
Accessories Remote controller, wood screw 2 pieces
If the prolongation is over 100m, c
Prepare on site Remote controller cord (2 cores) But, wiring in the remote controller
[In case of embedding cord] Erectrical box, M4 screw (2 pieces) of the case according to wire conn
[In case of exposing cord] Cord clamp (if needed) connecting section. Be careful abo
100 - 200m.........................0.5mm
Installation procedure Under 300m .......................0.75mm
Open the cover of remote controller , and remove the screw under the Under 400m .......................1.25mm
buttons without fail. Under 600m .......................2.0mm
Master/ slave setting when more tha

Remove the upper case of remote controller. Screw
Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the dented part of the upper part A maximum of two remote controllers c
of the remote controller, and wrench slightly.
[In case of embedding cord] Indoor units

Embed the erectrical box and remote controller cord beforehand.
Remote controller
Controller cord
Erectrical box
(Prepare on site)
Remote controller Remote controller
SW1 "Master" SW1 "Slave"
Prepare two M4 screws (recommended length is 12-16mm) on site, and install the lower case to erectrical box.
Choose either of the following two positions in fixing it with screws.
Upper part Upper part Set SW1 to "Slave" for the slave re
Tighten the screws after Note: The setting "Remote controller th
cutting off the thin part of controller in the position where yo
screw mounting part.
Lower case Lower case The air conditioner operation follo
master/ slave setting of it.
Wiring oulet Lower part Lower part The indication when power source is
Wiring oulet
When power source is turned on, the fo
communication between the remote co
Connect the remote controller cord to the terminal block. Master remote controller : "
Connect the terminal of remote controller (X,Y) with the terminal of M4 screw 2 (Prepare on site)
Slave remote controller : "
indoor unit (X,Y). (X and Y are no polarity) The thin part
Upper At the same time, a mark or a number w
Install the upper case as before so as not to catch up the remote controller cord, This is the software's administration nu
and tighten with the screws. Lower case
T
ex
[In case of exposing cord] ap
Lower
You can pull out the remote controller cord from left upper part or center upper part. Upper When remote controller cannot commu
Cut off the upper thin part of remote controller lower case with a nipper or knife, appear.
and grind burrs with a file etc. Check wiring of the indoor unit and the
Lower case
Install the lower case to the flat wall with attached two wooden screws.
Lower
PJA012D728A C
- 184 -
remote controller Connect the remote controller cord to the Sheath Sheath
Upper Upper The range of temperature setting
terminal block.
Connect the terminal of remote controller (X,Y) Upper case Upper case When shipped, the range of set temperature
Board Board
with the terminal of indoor unit (X,Y). Heating : 16~30oC (55~86oF)
(X and Y are no polarity) Except heating (cooling, fan, dry, autom
Wiring route is as shown in the right diagram
as not to apply unexpected stress on the Upper limit and lower limit of se
depending on the pulling out direction. Lower Lower
Wiring Wiring Upper limit setting: valid during heating op
In case of pulling out from In case of pulling out from
upper left upper center Lower limit setting: valid except heating (a
The wiring inside the remote controller case should be within 0.3mm2 (recommended) to 0.5mm2. 79oF).
The sheath should be peeled off inside the remote controller case. When you set upper and lower limit by thi
The peeling-off length of each wire is as below.
1. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote c
Pulling out from upper left Pulling out from upper center If upper limit value is set
void malfunction. X wiring : 215mm X wiring : 170mm The peeling-off length During heating, you cannot set the val
surface enough to generate condensation Y wiring : 195mm Y wiring : 190mm of sheath
oil mist or steam directly If lower limit value is set
Install the upper case as before so as not to catch up the remote controller cord, and tighten with During operation mode except heating
the screws.
In case of exposing cord, fix the cord on the wall with cord clamp so as not to slack. 2. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote
If upper limit value is set
ler with a packaging box or bag in Installation and wiring of remote controller During heating, even if the value exce
Wiring of remote controller should use 0.3mm2 × 2 core wires or cables. (on-site configuration) But, the indication is the same as the t
Maximum prolongation of remote controller wiring is 600 m. If lower limit value is set
2 pieces
If the prolongation is over 100m, change to the size below. During except heating, even if the value
But, wiring in the remote controller case should be under 0.5mm2 . Change the wire size outside But, the indication is the same as the t
l box, M4 screw (2 pieces) of the case according to wire connecting. Waterproof treatment is necessary at the wire
p (if needed) connecting section. Be careful about contact failure. How to set upper and lower limi
100 - 200m.........................0.5mm2 × 2 cores 1. Stop the air-conditioner, and press
Under 300m .......................0.75mm2 × 2 cores seconds .
der the Under 400m .......................1.25mm2 × 2 cores The indication changes to "FUNCTIO
Under 600m .......................2.0mm2 × 2 cores 2. Press button once, and change t
3. Press (SET) button, and ente
Master/ slave setting when more than one remote controllers are used 4. Select "UPPER LIMIT " or "LOWE
Screw
part A maximum of two remote controllers can be connected to one indoor unit (or one group of indoor units.) 5. Press (SET) button to fix.
6. When "UPPER LIMIT " is selected
Switch Setting Contents
Indication: " SET UP"
Indoor units M Master remote controller Select the upper limit value with te
SW1
S Slave remote controller (blinking)
d.
Remote controller cord (no polarity) Press (SET) button to fix. I
Controller cord
Upper After the fixed upper limit value di
Erectrical box
(Prepare on site) Master 7. When "LOWER LIMIT " is selected
Remote controller Remote controller
SW1 "Master" SW1 "Slave" Slave Board Indication: " SET UP"
Select the lower limit value with te
e, and install the lower case to erectrical box. Lower
(blinking)
ws.
part Set SW1 to "Slave" for the slave remote controller. It was factory set to "Master" for shipment. Press (SET) button to fix. I
Tighten the screws after Note: The setting "Remote controller thermistor enabled" is only selectable with the master remote After the fixed lower limit value dis
cutting off the thin part of controller in the position where you want to check room temperature. 8. Press ON/OFF button to finish.
screw mounting part.
se The air conditioner operation follows the last operation of the remote controller regardless of the
master/ slave setting of it.
er part The indication when power source is supplied

When power source is turned on, the following is displayed on the remote controller until the
communication between the remote controller and indoor unit settled.
Master remote controller : " " It is possible to finish by pressing
l of M4 screw 2 (Prepare on site)
Slave remote controller : " " ON/OFF button on the way, but
The thin part
Upper At the same time, a mark or a number will be displayed for two seconds first. unfinished change of setting is
This is the software's administration number of the remote controller, not an error cord. unavailable.
e controller cord,
Lower case
During setting, if you press
The left mark is only an (RESET) button, you return to the
example. Other marks may previous screen.
appear.
Lower
or center upper part. Upper When remote controller cannot communicate with the indoor unit for half an hour, the below indication will
a nipper or knife, appear.
Check wiring of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit etc.
Lower case
screws.
Lower
- 185 -
Sheath Sheath
Upper The range of temperature setting
Upper case Upper case When shipped, the range of set temperature differs depending on the operation mode as below.
Board
Heating : 16~30oC (55~86oF)
Except heating (cooling, fan, dry, automatic) : 18~30oC (62~86oF)
Upper limit and lower limit of set temperature can be changed with remote controller.
Lower
ng Wiring Upper limit setting: valid during heating operation. Possible to set in the range of 20 to 30oC (68 to 86oF).
from In case of pulling out from
upper center Lower limit setting: valid except heating (automatic, cooling, fan, dry) Possible to set in the range of 18 to 26oC (62 to
mm (recommended) to 0.5mm2.
2 79oF).
e. When you set upper and lower limit by this function, control as below.
1. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote controller function of function setting mode is "INDN CHANGE" (factory setting),
The peeling-off length During heating, you cannot set the value exceeding the upper limit.
of sheath
If lower limit value is set
controller cord, and tighten with During operation mode except heating, you cannot set the value below the lower limit.
so as not to slack. 2. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote controller function of function setting mode is "NO INDN CHANGE"
During heating, even if the value exceeding the upper limit is set, upper limit value will be sent to the indoor unit.
cables. (on-site configuration) But, the indication is the same as the temperature set.
If lower limit value is set
During except heating, even if the value lower than the lower limit is set, lower limit value will be sent to the indoor unit.
. Change the wire size outside But, the indication is the same as the temperature set.
s necessary at the wire
How to set upper and lower limit value
1. Stop the air-conditioner, and press (SET) and (MODE) button at the same time for over three
seconds .
The indication changes to "FUNCTION SET ".
2. Press button once, and change to the "TEMP RANGE " indication.
3. Press (SET) button, and enter the temperature range setting mode.
used 4. Select "UPPER LIMIT " or "LOWER LIMIT " by using button.
unit (or one group of indoor units.) 5. Press (SET) button to fix.
6. When "UPPER LIMIT " is selected (valid during heating)
Contents
Indication: " SET UP" "UPPER 30OC "
remote controller Select the upper limit value with temperature setting button . Indication example: "UPPER 26OC "
emote controller (blinking)
Press (SET) button to fix. Indication example: "UPPER 26OC" (Displayed for two seconds)
Upper After the fixed upper limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will return to "UPPER LIMIT ".
7. When "LOWER LIMIT " is selected (valid during cooling, dry, fan, automatic)
Board Indication: " SET UP" "LOWER 18OC "
Lower
Select the lower limit value with temperature setting button . Indication example: "LOWER 24OC "
(blinking)
ry set to "Master" for shipment. Press (SET) button to fix. Indication for example: "LOWER 24OC" (Displayed for two seconds)
table with the master remote After the fixed lower limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will return to "LOWER LIMIT ".
ature. 8. Press ON/OFF button to finish.
mote controller regardless of the
mote controller until the
It is possible to finish by pressing

ON/OFF button on the way, but
ds first. unfinished change of setting is
not an error cord. unavailable.
During setting, if you press
(RESET) button, you return to the
previous screen.
alf an hour, the below indication will

Previous button
- 186 -
The functional setting
automatically defined as following table. Refer to page 180
ble indoor unit.

Operation message
RUN" mode How to set function Function description: ,
ee step of air flow setting 1. Stop air-conditioner and press (SET) (MODE) setting description: Function No.
of air flow setting buttons at the same time for over three seconds, and the
ally swing louver "FUNCTION SET " will be displayed.
atically swing louver
of air flow setting Fixing button
f air flow setting
2. Press (SET) button.
of air flow setting 7 Finishing button
3. Make sure which do you want to set, " FUNCTION "
(remote controller function) or "I/U FUNCTION " (indoor
unit function).
XTERNAL INPUT” and “06 PERMISSION / 4. Press or button. 2 Starting button
Selecct " FUNCTION " (remote controller function) or "I/U
1
FUNCTION " (indoor unit function).
6 Indoor unit selection button Previous screen button
Indoor unit air flow setting

5. Press (SET) button.
D-LO HI-LO HI- MID
I- MID UHI - MID UHI- HI 6. On the occasion of remote controller function selection On the occasion of indoor unit function selection
HIGH SPEED".
"DATA LOADING" (Indication with blinking) "DATA LOADING" (Blinking for 2 to 23 seconds to read the data)
hours. Display is changed to "01 GRILLE SET". Indication is changed to "01 AUTO FILTER CLEANING".
hours.
hours. Go to .
hours, then the indoor unit will be stopped by Press or button.
"No. and function"are indicated by turns on the remote [Note]
", controller function table, then you can select from them. (1) If plural indoor units are connected to a remote controller,
"14 " accordingly. (For example) the indication is "I/U 000" (blinking) The lowest number of
ur.
the indoor unit connected is indicated.
Function No.
Function
Press (SET) button.

The current setting of selected function is indicated. (2) Press or button.
e valid.
(for example) "AUTO RUN ON" If "02 AUTO RUN SET" is Select the number of the indoor unit you are to set
selected If you select "ALL UNIT ", you can set the same setting with
units connected with the same outdoor unit immediately. all unites.
erminal "CNT-6", all indoor units are stopped immediately. (3) Press (SET) button.
Setting
mperature during heating. Press or button.

mperature during heating. Press or button. "No. and function" are indicated by turns on the indoor unit function
mperature during heating. Select the setting. table, then you can select from them.
(For example)
air temperature of indoor unit.
air temperature of indoor unit. Function No.
air temperature of indoor unit. Function
air temperature of indoor unit. Press (SET) button.

The current setting of selected function is indicated.
(For example) "STANDARD" If "02 FAN SPEED SET" is
ow speed. Press (SET) selected.
et speed. "SET COMPLETE" will be indicated, and the setting will be
completed.
perated intermittently.
ped. Then after "No. and function" indication returns, Set as the Setting
FF" is set automatically. same procedure if you want to set continuously ,and if to
ermistor is working. finish, go to 7. Press or button.
Select the setting.
o start frost prevention control.
Press (SET) button.

"SET COMPLETE" will be indicated, and the setting will be
completed.
raised. Then after "No. and function" indication returns, set as the same
procedure if you want to set continuously , and if to finish, go to 7.
7. Press ON/OFF button.
Setting is finished.
g.
nd fan.
When plural indoor units are connected to a remote controller,

OFF, the fan does not perform extra operation.
OFF, the fan perform extra operation for half an hour. press the AIRCON NO. button, which allows you to go back to
OFF, the fan perform extra operation for an hour. the indoor unit selection screen. (example "I/U 000 ")
OFF, the fan perform extra operation for six hours.
It is possible to finish by pressing ON/OFF button on the way, but unfinished change of setting is
OFF, the fan does not perform extra operation.
OFF,the fan perform extra operation for half an hour.
unavailable.
OFF,the fan perform extra operation for two hours. During setting, if you press (RESET) button, you return to the previous screen.
OFF, the fan perform extra operation for six hours. Setting is memorized in the controller and it is saved independently of power failure.
is OFF, the fan perform intermittent operation for five minutes How to check the current setting
is OFF, the fan perform intermittent operation for five minutes
When you select from "No. and funcion" and press set button by the previous operation, the "Setting" displayed first is the current
setting.
(But, if you select "ALL UNIT ", the setting of the lowest number indoor unit is displayed.)
PJA012D728A C
- 187 -
5.4 Installation of outdoor unit
- 188 -
- 189 -
- 190 -
- 191 -
- 192 -
- 193 -
- 194 -
- 195 -
- 196 -
- 197 -
- 198 -
- 199 -
- 200 -
- 201 -
- 202 -
- 203 -
- 204 -
- 205 -
- 206 -
- 207 -
- 208 -
- 209 -
Backup operetion function is only for emergency purpose when one of compressors or one of units is damaged.
If backup operation is performed continuously for long period, it may cause the damage of good compressors.
Accordingly be sure to repair the damaged unit or to replace the damaged compressor and to cancel the
backup operation within 48 hours after starting backup operation.
- 210 -
5.5 Instructions for installing the branch pipe set PSB012D855B
2 P−9
100
φ28.58
100
DIS-540-2 φ28.58
φ25.4
φ25.4
D：
OOD：
ID：
ID：
P−15
100
100
φ38.1
φ34.92
φ38.1
φ34.92
D：
OOD：
ID：
ID：
- 211 -
2
(model type DIS)
(model type HEAD)
- 212 -
2
- 213 -
2
2 2
- 214 -
INVERTER DRIVEN MULTI-INDOOR-UNIT
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Systems Headquarters

16-5, 2-chome, Kounan, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-8215, Japan
Fax : (03) 6716-5926
Because of our policy of continuous improvement, we reserve the right to make changes in all specifications without notice.
- -

Manual KX6

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual KX6

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual KX6

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual No.

INVERTER DRIVEN MULTI-INDOOR UNIT

1 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER...................... 1

Pull the cover downward to open it.

This button is used to fix the setting.

Installation of remote control

DO NOT install it on the following places in order to avoid malfunction.

(2) Dehumidifying operation

(3) Timer operation

Note (1) �: Allowed �: Not

Thermostat OFF Thermostat ON

Set airflow volume Lo Set airflow volume

Normal condition/Set airflow volume

Compressor ON Compressor OFF Defrosting start End of defrosting

Set airflow volume

(6) Hot keep

Filter Sign Setting Function

Setting 1 Setting time: 180 hrs (Factory default)

Setting 2 Setting time: 600 hrs

Setting 3 Setting time: 1,000 hrs

Setting 4 Setting time: 1,000 hrs (Unit stop) (2)

(10) Compressor inching prevention control

Heat exchanger temperature

(18) Return air temperature compensation

(c) Processing of emergency stop signal

Dehumidifying Cooling Fan Heating

(2) [CPU reset]

[Parts layout on remote controller PCB]

 Control selector switch (SW1)

Outdoor unit fan [FMo-2] � �/ � →� /�

4 way valve [20S] � � � →� �

Solenoid valve [SV1] /� � � /� � /� /�

Solenoid valve [SV2] /� � � /� � /� /�

Solenoid valve [SV6] [SV7] /� � � /� � /� /�

Solenoid valve [SV13] /� � � /� � � �

Crankcase heater [CH1,2] /� /� /� /� /� /� /�

Notes(1) � : ON, � : OFF, �/�, �/�: ON or OFF

(ii) Rotation of compressor start/stop order

Model Starting Order of Outdoor Units Starting Order of Compressors

(a) 4-way valve switching safeguard (Master unit/Slave unit)

Compressor Solenoid valve

(c) At the unit startup, outdoor fan is operated at 4th speed.

both fans cannot be started.

3 seconds continuously, the fan can be started.

SV6 3 minutes ON Open/close control

Opening degree control

EEVSC Opening degree control

Min. of 3 minutes 15 seconds 6 seconds

Compressor stop Compressor start

SV6 ON Open/close control

Initial opening degree

Min. of 3 minutes 15 sec. 1 minute 45 seconds

Compressor stop Compressor start

(7) Crankcase heater control (Master unit/Slave unit)

Heat exchanger temp. (°C) [Tho-R]

of all outdoor fan OFF. Outdoor air temp. (ºC) [Tho-A]

4) After all of the above conditions are satisfied, and

2) Solenoid valve (SV1, 2) control for cooling down compressor.

SV1 : OFF SV1 : OFF

< ON conditions >